Industrial Automation Solutions
Industrial Automation Solutions
• Motion Controllers
• Servo Systems
• Frequency Inverters
• Software
WE MAKE IT EASY
With over 100 years of experience in motion and automation manufacturing between them,
Omron and Yaskawa offer the best in class solutions. Omron, with its proven pioneering tech-
nologies in sensing and control and Yaskawa with its leading edge technology in servo and
inverter technology and robotics, make it your safest option for a reliable and long term part-
nership. Omron-Yaskawa will also support your global business through a network of over 200
offices world-wide. Welcome to Omron´s motion and drives catalogue, a world of innovation.
1
2 Product Positioning
33 Catalogue Content
Application
Servo Based Motion Control MCW151
Continuous Path Control XtraDrive
Electronic CAMs Machatrolink II
MCH
Sigma II
Advanced Motion Control 30 axes Series
Multiaxes synchronisation PLC Based Motion Control
Analogue Control
MC402
4 axes
Inverter PLC
Wide power range of
Pumps, fans
Compressors
E7
Linear Motors
Door controllers
Palletisers
Basic Positioning
MV Rotary Motors
Conveyors
Low Power
Pumps & Fans
J7 Controller
in the Drive
MOTION & DRIVES: SCALABLE, FLEXIBLE, EASY AND ABOVE ALL, RELIABLE
Motion controllers: Machine flexibility & scalabil- etc. are all easily performed. Omron‘s range of at stepper motor applications, whilst the Sigma-II inverter drives boasts everything from the micro
ity made easy motion controllers offer a choice of being PLC series is a dynamic servo range made for high pre- J7, to the rugged mini V7, up to the full flux vector
Omron‘s range of motion controllers offer the or servo based. Hence offering you optimum cision positioning and higher duty operation. The drive F7.
programming simplicity without compromising on machine flexibility and scalability. Sigma-II series includes rotary motors from 30W to
system performance. Functions like axes interpo- 55kW and linear motors up to 10,000 N. The servo The power range is from fractional horsepower
lation, master-slave, e-cam and now multi- axes Servodrives: Unequalled reliability amplifiers are available as standard with analogue right through to 300kW. The latest releases also
synchronisation over a digital servo-link are read- Omron Yaskawa‘s range of servodrives are unique and pulse inputs, and options allow fieldbus con- include market specific inverters like the E7 for
ily available. in offering the highest dynamic performance in nectivity including Mechatrolink. HVAC applications and the L7 for the lift market.
the most compact size. Add to that an unparal- Needless to say, a host of option units are avail-
Hence demanding applications like high speed leled reliability and you begin to understand why Frequency inverters: Setting higher standards able to provide comprehensive connectivity to
packaging, precision electronic assembly, wood- our range of servo’s enjoy the largest installed Building on Yaskawa’s world leading innovative popular fieldbuses such as DeviceNet, Profibus
profiling machinery, plastic injection moulding, base word-wide. The SmartStep series is aimed design principles, the latest impressive range of and CAN.
Applikation
Servo Based Motion Control MCW151
Continuous Path Control XtraDrive
Electronic CAMs Machatrolink II
MCH
Sigma II
Advanced Motion Control 30 axes Series
Multiaxes synchronisation PLC Based Motion Control
Analogue Control
MC402
4 axes
Inverter PLC
Wide power range of
Pumps, fans
Compressors
E7
Linear Motors
Door controllers
Palletisers
Basic Positioning
MV Rotary Motors
Conveyors
Low Power
Pumps & Fans
J7 Controller
in the Drive
MOTION & DRIVES: SCALABLE, FLEXIBLE, EASY AND ABOVE ALL, RELIABLE
Motion controllers: Machine flexibility & scalabil- etc. are all easily performed. Omron‘s range of at stepper motor applications, whilst the Sigma-II inverter drives boasts everything from the micro
ity made easy motion controllers offer a choice of being PLC series is a dynamic servo range made for high pre- J7, to the rugged mini V7, up to the full flux vector
Omron‘s range of motion controllers offer the or servo based. Hence offering you optimum cision positioning and higher duty operation. The drive F7.
programming simplicity without compromising on machine flexibility and scalability. Sigma-II series includes rotary motors from 30W to
system performance. Functions like axes interpo- 55kW and linear motors up to 10,000 N. The servo The power range is from fractional horsepower
lation, master-slave, e-cam and now multi- axes Servodrives: Unequalled reliability amplifiers are available as standard with analogue right through to 300kW. The latest releases also
synchronisation over a digital servo-link are read- Omron Yaskawa‘s range of servodrives are unique and pulse inputs, and options allow fieldbus con- include market specific inverters like the E7 for
ily available. in offering the highest dynamic performance in nectivity including Mechatrolink. HVAC applications and the L7 for the lift market.
the most compact size. Add to that an unparal- Needless to say, a host of option units are avail-
Hence demanding applications like high speed leled reliability and you begin to understand why Frequency inverters: Setting higher standards able to provide comprehensive connectivity to
packaging, precision electronic assembly, wood- our range of servo’s enjoy the largest installed Building on Yaskawa’s world leading innovative popular fieldbuses such as DeviceNet, Profibus
profiling machinery, plastic injection moulding, base word-wide. The SmartStep series is aimed design principles, the latest impressive range of and CAN.
MULTI-AXES MOTION CONTROL GOES “ALL DIGITAL”
• PLC-based motion controller
Features CS1W-MCH
• Complete digital control of drives via Mechatrolink II
4 5
The CS1-MCH fulfils the ultimate need in network cycle time of the Mechatrolink-II
advanced motion control. It combines the is as low as 500µs in a typical multi-axes
accuracy, simplicity and functionality of a true configuration. The functionality also
multi-axes unit and the full transparency down includes comprehensive features such as
to the motor that a digital servo-link should master-follower, e-cam, linear and circular
provide. interpolation as well as print registration.
All are programmable via a motion BASIC
The MCH allows full synchronisation of up to language.
30 axes over the field proven Mechatrolink The MCH is the ideal motion controller for Mechatrolink is a digital servo bus that
provides the user with a system that reduces
bus, greatly simplifying system wiring, high speed packaging, electronic assembly,
system wiring complexity and hence saves
improving noise immunity and significantly continuous path profiling and many other valuable time during installation and
reducing the chance of wiring errors. The applications. commissioning.
MULTI-AXES MOTION CONTROL GOES “ALL DIGITAL”
• PLC-based motion controller
Features CS1W-MCH
• Complete digital control of drives via Mechatrolink II
4 5
The CS1-MCH fulfils the ultimate need in network cycle time of the Mechatrolink-II
advanced motion control. It combines the is as low as 500µs in a typical multi-axes
accuracy, simplicity and functionality of a true configuration. The functionality also
multi-axes unit and the full transparency down includes comprehensive features such as
to the motor that a digital servo-link should master-follower, e-cam, linear and circular
provide. interpolation as well as print registration.
All are programmable via a motion BASIC
The MCH allows full synchronisation of up to language.
30 axes over the field proven Mechatrolink The MCH is the ideal motion controller for Mechatrolink is a digital servo bus that
provides the user with a system that reduces
bus, greatly simplifying system wiring, high speed packaging, electronic assembly,
system wiring complexity and hence saves
improving noise immunity and significantly continuous path profiling and many other valuable time during installation and
reducing the chance of wiring errors. The applications. commissioning.
ADVANCED MOTION... INTUITIVELY
• Sigma II Series servo based Advanced
F e a t u r e s R 8 8 A - M C W 151
Motion Controller PLC Controller
Inverter
Drive
• Connects directly to the Sigma II Series, Unwind Roller
providing access to all driver parameters HMI
Co m m o n f e a t u r e s
Flow wrap machine Motion Perfect
The flow wrapper machine software
• Programmed using Windows-based Motion
Perfect software with debugging, monitor and requires various servo axes Friendly and powerful
working in synchronisation. software for
oscilloscope functions
The PLC-based MC402 is the ideal programming and
• Speed and torque control solution. It provides a centralised debugging. Programming
motion control while seamlessly is done in a BASIC type
• Dedicated inputs/outputs on the controller integrating with different parts of language. Motion Perfect
the system. provides versatile test
• Linear and circular interpolation and monitoring
6 functions including a 7
• Electronic axes synchronisation
4-channel software
• Electronic CAM profiles oscilloscope to display
the selected signals.
Features CS1W-MC402
• Analogue output control of the servo drives
Both the PLC-based MC402 and the Servo- and an additional encoder input/output allows • Controls 4 real axes and 4 virtual axes
based MCW151 motion controllers are multi- the Sigma II Series servo system to be • 4 hardware registration inputs
tasking and programmable with the same user synchronised with any process. An integrated
friendly Motion Perfect Windows programming HostLink protocol allows easy connection of
tool, which also provides very helpful peripheral devices such as PLCs and NT
debugging. The BASIC type programming terminals. An additional variant with a
language has a complete command set, DeviceNet interface is also available.
allowing applications such as flying shears,
rotating knives or any synchronisation and The MC402 is a PLC-based advanced motion
Electronic CAM to be easily programmed. controller. It controls 4 axes and up to 16 A single MOVE-LINK instruction
The MCW151 is an advanced motion controller modules can be installed in the same PLC. in the MCW151 ensures perfect
synchronisation between the film
option unit for the Sigma II Series drives. The module controls the position, speed or wrapper and the feeder conveyor.
It connects directly to the servo drive, acquiring torque of the servo drive via an analogue
complete access to all driver parameters and output, and its PLC-based condition opens
functions. It provides network connectivity, the controller to the whole system.
ADVANCED MOTION... INTUITIVELY
• Sigma II Series servo based Advanced
F e a t u r e s R 8 8 A - M C W 151
Motion Controller PLC Controller
Inverter
Drive
• Connects directly to the Sigma II Series, Unwind Roller
providing access to all driver parameters HMI
Co m m o n f e a t u r e s
Flow wrap machine Motion Perfect
The flow wrapper machine software
• Programmed using Windows-based Motion
Perfect software with debugging, monitor and requires various servo axes Friendly and powerful
working in synchronisation. software for
oscilloscope functions
The PLC-based MC402 is the ideal programming and
• Speed and torque control solution. It provides a centralised debugging. Programming
motion control while seamlessly is done in a BASIC type
• Dedicated inputs/outputs on the controller integrating with different parts of language. Motion Perfect
the system. provides versatile test
• Linear and circular interpolation and monitoring
6 functions including a 7
• Electronic axes synchronisation
4-channel software
• Electronic CAM profiles oscilloscope to display
the selected signals.
Features CS1W-MC402
• Analogue output control of the servo drives
Both the PLC-based MC402 and the Servo- and an additional encoder input/output allows • Controls 4 real axes and 4 virtual axes
based MCW151 motion controllers are multi- the Sigma II Series servo system to be • 4 hardware registration inputs
tasking and programmable with the same user synchronised with any process. An integrated
friendly Motion Perfect Windows programming HostLink protocol allows easy connection of
tool, which also provides very helpful peripheral devices such as PLCs and NT
debugging. The BASIC type programming terminals. An additional variant with a
language has a complete command set, DeviceNet interface is also available.
allowing applications such as flying shears,
rotating knives or any synchronisation and The MC402 is a PLC-based advanced motion
Electronic CAM to be easily programmed. controller. It controls 4 axes and up to 16 A single MOVE-LINK instruction
The MCW151 is an advanced motion controller modules can be installed in the same PLC. in the MCW151 ensures perfect
synchronisation between the film
option unit for the Sigma II Series drives. The module controls the position, speed or wrapper and the feeder conveyor.
It connects directly to the servo drive, acquiring torque of the servo drive via an analogue
complete access to all driver parameters and output, and its PLC-based condition opens
functions. It provides network connectivity, the controller to the whole system.
POINT-TO-POINT POSITIONING IN NANO SIZE
• PLC based Positioning Controller Assembly systems
Features CJ1W-NC
A list of interpolated or
• Pulse Train Output (1pps to 500kpps)
individual moves can be
• Available units for 1, 2 and 4 axes executed directly from the
unit memory, up to 100
• Dedicated inputs / outputs on the unit points per axis can be stored
CJ1W-NC • 4 axes PLC-based position controller • Positioning can be done by direct
in the positioning unit.
Direct operation and forced
Ladder commands interrupt operation can be
easily programmed in
• Positioning of 100 points done the PLC.
from memory
• Linear interpolation
8 9
SYSMAC CJ-series
Programmable Controller
Features CJ1W-NC
A list of interpolated or
• Pulse Train Output (1pps to 500kpps)
individual moves can be
• Available units for 1, 2 and 4 axes executed directly from the
unit memory, up to 100
• Dedicated inputs / outputs on the unit points per axis can be stored
CJ1W-NC • 4 axes PLC-based position controller • Positioning can be done by direct
in the positioning unit.
Direct operation and forced
Ladder commands interrupt operation can be
easily programmed in
• Positioning of 100 points done the PLC.
from memory
• Linear interpolation
8 9
SYSMAC CJ-series
Programmable Controller
Features Sigma-II
With the sizing software
• Rated motor speeds from 1000 rpm
package you can design your
to 6000rpm machine and the software will
• Motor protection class IP67 size your required Sigma-II
Series servo motor.
• Peak torque 300% of nominal
Sigma-II Series • When reliability and size matter • Analogue control for speed and torque
10 11
Plug-on option cards offer enhanced functionality, including via the Dual-Port RAM interface. Positioning Control
DeviceNet
Point-To-Point indexing and master/slave synchronisation, The following option units are available: Mechatrolink II
plus fieldbus connectivity including Mechatrolink and Profibus
• R88A-MCW151(DRT)-E Servo Based Advanced Motion Control Unit.
sercos. The Sigma series power range spans from 30W up to
DeviceNet connectivity is available.
55kW in speeds up to 6000rpm. • JUSP-NS300 DeviceNet Option Unit with positioning functionality.
• JUSP-NS500 Profibus Option Unit with positioning functionality.
• JUSP-NS600 Indexer Unit. Versatile point-to-point positioning.
• JUSP-NS115 Interface Unit for Mechatrolink II. Multi-axes wireless solution.
SERVODRIVES DESIGNED WITH ZERO COMPROMISE
• Output range from 30W to 55kW Motor Selection Software
Features Sigma-II
With the sizing software
• Rated motor speeds from 1000 rpm
package you can design your
to 6000rpm machine and the software will
• Motor protection class IP67 size your required Sigma-II
Series servo motor.
• Peak torque 300% of nominal
Sigma-II Series • When reliability and size matter • Analogue control for speed and torque
10 11
Plug-on option cards offer enhanced functionality, including via the Dual-Port RAM interface. Positioning Control
DeviceNet
Point-To-Point indexing and master/slave synchronisation, The following option units are available: Mechatrolink II
plus fieldbus connectivity including Mechatrolink and Profibus
• R88A-MCW151(DRT)-E Servo Based Advanced Motion Control Unit.
sercos. The Sigma series power range spans from 30W up to
DeviceNet connectivity is available.
55kW in speeds up to 6000rpm. • JUSP-NS300 DeviceNet Option Unit with positioning functionality.
• JUSP-NS500 Profibus Option Unit with positioning functionality.
• JUSP-NS600 Indexer Unit. Versatile point-to-point positioning.
• JUSP-NS115 Interface Unit for Mechatrolink II. Multi-axes wireless solution.
SERVO CAPABILITY WITH STEPPER SIMPLICITY
• Output range from 30 W to 750 W Easy to set up
12 13
torque (Nm)
1.0
0.6
0.4
SmartStep: rated torque
0.2
Stepping Motor: torque characteristics
Servo motors for the output range from 0.03 to 0.75 kW.
SERVO CAPABILITY WITH STEPPER SIMPLICITY
• Output range from 30 W to 750 W Easy to set up
12 13
torque (Nm)
1.0
0.6
0.4
SmartStep: rated torque
0.2
Stepping Motor: torque characteristics
Servo motors for the output range from 0.03 to 0.75 kW.
EXTRA FLEXIBILITY AND EASY CONNECTIVITY
• Patented non-linear technique for tight position
Features XtraDrive
control
• Very low tracking error with no overshoot and zero
settling time
• Patented PWM enables highest torque bandwidth
• Integrated positioner with various programmable
XtraDrive • Built in intelligence via open fieldbus motion profile modes and intelligent control
• Embedded PROFIBUS available
• Ideal for controlling Omron-Yaskawa linear motors
• 1.5 Axis (Master-Slave with automatic offset
correction)
• Oscillation Canceling Algorithm (OCA) Xtraware Software
Xtraware is an advanced software toolfor setup,
optimal tuning and user programing of the XtraDrive
14 15
NCT
Non-linear control, adaptive feed-forward algorithm and digital XtraDrive-DP provides all the benefits of XtraDrive
processing of encoder pulses, provide both small tracking error family while running on PROFIBUS network
and zero settling time.
• Increased throughput
• Reduced influence of external perturbations
If your application demands the highest Furthermore, the Xtradrive has a simple Auto- XtraDrive Product Other Driver Large tracking error
positional accuracy combined with the tune function, so no expert tuning knowledge
shortest cycle times, the most compact size is required. As standard in the Xtradrive unit
and an ability to connect to a Profibus network is a controller capable of Point-To-Point, e-cam
then look no further than XtraDrive. As a result and master-slave motion control.Virtually any Command Speed
of the revolutionary algorithms residing within servo motor, including linear versions, can
the drive, XtraDrive offers the tightest control, connect to Xtradrive, plus a further version
2400rpm
providing near zero settling time, beneficial in includes Profibus DP connectivity that can Command Speed
Features XtraDrive
control
• Very low tracking error with no overshoot and zero
settling time
• Patented PWM enables highest torque bandwidth
• Integrated positioner with various programmable
XtraDrive • Built in intelligence via open fieldbus motion profile modes and intelligent control
• Embedded PROFIBUS available
• Ideal for controlling Omron-Yaskawa linear motors
• 1.5 Axis (Master-Slave with automatic offset
correction)
• Oscillation Canceling Algorithm (OCA) Xtraware Software
Xtraware is an advanced software toolfor setup,
optimal tuning and user programing of the XtraDrive
14 15
NCT
Non-linear control, adaptive feed-forward algorithm and digital XtraDrive-DP provides all the benefits of XtraDrive
processing of encoder pulses, provide both small tracking error family while running on PROFIBUS network
and zero settling time.
• Increased throughput
• Reduced influence of external perturbations
If your application demands the highest Furthermore, the Xtradrive has a simple Auto- XtraDrive Product Other Driver Large tracking error
positional accuracy combined with the tune function, so no expert tuning knowledge
shortest cycle times, the most compact size is required. As standard in the Xtradrive unit
and an ability to connect to a Profibus network is a controller capable of Point-To-Point, e-cam
then look no further than XtraDrive. As a result and master-slave motion control.Virtually any Command Speed
of the revolutionary algorithms residing within servo motor, including linear versions, can
the drive, XtraDrive offers the tightest control, connect to Xtradrive, plus a further version
2400rpm
providing near zero settling time, beneficial in includes Profibus DP connectivity that can Command Speed
packages
Magnetic Way
(Stationary Member)
Coil Assembly
(Moving Member)
Magnets
16 17
}
Coil Assembly
N S N S N S N S Stationary (Moving Member)
linear drive ranges, thanks to their simplicity thrust and minimum load on bearings factor. Magnets Member Magnets
Magnetic Way
(Stationary Member)
WHEN SPEED MATTERS, LINEAR IS THE ANSWER
• Can reach speeds up to 5 meters per second
Coreless TW Type
packages
Magnetic Way
(Stationary Member)
Coil Assembly
(Moving Member)
Magnets
16 17
}
Coil Assembly
N S N S N S N S Stationary (Moving Member)
linear drive ranges, thanks to their simplicity thrust and minimum load on bearings factor. Magnets Member Magnets
Magnetic Way
(Stationary Member)
SMALL, SIMPLE AND SMART
• Power range 0.1-4kW
Fieldbus • Modbus
Features J7
• V/f control
• Compact size
• Overload detection
• DC injection braking
• Optional RS232/485
18 19
Block diagram for frequency inverter J7. Inverter J7 controls the speed and
positioning of a car wash station
Fly wheel
SMALL, SIMPLE AND SMART
• Power range 0.1-4kW
Fieldbus • Modbus
Features J7
• V/f control
• Compact size
• Overload detection
• DC injection braking
• Optional RS232/485
18 19
Block diagram for frequency inverter J7. Inverter J7 controls the speed and
positioning of a car wash station
Fly wheel
SENSORLESS FLUX VECTOR IN A POCKET SIZED INVERTER
• ModBus
• Power range 0.1-7.5 kW • DeviceNet
Fieldbus
Features 3G3MV
• Sensorless vector controlled inverter • PROFIBUS DP
• CAN Open
• Compact size
• Overload detection
• DC injection braking
F e a t u r e s P LC O p t i o n U n i t
20 • Direct connection to MV Inverter via Dual Port Ram
Pump sequencer 21
• Complete control of inverter parameters The MV inverter and the PLC option unit provide a
continuous closed loop control of the first pump, plus
• Encoder Input, Interrupt inputs and Pulse outputs ON/OFF control on the others.
• Real time clock and calendar available
Features 3G3MV
• Sensorless vector controlled inverter • PROFIBUS DP
• CAN Open
• Compact size
• Overload detection
• DC injection braking
F e a t u r e s P LC O p t i o n U n i t
20 • Direct connection to MV Inverter via Dual Port Ram
Pump sequencer 21
• Complete control of inverter parameters The MV inverter and the PLC option unit provide a
continuous closed loop control of the first pump, plus
• Encoder Input, Interrupt inputs and Pulse outputs ON/OFF control on the others.
• Real time clock and calendar available
Features E7
100
• V/f controlled frequency inverter Energy saving function ON
• DC injection braking
Energy-saving function and improved
• Rotating motor pick up
power factor lower energy costs.
• Customised application firmwares
6-pulse input
cos phi = 0,73
22 23
• ModBus
• DeviceNet
Fieldbus • PROFIBUS DP
• CAN Open
• Lonworks
Features E7
100
• V/f controlled frequency inverter Energy saving function ON
• DC injection braking
Energy-saving function and improved
• Rotating motor pick up
power factor lower energy costs.
• Customised application firmwares
6-pulse input
cos phi = 0,73
22 23
• ModBus
• DeviceNet
Fieldbus • PROFIBUS DP
• CAN Open
• Lonworks
Features F7
• Open and Closed loop flux vector control • CAN Open
• Lonworks
• Silent operation
F e a t u r e s o f P LC- O p t i o n
• PLC Board directly connected in to the Inverter
24 PLC Option • Intelligence into the inverter • Real time clock and calendar High starting torque and stable torque performance 25
even at low speeds are particularly important in mixer
• Control of inverter hardware (analog input, digital I/O) and extruder applications.
• Mechatronics functions (Counter, PID, filter, etc.)
Building on the phenomenal success of the • Programmed using the standard Omron PLC software Over 200% torque even at low speeds.
previous 3G3RV model, Omron-Yaskawa • RS-232 serial port
have improved upon the flexibility and
• RS-422/485 serial port
functionality to produce a drive for today’s
• CompoBus/S master capability
market. Examples include a non-rotating auto-
tune function, a comprehensive LCD display, • DeviceNet available
Option cards are available to connect to features of the V7 option, and in addition
200
Mechatrolink, Profibus, DeviceNet and CAN provides the possibility to have DeviceNet
networks. The F7, as with the V7, can host a slave connectivity and CompoBus-S master
150
true PLC option board. The power range of the capability. This means that the F7 can sit
F7 is from 0.4 up to 300 kW as standard and within the Omron automation platform, and
100
up to 800 kW on request. The F7 is ideal for all have expandable I/O through CompoBus-S
heavy duty, high precision torque and speed I/O units. This configuration is ideal for hoists,
50
control applications. cranes and palletiser systems.
0 0,5 1,5 3 10
Operating frequency (Hz)
TOWARDS SERVO PERFORMANCE FROM AC MOTORS
• ModBus
• Power range 0.4-300kW • DeviceNet
Fieldbus • PROFIBUS DP
Features F7
• Open and Closed loop flux vector control • CAN Open
• Lonworks
• Silent operation
F e a t u r e s o f P LC- O p t i o n
• PLC Board directly connected in to the Inverter
24 PLC Option • Intelligence into the inverter • Real time clock and calendar High starting torque and stable torque performance 25
even at low speeds are particularly important in mixer
• Control of inverter hardware (analog input, digital I/O) and extruder applications.
• Mechatronics functions (Counter, PID, filter, etc.)
Building on the phenomenal success of the • Programmed using the standard Omron PLC software Over 200% torque even at low speeds.
previous 3G3RV model, Omron-Yaskawa • RS-232 serial port
have improved upon the flexibility and
• RS-422/485 serial port
functionality to produce a drive for today’s
• CompoBus/S master capability
market. Examples include a non-rotating auto-
tune function, a comprehensive LCD display, • DeviceNet available
Option cards are available to connect to features of the V7 option, and in addition
200
Mechatrolink, Profibus, DeviceNet and CAN provides the possibility to have DeviceNet
networks. The F7, as with the V7, can host a slave connectivity and CompoBus-S master
150
true PLC option board. The power range of the capability. This means that the F7 can sit
F7 is from 0.4 up to 300 kW as standard and within the Omron automation platform, and
100
up to 800 kW on request. The F7 is ideal for all have expandable I/O through CompoBus-S
heavy duty, high precision torque and speed I/O units. This configuration is ideal for hoists,
50
control applications. cranes and palletiser systems.
0 0,5 1,5 3 10
Operating frequency (Hz)
STOP THE SEARCH, ENJOY THE RIDE
• High rated output current • DeviceNet
Fieldbus • PROFIBUS DP
Features L7
• Direct control of motor brake and contactor • CAN Open
• Auto-tuning at standstill
26 27
The Varispeed L7 is based on years of Ease of use has been considered from the
experience in inverter design, and uses the outset. An LCD operator is available to
latest proven technology to provide reliability provide plain text set-up and monitoring of
and safety. Furthermore, lift-specific features the inverter, while a non-rotating auto-tuning
have been developed in response to market function ensures the inverter can obtain all of
needs. the required motor information without the Designed specifically for the lift market, the L7 series
need to decouple the motor from the gearbox. ensures that lifts exceed the ride quality and safety
demands of the market.
These standard features include direct control Option cards are available to integrate the L7
of motor brake and motor contactor, short floor series into communication networks such Available in power ratings from 3.7 kW up to 55 kW,
the Varispeed L7 offers a cost-effective solution for
operation, door opening control and hardware as CANopen, DeviceNet or Profibus-DP. all your lift requirements.
base block. In addition, both open loop and
closed loop vector control is available in the
Varispeed L7, providing the optimum speed
regulation to suit the application.
STOP THE SEARCH, ENJOY THE RIDE
• High rated output current • DeviceNet
Fieldbus • PROFIBUS DP
Features L7
• Direct control of motor brake and contactor • CAN Open
• Auto-tuning at standstill
26 27
The Varispeed L7 is based on years of Ease of use has been considered from the
experience in inverter design, and uses the outset. An LCD operator is available to
latest proven technology to provide reliability provide plain text set-up and monitoring of
and safety. Furthermore, lift-specific features the inverter, while a non-rotating auto-tuning
have been developed in response to market function ensures the inverter can obtain all of
needs. the required motor information without the Designed specifically for the lift market, the L7 series
need to decouple the motor from the gearbox. ensures that lifts exceed the ride quality and safety
demands of the market.
These standard features include direct control Option cards are available to integrate the L7
of motor brake and motor contactor, short floor series into communication networks such Available in power ratings from 3.7 kW up to 55 kW,
the Varispeed L7 offers a cost-effective solution for
operation, door opening control and hardware as CANopen, DeviceNet or Profibus-DP. all your lift requirements.
base block. In addition, both open loop and
closed loop vector control is available in the
Varispeed L7, providing the optimum speed
regulation to suit the application.
COMPLETE OVERVIEW OF THE OMRON MOTION AND DRIVES RANGE
Analogue inputs 1 2 2 2 1
28 29
Analogue outputs 1 1 2 2 No
DeviceNet
COMPLETE OVERVIEW OF THE OMRON MOTION AND DRIVES RANGE
Analogue inputs 1 2 2 2 1
28 29
Analogue outputs 1 1 2 2 No
DeviceNet
PRODUCT SELECTION TABLE
• F7 / L7 / E7 Inverter PLC
• DeviceNet Unit
NS300
• Profibus-DP Unit
NS500
• F7 / L7 / E7 Inverter PLC
• DeviceNet Unit
NS300
• Profibus-DP Unit
NS500
Motion Control
Motion Control
AC Servo Systems
35
Frequency Inverters
DeviceNet Unit JUSP-NS300 51
PROFIBUS-DP Unit JUSP-NS500 57
Indexer Unit JUSP-NS600 63
1.5 Axis Motion Controller R88A-MCW151 69
AC Servo Systems 75
SmartStep Series 77
Sigma-II Series 95
Software
Sigma-II Large Capacity 129
Sigma Linear Motors 143
XtraDrive 169
Technical Information
Varispeed J7 193
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV 205
Varispeed E7 219
Varispeed L7 237
Varispeed F7 253
Inverter PLCs 3G3MV Inverter PLC 271
F7/L7/E7 Inverter PLC 279
Technical Documentation
Software 287
CX-Position 289
CX-Motion 291
MCH-Tool 293
Motion Perfect 295
SigmaWin+ 297
XtraWare 299
Contact Information
Index 327
33
34 Main Content
Motion Control
Motion Control
PLC based Controllers
Position Control Units CJ1-NCs 37
CS1-NCs 39
Motion Control Units CS1-MCs 41
C200HW-MC402-E 43
CS1W-MCH71 45
Servo based Controllers
DeviceNet Unit JUSP-NS300 51
PROFIBUS-DP Unit JUSP-NS500 57
Indexer Unit JUSP-NS600 63
1.5 Axis Motion Controller R88A-MCW151 69
35
36 Motion Control
CJ1W-NC@@
Motion Control
Position Control Units
High-speed, High-precision
Positioning with 1, 2, or 4 Axes
• Positioning can done by direct Ladder commands
• Position and speed control
• Linear Interpolation
• Interrupt feeding function
• Positioning of 100 points done from memory
• S-curve acceleration/deceleration, origin search,
backlash compensation, and other features are also
supported.
• Positioning data is saved in internal flash memory,
eliminating the need to maintain a backup battery.
• Use Windows-based Support Software (CX-Posi-
tion) to easily create positioning data and store data
and parameters in files.
Function
These Position Control Units support positioning control via pulse-train outputs. Positioning is performed using trapezoid al or S-
curve acceleration and deceleration. Models are available with 1, 2, or 4 axes control, and can be used in combination with servo
drives or stepping motors what accept pulse-train control.
System Configuration
Personal computer
CX-Position
CJ Series PLC
CJ1W-NC@
Positioning Unit
SERVOPACK
SGDH-
Ver. 200V
Sigma-II Series
CHARGE POWER
CN3
Servo Drive
CN1
SmartStep CN2
Inputs
Limit switches,
contact sensors
SmartStep
Servomotor
Ordering Information
Position Control Unit
Name Model
1 Axis Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. CJ1W-NC113
2 Axes Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. CJ1W-NC213
4 Axes Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. CJ1W-NC413
1 Axis Position Control Unit. Line-driver output. CJ1W-NC133
2 Axes Position Control Unit. Line-driver output. CJ1W-NC233
4 Axes Position Control Unit. Line-driver output. CJ1W-NC433
Computer Software
Specifications Model
CX-Position, Windows-based Support Software WS02-NCTC1-E
Cat. No. I04E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
38 Motion Control
CS1W-NC@@@, C200HW-NC@@@
Motion Control
Position Control Units
High-speed, High-precision
Positioning with 1, 2, or 4 Axes
• Positioning can done by direct Ladder commands
• Position and speed control
• Linear Interpolation
• Interrupt feeding function
• Positioning of 100 points done from memory
• S-curve acceleration/deceleration, origin search,
backlash compensation, and other features are also
supported.
• Positioning data is saved in internal flash memory,
eliminating the need to maintain a backup battery.
• Use Windows-based Support Software to easily cre-
ate positioning data and store data and parameters
in files.
Function
These Position Control Units support positioning control via pulse-train outputs. Positioning is performed using trapezoid al or S-curve acceleration
and deceleration. Models are available with 1, 2, or 4 axes control, and can be used in combination with servo drives or stepping motors what
accept pulse-train control.
System Configuration
Personal computer
CS Series PLC
CX-Position
CS1W-NC@
Positioning Unit SGDH-
SERVOPACK
Ver. 200V
Sigma-II Series
CHARGE POWER
CN3
Servo Drive
CN1
SmartStep CN2
Inputs
Limit switches,
contact sensors
SmartStep
Servomotor
Ordering Information
Position Control Unit
Name Model
1 Axis Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. CS1W-NC113
2 Axes Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. CS1W-NC213
4 Axes Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. CS1W-NC413
1 Axis Position Control Unit. Line-driver output. CS1W-NC133
2 Axes Position Control Unit. Line-driver output. CS1W-NC233
4 Axes Position Control Unit. Line-driver output. CS1W-NC433
1 Axis Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. C200HW-NC113
2 Axes Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. C200HW-NC213
4 Axes Position Control Unit. Open-collector output. C200HW-NC413
Computer Software
Specifications Model
CX-Position, Windows-based Support Software WS02-NCTC1-E
SYSMAC-NCT WS01-NCTF1-E
Cat. No. I05E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
40 Motion Control
CS1W-MC421/-MC221
Motion Control
Motion Control Units
High-precision, Motion Controller with Multi-
tasking G-language Programming
• High-speed control of up to 4 axes with one Unit and
up to 76 axes with one PLC (19 Units x 4 axes)
(assumes that Power Supply Unit capacity is not
exceeded).
• Winding operations easily controlled at high-speed
using traverse positioning control.
• High-speed response to commands from CPU Unit
(8 ms for 2 axes, 13 ms for 4 axes).
• Encoder response of 2 Mpps possible with 4x
frequency multiplication for applications with high-
speed, high-precision servomotors.
• D interrupt code outputs to CPU Unit at end of
positioning or at specified positions (D code output
time: 3.3 ms max.).
• CX-Motion Windows-based Support Software
Define user mnemonics to use in place of G codes
to simplify MC program development and analysis.
• Servo trace function from CX-Motion to trace error
counter changes or motor speeds.
• Automatic Loading Function
MC programs and positioning data can be auto-
matically downloaded from computer memory when
required by the MC Unit.
Function
The Motion Controller provides closed-loop motion control via analog outputs for up to 4 axes, and supports the G language for
advanced, high-speed, high-precision position control. Multi-tasking allows you to run the axes independently for a wider range of
application.
System Configuration
Personal computer
CS Series PLC
CX-Motion
SERVOPACK
SGDH-
Ver. 200V
Sigma-II Series
CHARGE POWER
CN3
Servo Drive
CS1W-MC@21
Motion Unit CN1
CN2
SGDH-
Ver.
SERVOPACK
200V
Sigma-II Series
Servo Drive
CHARGE POWER
CN3
Sigma-II Series
CN1
Servomotor
Terminal Block
CN2
Sigma-II Series
I/O Servomotor
Limit switches,
contact sensors
Ordering Information
Motion Control Unit
Name Model
2 Axes Motion Control Unit. CS1W-MC221-V1
4 Axes Motion Control Unit. CS1W-MC421-V1
Computer Software
Specifications Model
CX-Motion, Windows-based Support Software WS02-MCTC1-EV@
Cat. No. I06E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
42 Motion Control
C200HW-MC402-E
Motion Control
Motion Control Unit
Advanced multi-axes Motion Control made
perfectly intuitive
• Advanced Motion control of 4 real axes and 4 virtual
axes per unit. Up to 16 modules can be installed in
one PLC
• Analogue outputs for Position, Speed and Torque
control
• Simple to develop and modify using BASIC
• Multi-tasking programing
• Hardware registration input for every axis
• Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization
• Friendly Motion Perfect Windows-based program-
ming and debugging software. Provides versatile
test and monitoring functions including a 4-channel
software oscilloscope.
Function
The advanced Motion control unit provides closed-loop control of up to 4 axes, it is programmed in a multi-task BASIC type lan-
guage and supported by the powerful software tool. The unit provides a complete command set, allowing applications such as
flying saws, rotaring knives, any synchronization and electronic CAM profile to be easily programmed.
System Configuration
CS Series PLC
Personal computer
Motion Perfect
C200HW-MC402-E
Motion Control Unit SERVOPACK
Sigma-II Series
SGDH-
Ver. 200V
Axes
Cable
CHARGE POWER
CN3
Servo Drive
CN1
CN2
Sigma-II Series
SGDH-
Ver. 200V
Servomotor
CHARGE POWER
CN3
Servo Drive
CN1
Sigma-II Series
SGDH-
Limit switches,
CN1
Sigma-II Series
CN2
Sigma-II Series
Servo Drive
CHARGE POWER
Servomotor CN3
CN1
CN2
Sigma Series
Linear Motor
Model C200HW-MC402-E
Classification C200H Special I/O Unit
Control Output signals Analogue
Programming language BASIC type motion control language
Basic Power Supply Voltage 5 VDC (Supplied from Backplane).
Specifications 24 VDC (Supplied from external power supply)
Approx. Mass 500 g
External Dimensions 130 x 34.5 x 100.5 mm (H x W x D)
Functional Specifications Controlled axes 4 real axes
4 virtual axes
Control method Closed loop with incremental encoder and with PID and speed command outputs
Servo Loop Cycle 1.0 ms
Speed Control Speed control of up to 4 axes. Up to 1 MHz pulse input frequency after quadrature
Measurement units User definable
Motion Control Linear interpolation 4 axes
Arc interpolation For any 2 axes
Helical interpolation For any 3 axes
Axes Synchronization For any 2 axes
Axes Linked CAM profile For any 2 axes
Hardware Registration Interrupt 4 axes
Acceleration/deceleration curves Trapezoidal or S-curve
Task programming capacity Number of tasks Up 5 tasks simultaneous plus interface task
Number of programs 14
Data storage capacity 251 (VR) + 16000 (Table) max.
External I/O Encoder Input Line receiver inputs for 4 axes (1 MHz after quadrature)
Servo Drive relationships The following signals are provided per axis
Inputs: Drive Alarm Signal
Outputs: Drive Enable (RUN or SERVO ON)
Drive Alarm Reset
SPEED command
Digital Inputs Up to 16 digital inputs can be wired to control MC Unit funtions. These include limit switches,
rapid stop switches and proximity inputs.
Digital Outputs Total of 8 digital outputs can be wired and used for position dependent switching or other gen-
eral purposes.
Registration inputs Each axis has a registration input that can be used to record the current position of the encod-
er feedback signals in hardware for use within the software enviroment
Serial Communications RS-232C Connection to PC (Motion Perfect Software)
Ordering Information
Motion Controller Unit Sigma-II Series Servo Drive Cables
Name Model Description Model
4 Axes Advanced Motion Controller C200HW-MC402-E Servodrive connecting Cable, 1 Axis. 1m R88A-CMUK001J3-E2
(It is required 1 cable for each Servo drive)
Serial cable
Computer Software
Name Model
Programing cable. 2m R88A-CCM002P4-E Specifications Model
Motion Perfect Software MOTION TOOLS CD
Terminal Block and Cables to Motion controller unit
Description Model
Terminal Block for MC402 unit - R88A-TC04-E
PLC Unit Control Cable (I/O signals) 1m R88A-CMX001S-E
PLC Unit Control Cable (Axes control) 1m R88A-CMX001J1-E
Cat. No. I07E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
44 Motion Control
CS1W-MCH71 - MECHATROLINK-II
Motion Control
Motion Control Unit
Multi-axes Motion Control over high-speed
MECHATROLINK-II
• Up to 30 axes controlled with minimum wiring
• High-speed bus MECHATROLINK-II is specially
designed for Motion Control
• Supports Position, speed and Torque control
• Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization
• Hardware registration input for every axis
• Program control commands, like Multi-task
programming and branching commands, and
various arithmetic operations for maximum
program efficiency
• Access to the complete system from one point
Function
Multi-axes control is made easy by freely combining control axes. Up to 32 axes can be used, including 30 physical axes and two virtual axes, and
each axis can be set individually. Position Control, synchronized control (electronic gear, electronic Cam, follow-up), speed control, and torque
control are all supported, enabling a wide range of applications. By using the high-speed servo communications MECHATROLINK-II, motion pro-
grams, system parameters, system data, and servo drive parameters can be set and read from the software tool.
System Configuration
CS-series PLC
PROFIBUS-DP Master
Support Software
MC-Miel for MCH,
MECHATROLINK-II
Sigma-II Series JUSP-NS115
30 nodes max.;
total length: 50 m
Servo Drive Mechatrolink-II Unit
SERVOPACK
SERVOPACK
NS115 SERVOPACK
SERVOPACK
NS115 SGDH- NS115
SGDH- SGDH- NS115 SGDH-
S Ver. 200V S
Ver. 200V S Ver. 200V S W
W Ver. 200V W
1 W 1 1
1
A A A
A R
R R
R
S S S
W S W W
2 W 2
CHARGE POWER 2
CHARGE POWER
CHARGE POWER 2 CHARGE POWER
CN3
CN3 C CN3 C C
N CN3 C N
N N 6
6 6
A 6 A A
A
CN1
CN1 CN1 CN1 C
C C
N C N N
6 N 6 6
B 6 B B
B
C C C
Terminator
N C N N
4 N 4 4
4
CN2
CN2 CN2 CN2
Limit switches,
contact sensors Sigma Series
Linear Motor
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Note: 1. Take the following factors into account when mounting Motion Control Units under a single CPU Unit:
- The maximum number of CPU Bus Units that can be allocated words in the CPU Unit
- The capacity of the Power Supply Unit on each CPU Rack or Expansion I/O Rack and the current consumption of the Units mounted
on the Rack (For details, refer to the Operation Manual for the CPU Unit.)
2. The required power supply must be provided by the user.
3. A Memory Card must be used to add system software functions to the CPU Unit in order to use IOWR and IORD.
46 Motion Control
JUSP-NS115 - Mechatrolink-II Interface Unit
Motion Control
Item Details
Type JUSP-NS115
Applicable Servo Drive SGDH-E models (Version 38 or later)
Installation Method Mounted on the SGDH Servo Drive side: CN10.
Basic Power Supply Method Supplied from the Servo Drive control power supply.
Specifications Power Consumption 2W
MECHATROLINK -II Baud Rate / Transmission Cycle 10 MHz / 500 ms or more. MECHATROLINK-II communications
Communications (4 MHz / 2 ms for MECHATROLINK-I communications)
Command Format Operation Specification Positioning using MECHATROLINK-I/II communications.
Reference Input MECHATROLINK-I/II communications
Commands: Motion commands (position, speed), Interpolation commands, Parameter read/write,
Monitor output
Position Control Acceleration/Deceleration Method Linear first/second-step, asymmetric, exponential, S-curve
Functions Fully Closed Control Position control with fully closed feedback is possible.
Fully Closed Fully Closed Encoder Pulse Output 5 V differential line-driver output (complies with EIA Standard RS-422A)
System Form
Specifications Fully Closed Encoder Pulse Signal 90° Phase difference 2-phase differential pulse (phase A, phase B)
Form
Maximum Receivable Frequency for 1 Mpps
Servo Drive
Power Supply for Fully Closed To be prepared by customer.
Encoder
Input Signals Signal Allocation Changes Possible Forward/reverse run prohibited, Zero point return deceleration LS
External latch signals 1, 2, 3
Forward/reverse torque control
Internal Functions Position Data Latch Position data latching is possible using phase C, and external signals 1, 2, 3
Function
Protection Parameters damage, Parameter setting errors, Communications errors, WDT errors, Fully closed en-
coder detecting disconnection
LED Indicators A: Alarm
R: MECHATROLINK-I/II Communicating
LED Indicators
I/O Connector
LED(R)
MECHATROLINK-II communication status
Ground Wire
Connected to groung mark on the Servo Drive
48 Motion Control
Dimensions
Motion Control
CS1W-MCH71 - Motion Control Unit JUSP-NS115 - Mechatrolink-II Interface Unit
100
to SERVOPACK
2
NS115
S
W
1
A
R
128 CN6A S
W
2
C
N
6
A Nameplate
CN6B
142
C
N
6
B
CN4
C
N
4
20 128
35 100.5
104
Installation
Mechatrolink-II Interface connections
Servo Drive
Type SGDH
Fully-closed Encoder
CN 4
for Speed/Position
CN 6A 1, 2, 3 Detection
/S 2 MECHATROLINK I/F Unit PG0V
Type JUSP-NS115 16
To other P S 3 PA
17
MECHATROLINK-II Station SH 4 /PA
18
PB PG
120Ω 19
/S 2 /PB
14
P S 3 PC
/PC 15
SH 4
CN 6B
For the terminal station, connect a terminator
(JEPMC-W6022) External
Power Supply
CN 1
BAT (+)
+ 21 37
Backup Battery*1 P AL 01
2.8 to 4.5V BAT (-)
- 22 38 Alarm Code Output
AL 02 Maximum Operating Voltage 30VDC
+24VIN 47 3.3kΩ Maximum Output Current 20mADC
+ 39
AL 03
40
+24V 1
- SG
Zero Point Return
/DEC 41
Deceleration LS*2
with /DEC ON 25 Positioning Completed
/COIN+
Forward Run Prohibit P-OT 42 26 (ON When Positioning is
with P-OT OFF /COIN- Completed)
27 BK Output*2
/BK+
Reverse Run Prohibit N-OT 43 28 (ON When Brake is
with N-OT OFF /BK- Released)
29
/S-RDY+ Servo Ready Output
External Latch 1*2 /EXT 1 44 30 (ON When Ready)
with /EXT1 ON /S-RDY-
31
ALM+ Servo Alarm Output
External Latch 2*2 /EXT 2 45
32 (OFF with an Alarm)
with /EXT2 ON ALM-
Photocoupler Output
External Latch 3*2 /EXT 3 46 Maximum Operating Voltage 30VDC
with /EXT3 ON Connector Shell Maximum Output Current 50mADC
FG
Connect Shield to Connector Shell.
P represents twisted-pair wires. represents shield.
*1 Connect when using an absolute encoder and when the battery is not connected to CN8.
*2 Set the signal assignment with the user constants.
Computer Software
Specifications Model
MC-Miel for MCH MOTION TOOLS CD
Cat. No. I08E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
50 Motion Control
JUSP-NS300
Motion Control
DeviceNet Unit
DeviceNet connectivity with positioning
functionality.
• Connects directly to the Sigma-II Series Drive
• Simplifies distributed control and information man-
agement
• No programming languages are required.
• Various positioning functions including Point-to-
point mode (with multi-step speed positioning avail-
able) and Station number mode (indexing function)
• All parameters are set and maintained by a PLC or
PC.
• Up to 63 Servos can be connected to the DeviceNet
Network
• Supports Polling I/O and Explicit Messages
System Configuration
CJ1/CS1 Series
DeviceNet
Master
DeviceNet
8 8
7
8
7
6
9 8
6
9
6
X 9 X X 9 X
0 1
200V
5
0 1
200V
5
0 1
Ver. 10
Ver.
5
10
0 1
4
5
4 10
200V 10
4 3
Ver. 200V
3 4
2
3
Ver.
2
3
2
2
7
7
8 8
7
8
7
6
9 8
6
9 X
6
X 9 X 9 X
0 1
5
0 1
5
1
0 1
5
1
0 1
4
1
5
4
3 4 3 4 1
2
3
2
3
2
2
7
8
7
8
7
8
7
6
9 8
6
9 D D
6
9 D 9 D
0 1
5
0 1
R
5
0 1
R
5
R
0 1
4
5
4
3 4 3 4 R
2
3
2
3
2
C C C
N C
N N N
11 11 11
11
Limit switches,
contact sensors Sigma Series
Linear Motor
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
DeviceNet Unit 51
Specifications
JUSP-NS300 - DeviceNet Interface Unit
Item Details
Type JUSP-NS300
Applicable Servo Drive All SGDH-E models
Installation Method Mounted on the SGDH Servo Drive side: CN10.
Basic Power Supply Method Supplied from the Servo Drive control power supply.
Specifications Power Consumption 1.3 W
DeviceNet Baud Rate Setting Select from 125 kbps, 250 kbps, or 500 kbps using a rotary switch.
Communications Node Address Setting Select the address from 0 to 63 using the rotary switches.
Command Format Operation Specifications Positioning using DeviceNet communications.
Reference Input DeviceNet communications
Commands: Motion commands (position, speed), and Parameter read/write
Position Control Acceleration/ Deceleration Method Linear first/second-step, asymmetric, exponential, S-curve
Functions Fully-closed Control Possible
Input Signals Fixed Allocation to Servo Drive Forward/reverse run prohibited, Zero point return deceleration LS, Zero point signal, External posi-
CN1 Connector tioning signal
NS300 Unit Emergency stop signal
Output Signals Servo Drive CN1 Connector∗ Servo alarm, Brake interlock, Servo ready, Positioning completion
NS300 Unit P1, P2 (area signals)
Internal Functions Position Data Latch Function Position data latching is possible using phase C, zero point signals, and external signals.
Protection Parameters damage, Parameter setting errors, Communications errors, etc.
LED Indicators MS: Module Status
NS: Network Status
Note: *The allocation of the output signals for brake interlock, servo ready, or positioning completion can be changed using parameter settings.
Transmission Specifications
Item Specifications
Communication Format Multi-drop, T-branch (1:N)
Transmission Speed (kbps) 500, 250, 125kbps
Transmission Media 5-wire cables
Transmission Distance Speed Max. network length Branch length Total branch length
500 kbps 100m or less 39m or less
250 kbps 250m or less 6m or less 78m or less
125 kbps 500m or less 156m or less
Number of Nodes Up to 64 units
Error Control SRS error, node address double checking
Cable
Item Cable
Thick Thin
Loss of Signal Little Much
Transmission Distance Long Short
Advantage/Disadvantage Hard (not easy to bend) oft (easy to bend)
The maximum network lengths differ in accordance with the cable type as shown below.
Transmission Speed Max. Network Length (m)
ikbpsj Thick Cable Thin Cable
500 100 100
250 250 100
125 500 100
52 Motion Control
Nomenclature
Motion Control
Ground Wire
Connected to ground mark on the Servo Drive
LED (MS)
Module status
LED (NS)
DeviceNet network status
Dimensions
JUSP-NS300 - DeviceNet Interface Unit
Units: mm Approx. mass: 0.2 kg
FG terminal (24)
M4
(100)
Connector
to SERVOPACK
CN11 NS300
7
8
6
9 X
0 1
5
4
3 10
2
7
8
6
9 X
0 1
5
4
3 1
2
7
8
6
9 D
0 1
R
5
4
2
C
N
11
CN6 M
S
N
S
Nameplate
142
CN4
20 133
DeviceNet Unit 53
Installation
Standard Connections
Servo drive
Type SGDH
(For Servo Drive connection,
see Sigma-II chapter)
E-STOP
External
Power Supply
DC 5 to 12V
P1 + 12
P1 - P
13
P2 + 10
P2 - P
20
BAT (+) CN 1 0V
+ 21 37
Backup Battery*1 P AL 01
2.8 to 4.5V BAT (-)
- 22 38 Alarm Code Output
AL 02 Maximum Operating Voltage 30VDC
+24VIN 47 3.3kΩ Maximum Output Current 20mADC
+ 39
AL 03
40
+24V Not Used 1
- SG
Zero Point Return
/DEC 41
Deceleration LS
with /DEC ON 25
/COIN + Positioning Completed
Forward Run Prohibit P-OT 42 (ON When Positioning is
with P-OT OFF 26
/COIN - Completed)
27 BK Output*2
Reverse Run Prohibit N-OT 43 /BK +
with N-OT OFF 28 (ON When Brake is
/BK - Released)
External Positioning WXT 44 29
/NEAR + Positioning Near Output
Signal 30
/NEAR - (ON when Near)
45 31
Not Used ALM + Servo Alarm Output
32 (OFF with an Alarm)
46 ALM -
Not Used Photocoupler Output
Maximum Operating Voltage 30VDC
Maximum Output Current 50mADC
FG
P represents twisted-pair wires. represents shield. Connect Shield to Connector Shell.
*1 Connect when using an absolute encoder and when the battery is not connected to CN8.
*2 Set the signal assignment with the user constants.
Note: Connect the ground cable of the field bus I/F unit to the ground connector of the Servo Drive.
54 Motion Control
Ordering Information
Motion Control
System Configuration
7
8
6
9 X
0 1
5
Ver. 200V 10
Computer
4
3
2
7
8
6
9 X
(CN11)
0 1
5
4 1
2
7
8
6
9
(CN10)
D
0 1
5
4 R
3
2
C
N
11
CHARGE POWER
M
CN3 S
N
S
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Connectors
Name Model
Conector for CN4. For connecting external I/O signals R88A-CNU01R or
or fully-closed encoder signals DE9406973
Conector for CN6. DeviceNet Connector with retaining XW4B-05C1-H1-D
screws
Conector for CN6. DeviceNet Multi-Branching Con- XW4B-05C4-TF-D
nector with retaining screws
Conector for CN6. DeviceNet Multi-Branching Con- XW4B-05C4-T-D
nector (without retaining screws)
Note: For a complete view of DeviceNet network accesories, refer to Automation Systems catalogue or contact your Omron representative.
Computer Software
Name Model
NS Tool MOTION TOOLS CD
ESD file
Servo System
Note: Refer to the Servo Systems section for more information
DeviceNet Unit 55
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I11E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
56 Motion Control
JUSP-NS500
Motion Control
PROFIBUS-DP Unit
PROFIBUS-DP connectivity with positioning
functionality.
• Connects directly to the Sigma-II Series Drive
• Simplifies distributed control and information man-
agement
• No programming languages are required.
• Various positioning functions including Point-to-
point mode (with multi-step speed positioning avail-
able) and Station number mode (indexing function)
• All parameters are set and maintained by a PLC or
PC.
• Up to 126 Servos can be connected to the PROFI-
BUS-DP Network
System Configuration
PROFIBUS-DP Master
PROFIBUS-DP
CHARGE POWER 6
CHARGE POWER 6 6
CHARGE POWER CHARGE POWER 6
Limit switches,
contact sensors Sigma Series
Linear Motor
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
PROFIBUS-DP Unit 57
Specifications
JUSP-NS500 - PROFIBUS-DP Interface Unit
Item Details
Type JUSP-NS500
Applicable Servo Drive All SGDH-E models
Installation Method Mounted on the SGDH Servo Drive side: CN10.
Basic Power Supply Method Supplied from the Servo Drive control power supply.
Specifications Power Consumption 1.3 W
PROFIBUS-DP Baud Rate Setting The baud rate is automatically set by the Master between 9.6 kbps and 12 Mbps.
Communications Station Address Setting Select the address from 0 to 7D (0 to 125) using the rotary switches.
Command Format Operation Specifications Positioning using PROFIBUS-DP communications
Reference Input PROFIBUS-DP communications
Commands: Motion commands (position, speed), Parameter read/write
Position Control Acceleration/ Deceleration Method Linear first/second-step, asymmetric, exponential, S-curve
Functions Fully-closed Control Possible
Input Signals Fixed Allocation to SERVOPACK CN1 Forward/reverse run prohibited, Zero point return deceleration LS, Zero point signal, External posi-
Connector tioning signal
NS500 Unit Emergency stop signal
Output Signals Servo Drive CN1 Connector∗ Servo alarm, Brake interlock, Servo ready, Positioning completion
NS500 Unit P1, P2 (area signals)
Internal Functions Position Data Latch Function Position data latching is possible using phase C, zero point signals, and external signals.
Protection Parameters damage, Parameter setting errors, Communications errors, etc.
LED Indicators ERR: Module Error
COMM: Communications Status
Note: *The allocation of the output signals for brake interlock, servo ready, or positioning completion can be changed using parameter settings.
Transmission Specifications
Item Specifications
Communication Format Conforms to PROFIBUS-DP
Transmission Speed (kbps) 9.6 19.2 93.75 187.5 500 1500 12000
Transmission Distance (m) 1200 1000 400 200 100
Transmission Media STP Cable
Number of Stations 32 stations (Can be extended to 126 stations using repeater.)
Cable
Item Specifications
Cable Type Impedance Shielded twisted-pair wire Type A 135 to 165 Ω
Capacity < 30 pf/m
Loop Resistance 110Ω/km
Wire Gage 0.64 mm
Conductor Area > 0.34 mm2
Connector
9-pin D-sub connectors are used.
58 Motion Control
Nomenclature
Motion Control
Ground Wire
Connected to ground on the Servo Drive
LED (COMM)
Communication Status LED for PROFIBUS-DP
LED (ERR)
Module Error Status LED
Dimensions
JUSP-NS500 - PROFIBUS-DP Interface Unit
Connector
to SERVOPACK
CN11 NS500
7
8
6
9 X
0 1
5
4
3 10
2
7
8
6
9 X
0 1
5
4
3 1
2
D
R
C
N
11
CN6
Nameplate
142
CN4
20 133
PROFIBUS-DP Unit 59
Installation
Standard Connections
Servo drive
Type SGDH
(For Servo Drive connection,
see Sigma-II chapter)
E-STOP
External
Power Supply
DC 5 to 12V
P1 + 12
P1 - P
13
P2 + 10
P2 - P
20
BAT (+) CN 1 0V
+ 21 37
Backup Battery*1 P AL 01
2.8 to 4.5V BAT (-)
- 22 38 Alarm Code Output
AL 02 Maximum Operating Voltage 30VDC
+24VIN 47 3.3kΩ Maximum Output Current 20mADC
+ 39
AL 03
40
+24V Not Used 1
- SG
Zero Point Return
/DEC 41
Deceleration LS
with /DEC ON 25
/COIN + Positioning Completed
Forward Run Prohibit P-OT 42 (ON When Positioning is
with P-OT OFF 26
/COIN - Completed)
27 BK Output*2
Reverse Run Prohibit N-OT 43 /BK +
with N-OT OFF 28 (ON When Brake is
/BK - Released)
External Positioning WXT 44 29
/NEAR + Positioning Near Output
Signal 30
/NEAR - (ON when Near)
45 31
Not Used ALM + Servo Alarm Output
32 (OFF with an Alarm)
46 ALM -
Not Used Photocoupler Output
Maximum Operating Voltage 30VDC
Maximum Output Current 50mADC
FG
P represents twisted-pair wires. represents shield. Connect Shield to Connector Shell.
*1 Connect when using an absolute encoder and when the battery is not connected to CN8.
*2 Set the signal assignment with the user constants.
Note: Connect the ground cable of the field bus I/F unit to the ground connector of the Servo Drive.
60 Motion Control
Ordering Information
Motion Control
System Configuration
(CN11) Computer
(CN10) Computer connecting cable
CHARGE POWER 6
CN3
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Connectors
Name Model
Conector for CN4. For connecting external I/O signals R88A-CNU01R or
or fully-closed encoder signals DE9406973
Computer Software
Name Model
NS Tool MOTION TOOLS CD
GSD file
Servo System
Note: Refer to the Servo Systems section for more information
PROFIBUS-DP Unit 61
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I12E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
62 Motion Control
JUSP-NS600
Motion Control
Indexer Unit
Smart and Simple positioning solution.
• No programming languages are required. Connects
directly to the Sigma-II Series Drive
• Allows serial network control and Discrete I/O con-
trol
• Servo Axis set-up, actuation and monitoring
• 128 indexing programmed moves
• Refined methods and functions for smart control
like, Program tables or Position and speed tables
• Up to 16 Servos can be connected via serial Net-
work
• With SigmaWin+ the system can be easily config-
ured
System Configuration
CN3 CN3
CN3 CN3
CN1 CN1
CN1 CN1
CN2 CN2
CN2 CN2
Limit switches,
Limit switches, contact sensors
contact sensors Sigma Series
Linear Motor
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Indexer Unit 63
Specifications
JUSP-NS600 - Indexer Unit
Item Details
Type JUSP-NS600
Applicable Servo Drive All SGDH-E SERVOPACKs
Installation Method Mounted on the SGDH Servo Drive side: CN10.
Basic Specifications Power Supply Method Supplied from the Servo Drive control power supply
Power Consumption 2.6 W
Control Specifications Program Table Program table positioning by designating the starting step by the contact input
(Maximum 128 steps)
Serial Communications Serial commands in ASCII codes
Communications specifications: RS422 / RS485 (Maximum 50 m (164.0 ft))
RS232C (Maximum 3 m (9.84 ft))
Connection: Multi-drop method (Maximum 16 axes)
Baud rate: 9600, 19200, 38400bps
Command Table Positioning by designating the command table by the contact input
(Maximum 128 points)
Zero-Point Return 3 types
Other Functions External positioning, JOG speed table operation (Maximum
16 speeds)
I/O Signals Input Servo Drive S-ON (Servo ON)
P-OT (Forward Run Prohibited), N-OT (Reverse Run Prohibited)
DEC (Zero-Point Return Deceleration LS)
RTRG (External Positioning Signal)
INDEXER Module MODE0/1 (Mode signal)
START/HOME (Start Signal / Zero-point Return Execution)
PGMRES/JOGP (Program Reset / Motor Forward Rotation)
SEL0/JOGN (Program Starting Step Designation / Motor Reverse Rotation)
SEL1 to SEL4 / JOG0 to JOG3
Program Starting Step Designation / JOG Speed Table Selection)
Output Servo Drive ALM (Servo Alarm)
WARN (Warning)
BK (Brake Interlock)
S-RDY (Servo Ready)
ALO1, ALO2, ALO3 (Alarm Codes)
INDEXER Module INPOSITION (Positioning Completed)
POUT0 to POUT4 (Programable Outputs)
64 Motion Control
Nomenclature
Motion Control
Ground Wire
Connected to ground on the Servo Drive
LED (STS)
Status Indicator (green or red)
Rotary Switch
For axis address setting
Dimensions
JUSP-NS600 - Indexer Unit
Connector
To SERVOPACK
(2)
NS600
CN7
CN4 Nameplate
142
CN6
20 128
Indexer Unit 65
Installation
Standard Connections
1MC
L1
A(1) Servomotor
L2 U
1
SGDH V
B(2)
M
L3 Servo Drive W
C(3)
L1C 2 24V D(4)
L2C 2 0V
1 Encoder
2 CN2 PG
FG CN1
25 /WARN+ Error/warning
26 /WARN- (ON for an error or a warning)
CN1
3 BAT(+) 21 27 /BK+ Brake interlock
Backup battery 4 + 28 /BK- (ON when brake is released)
2.8V to 4.5V - BAT(-) 22
29 /S-RDY+ Servo ready
+24V +24VIN (ON when the servo is ready to be ON)
47 3.3kΩ 30 /S-RDY-
Sinking or sourcing input
Servo ON /S-ON 40 31 ALM+ Alarm (OFF with an alarm)
(Servo ON when ON) 32 ALM- Photocoupler output
Forward overtravel P-OT 42 Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
(Forward run prohibited when OFF) Max. output current: 50 mA DC
37 ALO1 Alarm code outputs
Reverse overtravel N-OT 43
(Reverse run prohibited when OFF) 38 ALO2 Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
39 ALO3 Max. output current: 20 mA DC
Homing deceleration limit switch /DEC 44
(Deceleration when ON)
33 PAO
Registration latch /RGRT 46 34 /PAO
(Latch when the signal turns from OFF to ON) Applicable line receiver for the PG ratio
35 PBO
Program table step selection signal 5 /SEL5 SN75175 (manufactured by Texas
41 36 /PBO
(Bit 5 = 1 when ON) Instruments Inc.) or equivalent
19 PCO
/SEL6 45 20
Program table step selection signal 6 /PCO
(Bit 6 = 1 when ON) Applicable line receiver for the S-phase
48 PSO serial data
49 /PSO SN75175 (manufactured by Texas
Instruments Inc.) or equivalent
1 SG
2 SG
Not used
CN3 Use CN7 to connect a digital
operator or supporting software.
CN3
INDEXER Unit CN7
JUSP-NS600 Digital operator or
SigmaWin+
CN4 CN4
Sinking or sourcing input +24V +24V/COM 1 3.3kΩ
19 /INPOSITION+ Positioning completion
Mode selection /MODE 0/1 3 20 /INPOSITION- (ON when positioning has completed.)
ON: Mode 0
OFF: Mode 1 21 /POUT0+ Programmable output 0
5
Mode 0 : Starts or interrupts program table operation /START-STOP 22 /POUT0-
(Operation starts when ON) /HOME 5
Mode 1: Starts homing 23 /POUT1+ Programmable output 1
(Homing starts when ON) 24 /POUT1-
5
Mode 0: Resets program table operation /PGMRES 25 /POUT2+ Programmable output 2
(Resets when ON) /JOGP 7 26 /POUT2-
Mode 1: Forward JOG operation
(Forward JOG operation starts when ON)
5 27 /POUT3+ Programmable output 3
Mode 0: Program table step selection signal 0 /SEL0
/JOGN 28 /POUT3-
(Bit 0 = 1 when ON) 9
Mode 1: Reverse JOG operation
(Reverse JOG operation starts when ON) 29 /POUT4+ Programmable output 4
5 30
Mode 0: Program table step selection signal 1 /SEL1 /POUT4-
(Bit 1 = 1 when ON) /JOG0 Photocoupler output
11
Mode 1: JOG speed table selection signal 0 Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
(Bit 0 = 1 when ON) Max. output current: 50 mA DC
5 CN6
Mode 0: Program table step selection signal 2 /SEL2 6
1 TXD 3
(Bit 2 = 1 when ON) /JOG1 13 2 /TXD
Mode 1: JOG speed table selection signal 1 8 TXD
/TXD User's
(Bit 1 = 1 when ON) 9
5 controller
Mode 0: Program table step selection signal 3 /SEL3 3 RXD
(Bit 3 = 1 when ON) /JOG2 15 4 /RXD
Mode 1: JOG speed table selection signal 2 10 RXD
(Bit 2 = 1 when ON) 6 /RXD RS-422
5 7
RT or
Mode 0: Program table step selection signal 4 /SEL4 7
/JOG3 RS-485 port
(Bit 4 = 1 when ON) 17 14 GND
Mode 1: JOG speed table selection signal 3 8 GND
5
(Bit 3 = 1 when ON)
Case FG
Note: Connect the ground cable of Indexer unit to the ground connector of the Servo Drive.
66 Motion Control
Ordering Information
Motion Control
System Configuration
CN3
(CN6)
CN2
PC PLC
Computer Cable
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Connectors
Specification Model
Conector for CN4 R88A-CNU01C
Conector for CN6 and CN7 R7A-CNA01R
Computer Software
Specifications Model
SigmaWin+ MOTION TOOLS CD
Servo System
Note: Refer to the Servo Systems section for more information
Indexer Unit 67
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I13E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
68 Motion Control
R88A-MCW151-@
Motion Control
1.5 Axis Motion Controller
Advanced Motion made perfectly intuitive.
• Connects directly to the Sigma-II Series Drive
• Controls 1 real axis, 1 virtual axis and a configurable
third axis
• Provides an additional encoder input/output to the
servo drive
• Simple to develop and modify using BASIC
• Built-in local I/O for easy operation
• Provides two additional hardware registration inputs
to the Drive
• Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization
• Multi-tasking functionality
• Friendly and Powerful Windows-based Software
• Network connectivity via HostLink or DeviceNet
• Supports HMI connection without the need of a PLC
System Configuration
NT Operator
Terminal
Ver. 200V RD SD
PORT0,1
CHARGE POWER
- HostLink Network
- DeviceNet Network
PORT2
CN3
CN1
1 2
+24V
24V
0V
CN2
000000
Limit switches,
contact sensors
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Conveyor belt
70 Motion Control
RS-422A/485 Interface Specifications (R88A-MCW151-E only)
Motion Control
Item Details
Electrical characteristics Conform to EIA RS-422A/485
Synchronization Start-stop synchronization (asynchronous)
Baud rate 1200 / 2400 / 4800 / 9600 / 19200 / 38400 bps
Transmission Format Databit Length 7 or 8 bit
Stop Bit 1 or 2 bit
Parity Bit Even/Odd/None
Transmission Mode Point-to-multipoint (1:N)
Transmission Protocol RS-422A Host Link Master Protocol,
Host Link Slave Protocol,
ASCII General-purpose
RS-485 ASCII General-purpose
Galvanic Isolation Yes
Connector type Phoenix MSTB 2.5/5-ST-5.08 (included in package).
Communication buffers 254 bytes
Flow control None
Terminator Yes, internal 220 Ω selectable by DIP-switch SW2
Cable length 500 m max.
Nomenclature
Indicator LEDs
-RUN
-STS
-SD & -RD (R88A-MCW151-E model)
-MS & -NS (R88A-MCW151-DRT-E model)
Communications Connector
- Hostlink (RS422/485) > R88A-MCW151-E model
- DeviceNet > R88A-MCW151-DRT-E model
Power Connector
MCW151
ON
RUN STS
1 SW1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
RD SD 2 SW2
3 SW3
4 SW4
5 SW5
PORT0,1
6 SW6
7 SW7
8 SW8
9 SW9
10 SW10
PORT2
142
1 2
I/O
25 26
+24V
0V
000000
20 128
Installation
I/O Connector
Connector pin arrangement I/O Connector Pin Functions
Pin Signal
Name Function
1 2 A+ 1 2 A- 1 A+ Encoder phase A+ (Input / Output)
B+ 3 4 B-
2 A- Encoder phase A- (Input / Output)
Z+ 5 6 Z-
3 B+ Encoder phase B+ (Input / Output)
0V_ENC 7 8 5V_ENC
4 B- Encoder phase B- (Input / Output)
I0 / R0 9 10 FG
I2 11 12 I1 / R1 5 Z+ Encoder phase Z+ (Input / Output)
I4 13 14 I3 6 Z- Encoder phase Z- (Input / Output)
I/O I6 15 16 I5 7 0V_ENC Encoder 0V common
0V_IN 17 18 I7 8 5V_ENC Encoder 5V power supply output
O8 19 20 O9 9 I0 / R0 (Registration) Input 0
O10 21 22 O11 10 FG Frame Ground
O12 23 24 O13 11 I2 Input 2
0V_OP 25 26 24V_OP
12 I1 / R1 (Registration) Input 1
25 26
13 I4 Input 4
14 I3 Input 3
15 I6 Input 6
16 I5 Input 5
17 0V_IN Inputs 0V common
18 I7 Input 7
19 O8 Output 8
20 O9 Output 9
21 O10 Output 10
22 O11 Output 11
23 O12 Output 12
24 O13 Output 13
25 0V_OP Outputs 0V common
26 24V_OP Outputs 24V power supply input
72 Motion Control
Power Connector
Motion Control
The Power Connector is used to connect the 24V power supply to the Controller Unit
(Port 0)
RUN STS
SGDH-
Ver. 200V
RD SD
PORT0,1
(CN10)
CHARGE POWER
(Port 2) HostLink Network or DeviceNet Network
PORT2
CN3
1 2
25 26
+24V
24V
0V
CN2 000000
Sigma-II Series
Servomotor
Profibus Connectivity
Name Model
Profibus-DP Module interface for R88A-MCW151-E PRT1-SCU11
motion controllers
Connectors
Specification Model
I/O Connector (Included in Package) B2L 3.5/26 SN SW
(Weidmüler)
Power Connector (Included in Package) MSTB 2.5/3-ST-5.08
(Phoenix)
Port 2 Connector (Included in Package) MSTB 2.5/5-ST-5.08
(Phoenix)
Computer Software
Specifications Model
Motion Perfect MOTION TOOLS CD
EDS File
Servo System
Note: Refer to the Servo Systems section for more information
Cat. No. I14E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
74 Motion Control
AC Servo Systems
SmartStep Series 77
AC Servo Systems
Sigma-II Series 95
Sigma-II Large Capacity 129
Sigma Linear Motors 143
XtraDrive 169
75
76 AC Servo Systems
R7D-AP@, R7M-A@
SmartStep Series
A new concept in Servo Systems
AC Servo Systems
The Smart alternative to Stepper motors
• Easy to setup, easy to operate. SmartStep is as
easy to use as a stepper motor
• Front-panel switches make sttings easy and elimi-
nate the need for time-consuming parameter set-
tings
• Auto-tuning On-line mode, dynamic brake setting,
alarm display, high torque performance
• Easy to wire with prebuilded cables
• Oscilloscope available via SigmaWin tool
• Windows based Configuration and commissioning
software
Ratings
• 230VAC Single-phase 30 W to 750W (2.39 Nm)
System Configuration
SmartStep
SERVODRIVE Computer Monitor
SmartStep Analog Monitor Software for Windows
SERVOMOTOR
Cable
Position
Control Unit
SmartStep Series 77
Servomotor Specifications
General Specifications
Item Specification
Ambient operating temperature 0 to 40°C
Ambient operating humidity 20% to 80% (with no condensation)
Ambient storage temperature −20 to 60°C
Ambient storage humidity 20% to 80% (with no condensation)
Storage/operating atmosphere No corrosive gases.
Vibration resistance 10 to 2,500 Hz in X, Y, and Z directions with 0.2-mm double amplitude or acceleration of 24.5 m/s2 max., whichever
is smaller
Impact resistance Acceleration 98 m/s2 max., in a vertical direction, two times
Insulation resistance Between power line terminals and FG: 10 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC)
Dielectric strength Between power line terminals and FG: 1,500 V AC for 1 min at 50/60 Hz
Run position Any direction
Insulation grade Type B
Structure Totally-enclosed self-cooling
Protective structure IP55 for both the Cylindrical and Flat Servomotors
Vibration grade V-15
Mounting method Flange-mounting
International standards Approval obtained for UL, cUL, and EN (EMC directive and low-voltage directive)
Performance Specifications
Flat Servomotors
Item R7M-AP10030 R7M-AP20030 R7M-AP40030 R7M-AP75030
Rated output 100 W 200 W 400 W 750 W
Rated torque 0.318 N⋅m 0.637 N⋅m 1.27 N⋅m 2.39 N⋅m
Rated rotation speed 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min
Momentary maximum rotation speed 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min
Momentary maximum torque 0.96 N⋅m 1.91 N⋅m 3.82 N⋅m 7.1 N⋅m
Rated current 0.89 A (rms) 2.0 A (rms) 2.6 A (rms) 4.1 A (rms)
Momentary maximum current 2.8 A (rms) 6.0 A (rms) 8.0 A (rms) 13.9 A (rms)
Rotor inertia 6.5 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 2.09 × 10-5 kg⋅m2 3.47 × 10-5 kg⋅m2 2.11 × 10-4 kg⋅m2
Power rate 15.7 kW/s 19.4 kW/s 46.8 kW/s 26.9 kW/s
Allowable radial load 78 N 245 N 245 N 392 N
Allowable thrust load 49 N 68 N 68 N 147 N
Weight Without brake 0.7 kg 1.4 kg 2.1 kg 4.2 kg
With brake 0.9 kg 1.9 kg 2.6 kg 5.7 kg
Encoder resolution 2,000 pulses/revolution for phase-A and phase-B, 1 pulse/revolution for phase-Z
Radiation shield dimensions t6 × 250 mm square t12 × 300 mm square
Brake Brake inertia 3.1 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 1.52 × 10-5 kg⋅m2 1.52 × 10-5 kg⋅m2 8.75 × 10-5 kg⋅m2
Specifications Excitation voltage 24 V DC ±10%
Power consumption (at 20°C) 7.5 W 7.6 W 8.2 W 7.5 W
Current consumption (at 20°C) 0.31 A 0.32 A 0.34 A 0.31 A
Static friction torque 0.4 N⋅m min. 0.9 N⋅m min. 1.9 N⋅m min. 3.5 N⋅m min.
Attraction time 60 ms max. 40 ms max. 60 ms max. 20 ms max.
Release time 20 ms max. 20 ms max. 20 ms max. 40 ms max.
Backlash 1° 1° 1° 1°
Rating Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
Insulation grade Type F Type F Type F Type F
Applicable Servo Driver (R7D-) AP01H AP02H AP04H AP08H
78 AC Servo Systems
Cylindrical Servomotors
Item R7M-A03030 R7M-A05030 R7M-A10030 R7M-A20030 R7M-A40030 R7M-A75030
Rated output 30 W 50 W 100 W 200 W 400 W 750 W
Rated torque 0.095 N⋅m 0.159 N⋅m 0.318 N⋅m 0.637 N⋅m 1.27 N⋅m 2.39 N⋅m
Rated rotation speed 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min 3,000 r/min
Momentary maximum rotation speed 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min 4,500 r/min
Momentary maximum torque 0.29 N⋅m 0.48 N⋅m 0.96 N⋅m 1.91 N⋅m 3.82 N⋅m 7.1 N⋅m
Rated current 0.42 A (rms) 0.6 A (rms) 0.87 A (rms) 2.0 A (rms) 2.6 A (rms) 4.4 A (rms)
Momentary maximum current 1.3 A (rms) 1.9 A (rms) 2.8 A (rms) 6.0 A (rms) 8.0 A (rms) 13.9 A (rms)
Rotor inertia 1.7 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 2.2 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 3.6 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 1.19 × 10-5 kg⋅m2 1.87 × 10-5 kg⋅m2 6.67 × 10-5 kg⋅m2
AC Servo Systems
Power rate 5.31 kW/s 11.5 kW/s 28.1 kW/s 34.1 kW/s 86.3 kW/s 85.6 kW/s
Allowable radial load 68 N 68 N 78 N 245 N 245 N 392 N
Allowable thrust load 54 N 54 N 54 N 74 N 74 N 147 N
Weight Without brake 0.3 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.1 kg 1.7 kg 3.4 kg
With brake 0.6 kg 0.7 kg 0.8 kg 1.6 kg 2.2 kg 4.3 kg
Encoder resolution 2,000 pulses/revolution for phase-A and phase-B, 1 pulse/revolution for phase-Z
Radiation shield dimensions t6 × 250 mm square
Brake Brake inertia 0.85 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 0.85 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 0.85 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 6.4 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 6.4 × 10-6 kg⋅m2 1.7 × 10-5 kg⋅m2
Specifications Excitation voltage 24 V DC ±10% V
Power consumption (at 20°C) 6W 6W 6W 7W 7W 7.7 W
Current consumption (at 20°C) 0.25 A 0.25 A 0.25 A 0.29 A 0.29 A 0.32 A
Static friction torque 0.2 N⋅m min. 0.2 N⋅m min. 0.34 N⋅m min. 1.47 N⋅m min. 1.47 N⋅m min. 2.45 N⋅m min.
Attraction time 30 ms max. 30 ms max. 30 ms max. 60 ms max. 60 ms max. 60 ms max.
Release time 60 ms max. 60 ms max. 60 ms max. 20 ms max. 20 ms max. 20 ms max.
Backlash 1° 1° 1° 1° 1° 1°
Rating Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
Insulation grade Type F Type F Type F Type F Type F Type F
Applicable Servo Driver (R7D-) APA3H APA5H AP01H AP02H AP04H AP08H
0.8 0.8
1.5
Repeated usage Repeated usage 1.4
0.6
1.0
0.4
0.318 0.318 0.637 0.637
0.5
0.222 0.452
0.2 Continuous usage Continuous usage
0 (r/min) 0 㧔r/min㧕
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
0 (r/min) 0 (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
SmartStep Series 79
Torque and Rotation Speed Characteristics
Cylindrical Servomotors
The following graphs show the characteristics with a 3-m standard cable and an R7D-AP@H Servo Driver (200-V AC input.)
R7M-A03030 (30 W) R7M-A05030 (50 W)
(Nm) (Nm)
0.4
0.2
0.1 0.095 0.095 0.159 0.159
0.069 0.107
0.1 Continuous usage
Continuous usage
0 (r/min) 0 (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
0.8
1.5
1.33
0.6 Repeated usage Repeated usage
1.0
0.4
0.318 0.318 0.637 0.637
0.5
0.222 0.452
0.2 Continuous usage Continuous usage
0 (r/min) 0 (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Repeated usage
Repeated usage
2.0 4.0
0 (r/min) 0 (r/min)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
80 AC Servo Systems
Servo Drive Specifications
General Specifications
Item Specification
Ambient operating temperature 0 to 55°C
Ambient operating humidity 90% max. (with no condensation)
Ambient storage temperature −20 to 85°C
Ambient storage humidity 90% max. (with no condensation)
Storage/operating atmosphere No corrosive gases.
Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz in X, Y, and Z directions with 0.1-mm double amplitude or acceleration of
AC Servo Systems
4.9 m/s2 max., whichever is smaller
Impact resistance Acceleration 19.6 m/s2 max., in X, Y, and Z direkjctions, three times
Insulation resistance Between power line terminals and case: 0.5 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC)
Dielectric strength Between power line terminals and case: 1,500 V AC for 1 min at 50/60 Hz
Between each control signal and case: 500 V AC for 1 min
Protective structure Built into panel (IP10).
International standards Approval obtained for UL, cUL, and EN (EMC directiveand low-voltage directive)
Performance Specifications
Item 200 VAC Input Type
30 W 50 W 100 W 200 W 400 W 750 W
R7D-APA3H R7D-APA5H R7D-AP01H R7D-AP02H R7D-AP04H R7D-AP08H
Continuous output current (rms) 0.42 0.6 0.89 2.0 2.6 4.4
Momentary maximum output current (rms) 1.3 1.9 2.8 6.0 8.0 13.9
Control power supply Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
Main-circuit power supply Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
(Three-phase 200/230 V AC can be used with the 750-W model.)
Control method All-digital servo
Speed feedback 2,000 pulses/revolution Incremental Encoder
Inverter method PWM method based on IGBT
PWM frequency 11.7 kHz
Weight 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.7
Compatible motor voltage 200 V
Compatible motor capacity 30 W 50 W 100 W 200 W 400 W 750 W
Command pulse response 250 kHz
Applicable Servomotor A03030 A05030 A10030 A20030 A40030 A75030
(R7M-) AP10030 AP20030 AP40030 AP75030
I/O Specifications
Terminal Specifications
Symbol Name Function
L1 and L2 Main-circuit Power Supply These are the input terminals for the main-circuit power supply.
or Terminals
L1, L2, and L3
DC Reactor Normally short-circuit between +1 and +2.
+1 Terminals If harmonic control measures are required, connect a DC Reactor between +1 and +2.
+2
Main-circuit DC Output Do not connect anything to this terminal.
−
L1C Control Circuit Power Sup- These are the input terminals for the control power supply.
L2C ply Terminals
B1 and B2 External Regeneration Re- Connect an External Regeneration Resistor to these terminals if the regenerative capacity of the internal capacitor
or sistance Terminals is exceeded. (An External Regeneration Resistor cannot be connected to the 30 to 200-W models.)
B1, B2, and B3
U Servomotor Red These are the terminals for outputs to the Servomotor.
V Terminals White
W Blue
Frame ground This is the ground terminal.
SmartStep Series 81
Control I/O (CN1) Specifications
Pin Symbol Name Function
1 +PULS/CW/A Feed pulses, reverse pulses, or 90° phase differ- Line-driver input: 7 mA at 3 V
2 −PULS/CW/A ence pulses (A phase) Open-collector input
3 +SIGN/CCW/B Direction signal, forward pulses, or 90° phase dif- Input impedance: 200 Ω
Maximum response frequency: 250 kpps
4 −SIGN/CCW/B ference pulses (B phase)
Position control is performed based on the pulses that have been input.
5 +ECRST Deviation counter reset Line-driver input: 7 mA at 3 V
6 −ECRST Open-collector input: 16 mA at 5 V
Input impedance: 200 Ω
ON: Resets deviation counter.
7 BKIR Brake interlock output Outputs holding brake timing signals.
8 INP Positioning completed output ON when the position error is within the positioning completed range.
10 OGND Output ground common Ground common for output signals (pins 7 and 8).
13 +24V +24V DC power input for control Power supply input (+24 V DC) for pins 14 and 18.
14 RUN RUN command input ON: Servo ON (Starts power to Servomotor.)
18 RESET Alarm reset input ON: Servo alarm status is reset.
19 GND RS-422A ground Ground for RS-422A
20 RXD+ RS-422A reception data Interface for RS-422A data transfers
21 RXD−
22 TXD+ RS-422A transmission data
23 TXD−
24 RT Termination resistance terminal Connect to RXD- (pin 21) in the Unit at the end of the line.
32 Z Encoder phase-Z open-collector output Output goes ON when the encoder’s phase-Z signal (1 pulse/revolution) is de-
33 ZCOM tected.
Open-collector output: 20 mA max. at 30 V DC
34 ALM Alarm output Output goes OFF when alarm is detected.
35 ALMCOM Open-collector output: 50 mA max. at 30 V DC
Shell FG Cable shield ground Ground for cable's shield wire.
82 AC Servo Systems
Digital Operator Specifications
General Specifications
Item Specification
Ambient operating temperature 0 to 55°C
Ambient operating humidity 90% max. (with no condensation) B.B INP
VCMP
TGON REF POWER
AC Servo Systems
acceleration of
9.8 m/s2 max., whichever is smaller
R7A–PR02A PARAMETER UNIT
Impact resistance Acceleration 19.6 m/s2 max., in X, Y, and Z directions, three times
SCROLL MODE/SET
RESET
A. 70 -ALARM- A. 70 -ALARM-
1: A.00 2: A.02
Display Alarms mode 2: A.02 3: A.10
3: A.10 4: A.71
4: A.71 5: A.72
SmartStep Series 83
Operation
Components
Autotuning Switch
Charge Indicator
Alarm Indicator
Power Indicator
Main-circuit Power Terminals
Communications Connector (CN3)
External Regeneration
Resistor Terminals
Switch Operations
Gain Adjustment Switch
Adjusts the motor’s responsiveness. Setting Position Loop Speed Loop Speed Loop Torque Com-
When this switch is set to 0, the Unit will operate according to the set- Gain Gain Integral Con- mand Filter
stant Time Constant
tings in the internal parameters (Pn100, Pn101, Pn102, and Pn401).
0 Enables parameter settings (including settings other than gain
When this switch is set to 1 through F, the Unit will operate according settings).
to the rotary switch’s setting. 1 15 15 4,000 250
2 20 20 3,500 200
F 0 1 3 30 30 3,000 150
2 4 40 40 2,000 100
5 60 60 1,500 70
6 85 85 1,000 50
7 120 120 800 30
8 160 160 600 20
Decrease the switch setting to lower the motor’s responsiveness (i.e., 9 200 200 500 15
so that it moves more smoothly). A 250 250 400 10
Increase the switch setting to raise the motor’s responsiveness (i.e., so B 250 250 400 10
that it moves faster). C 250 250 400 10
D 250 250 400 10
E 250 250 400 10
F 250 250 400 10
84 AC Servo Systems
Enable Switch/Parameter Setting Command Pulse Input Setting
Pin 6 of the DIP switch selects whether the Servo Driver operates according to Pin 3 selects the command pulse mode. Select “Forward pulse/
the DIP switch settings or parameter settings. Reverse pulse: positive logic” or “Feed pulses/Direction signal: positive
logic.”
ON OFF Pin 6 Function ON OFF
OFF Enables the DIP switch settings.
6
ON Enables the parameter settings. 6
5
5 Pin 3 Command Pulse Mode
4 OFF Forward pulse/Reverse pulse: posi-
4
3 tive logic
AC Servo Systems
3 ON Feed pulses/Direction signal: posi-
2 tive logic
2
1
1
(Default setting)
(Default setting)
6
ON OFF Complete online autotuning.
The result is stored in the Inertia Ratio 5
1 parameter (Pn103) and the Servo Driver 4
runs.
3 Pin 2 Dynamic Brake Mode
OFF Dynamic brake disabled.
2
ON Dynamic brake enabled.
Resolution Setting 1
Pins 4 and 5 select the positioning resolution.
If the resolution is set to 1,000 (the default setting), the motor makes (Default setting)
one revolution for every 1,000 pulses input.
ON OFF Pins Resolution
5 4
6 OFF OFF 1,000 pulses/revolution
(0.36°/step)
5
OFF ON 10,000 pulses/revolution
4 (0.036°/step)
3 ON OFF 500 pulses/revolution
(0.72°/step)
2 ON ON 5,000 pulses/revolution
1 (0.072°/step)
(Default setting)
Alarm Table
Display ALM output Error detection function Display ALM output Error detection function
A.04* OFF Parameter setting error A.7A OFF Overheat
A.10* OFF Overcurrent A.bF* OFF System error
A.30 OFF Regeneration error A.C1 OFF Runaway detected
A.32 OFF Regeneration overload A.C2* OFF Phase not detected
A.40 OFF Overvoltage/Undervoltage A.C3* OFF Encoder disconnect detected
A.51 OFF Overspeed A.d0 OFF Deviation counter overflow
A.70 OFF Overload CPF00 --- Parameter Unit transmission error 1
A.73 OFF Dynamic brake overload CPF01 --- Parameter Unit transmission error 2
A.74 OFF Inrush resistance overload A.91 --- Overload warning
A.92 --- Regeneration overload warning
SmartStep Series 85
Parameters
Parameter Details
Parameter Parameter name Digit Name Setting Explanation Default Unit Setting
number setting range
Pn000 Function selection basic 0 Reverse rotation 0 CCW direction is taken for positive command 0010 --- ---
switch 1 1 CW direction is taken for positive command
(See note 1.) 1 Control mode 1 Position control by pulse train command
2 to 3 Not used. --- ---
Pn001 Function selection basic 0 Select stop method if 0 Servomotor stopped by dynamic brake. 1002 --- ---
switch 2 an alarm occurs 1 Stop by dynamic brake and release brake af-
(See note 1.) when Servomotor is ter Servomotor stops.
OFF 2 Servomotor stopped with free run
1 to 3 Not used. --- ---
Pn100 Speed loop gain Adjusts speed loop’s responsiveness. 80 Hz 1 to 2,000
Pn101 Speed loop integral con- Speed loop integral time constant 2,000 0.01 ms 15 to
stant 51,200
Pn102 Position loop gain Adjusts position loop’s responsiveness. 40 1/s 1 to 2,000
Pn103 Inertia ratio Set using the ratio between the machine system inertia and the Servomotor rotor in- 300 % 0 to
ertia. 10,000
Pn109 Feed-forward amount Position control feed-forward compensation value 0 % 0 to 100
Pn10A Feed-forward command Sets position control feed-forward command filter. 0 0.01 ms 0 to 6,400
filter
Pn110 Online autotuning setting 0 Selects online auto- 0 Auto-tunes initial operations only after power 0012 --- ---
(See note 1.) tuning is turned ON.
1 Always auto-tunes.
2 No auto-tuning
1 Not used. --- ---
2 Selects adhesive fric- 0 Friction compensation: OFF
tion compensation 1 Friction compensation: rated torque ratio
function small
2 Friction compensation: rated torque ratio
large
3 Not used. --- ---
Pn200 Position control setting 1 0 Command pulse 0 Feed pulses/Direction signal: Positive logic 1011 --- ---
(See note 1.) mode 1 Forward pulse/Reverse pulse: Positive logic
2 90° phase difference (A/B phase) signal (x1):
Positive logic
3 90° phase difference (A/B phase) signal (x2):
Positive logic
4 90° phase difference (A/B phase) signal (x4):
Positive logic
5 Feed pulses/Direction signal: Negative logic
6 Forward pulse/Reverse pulse: Negative logic
7 90° phase difference (A/B phase) signal (x1):
Negative logic
8 90° phase difference (A/B phase) signal (x2):
Negative logic
9 90° phase difference (A/B phase) signal (x4):
Negative logic
1 Deviation counter re- 0 High level signal
set 1 Rising signal (low to high)
2 Low level signal
3 Falling signal (high to low)
2 Deviation counter re- 0 Deviation counter reset if an alarm occurs
set if an alarm occurs when Servomotor is OFF.
when the Servomotor 1 Deviation counter not reset if an alarm oc-
is OFF curs when Servomotor is OFF.
2 Deviation counter reset only if alarm occurs.
3 Not used. --- ---
Pn202 Electronic gear ratio G1 Sets the pulse rate for the command pulses and Servo Servomotor travel distance. 4 --- 1 to
(numerator) 65,535
(See note 1.) Setting range: 0.01 £ G1/G2 £ 100
Pn203 Electronic gear ratio G2 1 --- 1 to
(denominator) 65,535
(See note 1.)
Pn204 Position command filter Sets soft start for command pulse. (Soft start characteristics are for the primary filter.) 0 0.01 ms 0 to 6,400
time constant 1 (primary
filter)
Pn207 Position control setting 2 0 Selects position com- 0 Primary filter (Pn204) 0000 --- ---
(See note 1.) mand filter. 1 Linear acceleration and deceleration
(Pn208)
1 to 3 Not used. --- ---
Pn208 Position command filter Sets soft start for command pulse. (soft start characteristics are for the linear acceler- 0 0.01 ms 0 to 6,400
time constant 2 (linear ation and deceleration.)
acceleration and decel-
eration)
(See note 1.)
Pn304 Jog speed Sets rotation speed during jog operation. 500 r/min 0 to
10,000
86 AC Servo Systems
Parameter Parameter name Digit Name Setting Explanation Default Unit Setting
number setting range
Pn401 Torque command filter Sets the constant when filtering the internal torque command. 40 0.01 ms 0 to
time constant 65,535
Pn402 Forward torque limit Forward rotation output torque limit (percentage of rated torque ratio). 350 % 0 to 800
Pn403 Reverse torque limit Reverse rotation output torque limit (percentage of rated torque ratio). 350 % 0 to 800
Pn500 Positioning completion Sets the range of positioning completed output signal 3 Command 0 to 250
range units
Pn505 Deviation counter over- Sets the detection level for the deviation counter over alarm. 1,024 ×256 com- 1 to 32767
flow level mand units
Pn600 Regeneration resistor Setting for regeneration resistance load ratio monitoring calculations. 0 10 W See model
AC Servo Systems
capacity specs.
(See note 2).
Note: 1. These parameters are read when the power is turned ON. Parame- 2. When using a Regeneration Resistor, set the resistor’s capacity
ter Pn110.2 is valid when online. when the temperature has risen to 120°C. Set this parameter to 0 if
a Regeneration Resistor is not being used.
SmartStep Series 87
Dimensions
Servo Drivers
160
160
149.5±0.5
(5) 5
55 (75) 130 55
17
160 160
149.5 149.5±0.5
(5) 5 (5) 12
12 (63) (75) 130 75
75
17
94
160
160
149.5±0.5
35 55 (5) 27
96 90 (75) 180 90
17
88 AC Servo Systems
Servomotors
Cylindrical Servomotors (3,000 r/min)
200 V AC: 30 W/50 W/100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W
Without Brake: R7M-A03030-S1-D/A05030-S1-D/A10030-S1-D/A20030-S1-D/A40030-S1-D/A75030-S1-D
With Brake: R7M-A03030-BS1-D/A05030-BS1-D/A10030-BS1-D/A20030-BS1-D/A40030-BS1-D/A75030-BS1-D
Model Dimensions (mm)
LL LR Flange surface Axis end
Without Brake With Brake C D1 D2 F G Z S QK b h t1
R7M-A03030@ 69.5 101 25 40 46 30h7 2.5 5 Two, 4.3 dia. 6h6 14 2 2 1.2
AC Servo Systems
R7M-A05030@ 77 108.5
R7M-A10030@ 94.5 135 8h6 3 3 1.8
R7M-A20030@ 96.5 136 30 60 70 50h7 3 6 Four, 5.5 dia. 14h6 20 5 5 3
R7M-A40030@ 124.5 164
R7M-A75030@ 145 189.5 40 80 90 70h7 3 8 Four, 7 dia. 16h6 30
t1
h
300 300
Hole with
“Z” mark
QK* QK*
D1 dia.
G F G F C
LL LR LL LR
t1
h
300 300
Four, Z-dia.
mounting
holes
QK* QK*
D1 dia.
G F G F C
LL LR LL LR
SmartStep Series 89
Filters
R88A-FIW104-SE
Units:mm (in)
32(1.26)
(0.04)
1
202(7.95)
11.5(0.45)
192(7.56)
28.25(1.11) 149.5(5.89)
M4
33(1.30)
56(2.20)
(0.20)
5
φ5 M4(2×)
(φ0.20)
φ10(φ0.39)
)
5.5(0.22)
6(0.24)
wires AWG16
)
240 +50 (9.45 +0.20
0
14(0.55)
GNYE
M4
70(2.76)
19(0.75) 168(6.61) 15(0.59)
R88A-FIW107-SE, R88A-FIW115-SE
Model R88A-FIW107-SE R88A-FIW115-SE
Dimensions A 75 90
in mm B 240+5 300+5
C 50 60
D 12 15
E 1 1.2
Units:mm
32
16
202
192
28 150
D
M4
5
C
A
φ5 M4(2×)
14
B
GNYE
265 +50
M4
70
19 168 15
90 AC Servo Systems
Installation
Single-phase 200 to 230 V AC +10%/–15% (50/60 Hz)
(The 750-W Servo Drivers can input three-phase 200 to 230 V AC.)
1MCCB
Main-circuit
Noise filter Main-circuit
power supply
contactor
AC Servo Systems
OFF ON
1MC
1MC X
Surge
suppressor
B1 B2
1MC
Servomotor
L1 U
L2 V M
SMARTSTEP A-series W
Servo Driver
L1C
L2C
If necessary, connect a Encoder
+ 1
DC Reactor to these
terminals to suppress + 2 CN2 RE
high harmonics in the
power supply. −
Always ground
CN1 Attach the shield wire to
this terminal.
the terminal securely.
Positioning
8 Completed
INP
Output
Brake
Max. operating voltage: 30 V DC
+24VIN 13 7 Max. output current: 50 mA
BKIR Interlock
RUN Output
24 V DC
Command 10 (Phase-Z output is 20 mA max.)
RUN 14 OGND
3.3k 32
Alarm reset Z Phase Z
RESET 18
33
3.3k ZCOM
34 Alarm
ALM Output
35
ALMCOM
Shell
FG (Frame Ground)
Connect the shield wire to the
connector shell.
Note: * A Regeneration Resistor can be connected across the B1 and B2 terminals with 400-W and 750-W Servo Drivers.
When using an external Regeneration Resistor with a 400-W Servo Driver, just connect it across the B1 and B2 terminals.
When using an external Regeneration Resistor with a 750-W Servo Driver, remove the jumper bar from the B2 and B3 terminals and then
connect the Regeneration Resistor across the B1 and B2 terminals.
SmartStep Series 91
Ordering Information
System Configuration
SMARTSTEP
Servo Drive
B
J
Personal Computer
SMARTSTEP
Servomotor I
A
D
F
E
C G
Connector Terminal Block
H
General Purpose controller
H
(with pulse output)
92 AC Servo Systems
Control Cables (For CN1)
Symbol Name Compatible Units Model Available lengths
D Servo Relay Unit Use with Position Control Units XW2B-20J6-1B ---
(Doesn’t support communications functions.) (1 axis)
Units: CS1W-NC113/133, CJ1W-NC113/133, C200HW-NC113, and
C200H-NC112
Use with Position Control Units XW2B-40J6-2B
(Doesn’t support communications functions.) (2 axes)
Units: CS1W-NC213/233/413/433, CJ1W-NC213/233/413/433,
C200HW-NC213/413, C500-NC113/211, and C200H-NC211
Use with Position Control Units XW2B-20J6-3B
AC Servo Systems
(Doesn’t support communications functions.) (1 axis)
Units: CQM1H-PLB21, and CQM1-CPU43-V1
Use with Position Control Units (Supports communications functions.) XW2B-40J6-4B
Units: CS1W-NC213/233/413/433, CJ1W-NC213/233/413/433 (2 axes)
Use with CJ1M-CPU22/23 XW2B-20J6-8A (1 axis)
(Doesn’t support communications functions.) XW2B-40J6-9A (2 axes)
E Cable to Servo Drive Doesn’t support communications functions. (For the XW2B-@@J6-@B) XW2Z-@@@J-B5 1 m or 2 m
Supports communications functions. (For the XW2B-@@J6-4B) XW2Z-@@@J-B7 (The cable length goes
in the empty boxes.)
F Cable to Position Control CQM1H-PLB21 and CQM1-CPU43-V1 XW2Z-@@@J-A3 0.5 m or 1 m
Unit C200H-NC112 XW2Z-@@@J-A4 (The cable length goes
C200H-NC211 and C500-NC113/211 XW2Z-@@@J-A5 in the empty boxes.)
CS1W-NC113 and C200HW-NC113 XW2Z-@@@J-A8
CS1W-NC213/413 and C200HW-NC213/413 XW2Z-@@@J-A9
CS1W-NC133 XW2Z-@@@J-A12
CS1W-NC233/433 XW2Z-@@@J-A13
CJ1W-NC113 XW2Z-@@@J-A16
CJ1W-NC213/413 XW2Z-@@@J-A17
CJ1W-NC133 XW2Z-@@@J-A20
CS1W-NC233/433 XW2Z-@@@J-A21
CJ1M-CPU22/23 XW2Z-@@@J-A26
G Control Cable For general-purpose Controllers R88A-CPU@@@S 1 m or 2 m
(The cable length goes
H Connector Terminal Block For general-purpose Controllers R88A-CTU@@@N in the empty boxes.)
Cable
Connector Terminal Block XW2B-40F5-P ---
Connectors
Specifications Model
Control I/O Connector (For CN1) R88A-CNU01C
SmartStep Connectors Kit. Models Included in kit R7A-CNA00K-DE
SmartStep Encoder Connector (For CN2) R7A-CNA01R
Hypertac Power Connector female SPOC-06K-FSDN169
Hypertac Encoder Connector female SPOC-17H-FRON169
Hypertac Power Connector male (Used in the motor) SRUC-06J-MSCN236
Hypertac Encoder Connector male (Used in the motor) SRUC-17G-MRWN087
Filters
Specifications Model Rated Rated
(applicable Servo Drive) Current Voltage
R7D-APA3H, R7D-APA5H R88A-FIW104-E 4A 250 VAC
R7D-AP01H, R7D-AP02H Single
R7D-AP04H R88A-FIW107-E 7A Phase
R7D-AP08H R88A-FIW115-E 15A
SmartStep Series 93
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I02E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
94 AC Servo Systems
SGDH-@, SGM@H-@
Sigma-II Series
The Ideal servo family for motion control.
AC Servo Systems
Fast Response, High Speed, and High
Accuracy.
• Online autotuning with 10 levels of rigidity
• Peak torque 300% of nominal
• Automatic motor recognition
• Analogue control for speed and torque
• Pulse train control for positioning
• Optional Units for system flexibility and network con-
nectivity
• Smooth operation
• Oscilloscope available via SigmaWin tool
• Windows based Configuration and commissioning
software
Ratings
• 230VAC Single-phase 30 W to 1.5kW (4.77 Nm)
• 400VAC Three-phase 450 W to 15 kW (95.4 Nm)
System Configuration
Option Unit
Battery for Absolute
NS115
Encoder S
Sigma-II Series
W
1
A
R
1- Mechatrolink-I/II
SERVODRIVE S
W 2- DeviceNet
Analog Monitor
2
C
3- Profibus
Cable
N
6
A
4- Motion Controller
5- Indexer
SERVOPACK C
N
6
SGDH- 08AE - S- OY B
Ver. 400V
C
Digital N
4
Operator
MODE/SET DATA/
Personal computer
CHARGE POWER
CN3
L1
L2
+1
+2
- Motion Control
CN1
Unit
L1C
L2C
B1
B2
I/O signal Position Control
U
Servo Relay Unit
V
Power Cable W
Power Cable
Encoder Cable
Linear scale
Power Cable
Linear servomotor
wirh core
Sigma-II Series 95
Servomotor / Servo Drive Combination
96 AC Servo Systems
Type Designation
Servomotor
SGMAH - 01 A 1 A 6 S D - OY
Sigma-II Servomotor Type Connector Specifications
SGMAH: Super High Power Rate Type Blank No option
AC Servo Systems
SGMPH: Cube Type D Hypertac Connector
(SGMAH,SGMPH)
SGMGH: High-speed Feed Type
SGMSH: Super High Power Rate Type
SGMUH: High Speed Type Brake, Oil Seal Specifications
Capacity (kW) 1 No Brake, No Oil/Dust Seal
SGMAH SGMPH SGMGH SGMSH SGMUH S Oil Seal
Code 3000 3000 1500 3000 6000 B 90V Brake
min-1 min-1 min-1 min-1 min-1 C 24V Brake
A3 0.03 D Oil Seal + 90VDC Brake
A5 0.05 E Oil Seal + 24VDC Brake
01 0.1 0.1 F Dust Seal
02 0.2 0.2 G Dust Seal + 90VDC Brake
03 0.3 H Dust Seal + 24VDC Brake
04 0.4 0.4
05 0.45 Shaft End Specifications
06 Type
Code Shaft End
07 0.65 SGMAH SGMPH SGMGH SGMSH SGMUH
08 0.75 0.75 2 Straight, No key
09 0.85 4 Straight, Key
10 1.0 1.0 6 Straight, Key, Tapped
12 8 Straight, Tapped
13 1.3 : Standard : Option
15 1.5 1.5 1.5 Design Procedure:
20 1.8 2.0 A: Standard
22 E: SGMPH (IP67)
30 2.9 3.0 3.0 F: SGMAH (prepared for oil seal mounting)
32
40 4.0 4.0 Serial Encoder Specifications
44 4.4 Type
Code Encoder
50 5.0 SGMAH SGMPH SGMGH SGMSH SGMUH
55 5.5 1 16-bit Absolute
60 2 17-bit Absolute
75 7.5 A 13-bit Incremental
1A 11 B 16-bit Incremental
1E 15 C 17-bit Incremental
Voltage : Standard : Option
A: 230 V
D: 400 V
Servo Drive
SGDH - 04 A E - S - OY
Phase
Sigma-II Servo Drive Three-phase (0.5 to 15kW)
Blank Single-phase (30 to 400W)
S Single-phase (750W/1.5kW)
Capacity
A3 30 W 15 1.5 kW Model
A5 50 W 20 2.0 kW E: Speed, Torque, Position
01 100 W 30 3.0 kW
02 200 W 50 5.0 kW Source Voltage
04 400 W 60 6.0 kW A: 230V
05 500 W 75 7.5 kW
D: 400V
08 750 W 1A 11 kW
10 1.0 kW 1E 15 kW
Sigma-II Series 97
Servomotor Specifications
Type SGMAH, 230V/400V
Ratings and Specifications
Applied Voltage 230 V 400 V
Servomotor Model SGMAH- @ A3A@ A5A@ 01A@ 02A@ 04A@ 08A@ 03D@ 07D@
Rated Output W 30 50 100 200 400 750 300 650
Rated Torque N·m 0.096 0.159 0.318 0.637 1.27 2.39 0.955 2.07
Instantaneous Peak Torque N·m 0.286 0.477 0.955 1.91 3.82 7.16 3.82 7.16
Rated Current A (rms) 0.44 0.64 0.91 2.1 2.8 4.4 1.3 2.2
Instantaneous Max. Current A (rms) 1.3 2.0 2.8 6.5 8.5 13.4 5.1 7.7
Rated Speed min-1 3000
Max. Speed min-1 5000
Torque Constant N·m/A (rms) 0.238 0.268 0.378 0.327 0.498 0.590 0.837 1.02
Rotor Moment of Inertia (JM) kg·m2x10-4 0.017 0.022 0.036 0.106 0.173 0.672 0.173 0.672
Alowable Load Moment of Inertia (JL) Multiple of (JM) 30 20
Rated Power Rate kW/s 5.49 11.5 27.8 38.2 93.7 84.8 52.9 63.8
Rated Angular Acceleration rad/s2 57500 72300 87400 60100 73600 35500 55300 30800
Aplicable Encoder Standard Incremental Encoder (13 bits: 2048P/R)
Option Incremental/Absolute Encoder (16 bits: 16384P/R)
Holding Brake Moment of Inertia J kg·m2x10-4 0.0085 0.058 0.14 0.058 0.14
Time Rating Continuous
Basic Specifications
Torque-Speed Charecteristics
0 0 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 0.15 0.3 0.45 0.6 0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
0 0 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 6 8
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
SGMAH-03D SGMAH-07D
5000 5000
4000 4000
3000 3000
SPEED SPEED
(min-1) A B (min-1) A B
2000 2000
1000 1000
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 6 8
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
98 AC Servo Systems
Type SGMPH, 230V/400V
AC Servo Systems
Rated Speed min-1 3000
Max. Speed min-1 5000
Torque Constant N·m/A (rms) 0.392 0.349 0.535 0.641 0.687 0.481 0.963 0.994 1.14
Rotor Moment of Inertia (JM) kg·m2x10-4 0.0491 0.193 0.331 2.10 4.02 0.193 0.331 2.10 4.02
Alowable Load Moment of Inertia (JL) Multiple of (JM) 25 15 7 5 15 7 5
Rated Power Rate kW/s 20.6 21.0 49.0 27.1 56.7 21.0 49.0 27.1 56.7
Rated Angular Acceleration rad/s2 64800 33000 38500 11400 11900 33000 38500 11400 11900
Aplicable Encoder Standard Incremental Encoder (13 bits: 2048P/R)
Option Incremental/Absolute Encoder (16 bits: 16384P/R)
Holding Brake Moment of Inertia J kg·m2x10-4 0.029 0.109 0.875 0.109 0.875
Time Rating Continuous
Insulation Class Class B
Basic Specifications
Torque-Speed Charecteristics
0 0 0
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 1 2 3 4
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 0 4 8 12 16 0 0.5 1 1.5 2
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 6 8 0 4 8 12 16
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
Sigma-II Series 99
Type SGMGH, 400V
Torque-Speed Charecteristics
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20 0 10 20 30
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
2000 2000
SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED
A B A B 1000 1000
(min-1) (min-1) (min-1) A B (min-1) A B
1000 1000
0 0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200 250
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
AC Servo Systems
Rated Speed min-1 3000
Max. Speed min-1 5000
Torque Constant N·m/A (rms) 1.27 1.15 1.12 1.19 1.07 1.24
Rotor Moment of Inertia (JM) kg·m2x10-4 1.74 2.47 3.19 7.0 9.60 12.3
Alowable Load Moment of Inertia (JL) Multiple of (JM) 5
Rated Power Rate kW/s 57.9 97.2 127 137 166 202
Rated Angular Acceleration rad/s2 18250 19840 19970 14000 13160 12780
Aplicable Encoder Standard Incremental Encoder (17 bits: 16384P/R)
Option Absolute Encoder (17 bits: 16384P/R)
Holding Brake Moment of Inertia J kg·m2x10-4 0.325 2.10
Time Rating Continuous
Insulation Class Class F
Basic Specifications
Torque-Speed Charecteristics
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 20
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50
TORQUE (N ·m) TORQUE (N ·m) TORQUE (N · m)
Torque-Speed Charecteristics
5000 5000
4000 4000
SPEED SPEED
3000 3000
(min-1) (min-1)
2000 2000
A B A B
1000 1000
0 0
0 4 8 12 0 5 10 15
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
SGMUH-30D SGMUH-40D
6000 6000
5000 5000
4000 4000
SPEED SPEED
3000 3000
(min-1) (min-1)
2000 2000
A B A B
1000 1000
0 0
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30
TORQUE (N · m) TORQUE (N · m)
AC Servo Systems
Supply Control Circuit For single-phase, 200 to 230 VAC + 10 to -15% +10 to -15% (50/60Hz)
Control Method Single phase full-wave rectification / IGBT / PWM / sine-wave current drive method
Feedback Serial encoder ( incremental/absolute value )
Conditions
Three-Phase, 400 V
Servo Drive Type SGDH-@ 05DE-OY 10DE-OY 15DE-OY 20DE-OY 30DE-OY 50DE-OY 60DE-OY 75DE-OY 1ADE-OY 1EDE-OY
Applicable SGMGH-@ 05D@ 09D@ 13D@ 20D@ 30D@ 44D@ 55D@ 75D@ 1AD@ 1ED@
Servomotor SGMSH-@ - 10D@ 15D@ 20D@ 30D@ 40D@/50D@ - - - -
SGMUH-@ - 10D@ 15D@ - 30D@ 40D@ - - - -
Max. Applicable Motor capacity kW 0.45 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 6.0 7.5 11 15
Continuous Output Current Arms 1.9 3.5 5.4 8.4 11.9 16.5 20.8 25.4 28.1 37.2
Max. Output Current Arms 5.5 8.5 14 20 28 40.5 55 65 70 85
Input Power Main Circuit For three-phase, 380 to 480 VAC + 10 to -15% (50/60Hz)
Basic Specifications
General Specifications
Speed Control Range 1:5000
Speed Load Variance During 0 to 100% load ±0.01% max. (at rated speed)
Performance
Bias Setting
Position Control Mode
Input pulse Type Sign + pulse train, 90° phase displacement 2-phase pulse (A-phase+ B-phase) or
Input Signal
Position Signal Output A-phase, B.phase, C-phase, (S-phase): Line driver output S-phase is for absolute encoder only.
I/O Signal
Sequence Input Signal Servo ON, P control (or control mode switching, zero clamp, command pulse inhibit), forward/reverse run
prohibit, alarm reset, forward/ reverse current limit (or internal speed switching)
Sequence Output Signal Servo alarm, alarm codes (3-bit output): CN1 output terminal is fixed
It is possible to output three types of signals form among: positioning complete (speed agree), motor rotation, ser-
vo ready, current limit, speed limit, brake release, warning, NEAR, and zero point pulse signal
Auto Tuning Function Position speed loop gain and integral time constant can be automatically set.
Dynamic Brake (DB) Operates during main power OFF, servo alarm, servo OFF or overtravel
Regenerative Processing Regenerative resistor externally mounted (option)
Overtravel (OT) Prevention Function DB stop, deceleration stop or coast to stop during P-OT, N-OT operation
Encoder Divider Function Optional division possible
Electronic Gearing 0,01< A/B<100
Internal Speed Setting Function 3 speeds may be set internally
Protective Functions Overcurrent, overvoltage, insufficient voltage, overload, main circuit sensor error, heatsink overheat, power phase
loss, overflow, overspeed, encoder error, runaway, CPU error, parameter error, etc.
Analog Monitor Functions for Supervision Integrates analog monitor connectors for supervision of the speed and torque reference signals, etc.
Display Functions CHARGE, POWER, 7-segments LEDx5 (Integrated digital operator function)
Others Reverse connection, zero search, automatic motor discrimination function, and DC reactor connection terminal
for high frequency power suppression function (except: 6 to 15kW)
I/O Specifications
I/O Signals (CN1) - Input signals
Pin No. Signal Name Function
40 Common /S-ON Servo ON: Turns ON the servomotor when the gate block in the inverter is released.
41 /P-CON Function selected by parameter.
Proportional control reference Switches the speed control loop from PI (proportional/
integral) to P (proportional) control when ON.
Direction reference With the internal set speed selected: Switch the rotation direction.
Control mode
Position ↔ speed
switching
Position ↔ torque Enables control mode switching
Torque ↔ speed
Zero-clamp reference Speed control with zero-clamp function: Reference
speed is zero when ON.
Reference pulse block Position control with reference pulse stop: Stops reference pulse input when ON.
42 P-OT Forward run Overtravel prohibited: Stops servomotor when movable part travels beyond the al-
43 N-OT prohibited lowable range of motion.
Reverse run
prohibited
45 /P-CL Function selected by parameter.
46 /N-CL Forward external torque limit ON Current limit function enabled when ON.
Reverse external torque limit ON
Internal speed With the internal set speed selected: Switches the
switching internal speed settings.
44 /ALM-RST Alarm reset: Releases the servo alarm state.
47 +24VIN Control power supply input for sequence signals: Users must provide the +24 V power supply.
Allowable voltage fluctuation range: 11 to 25 V
4 (2) SEN Initial data request signal when using an absolute encoder.
21 BAT (+) Connecting pin for the absolute encoder backup battery.
22 BAT (-) Do not connect when a battery is connected to the host controller.
5 (6) Speed V-REF Speed reference speed input: ±2 to ±10 V/rated motor speed (Input gain can be modified using a parameter.)
9 (10) Torque T-REF Torque reference input: ±1 to ±10 V/rated motor torque (Input gain can be modified using a parameter.)
7 Position PULS Reference pulse input Input mode is set from the following pulses.
8 /PULS for only line driver Sign + pulse string
11 SIGN CCW/CW pulse
12 /SIGN Two-phase pulse (90° phase differential)
15 CLR Positional error pulse clear input: Clears the positional error pulse during position control.
14 /CLR
3 PL1 +12 V pull-up power is supplied when PULS, SIGN, and CLR reference signals are
13 PL2 open-collector outputs (+12 V power supply is built into the SERVOPACK).
18 PL3
AC Servo Systems
36 /PBO (Proper line receiver is SN75175 manufactured by Texas Instruments or the equivalent
19 PCO Phase-C signal corresponding to MC3486.)
20 /PCO
48 PSO Phase-S signal With an absolute encoder: Outputs serial data corresponding
49 /PSO to the number of revolutions (RS-422 or the equivalent)
37 ALO1 Alarm code output: Outputs 3-bit alarm codes.
38 ALO2 Open-collector: 30 V and 20 mA rating maximum
39 (1) ALO3
Shell FG Connected to frame ground if the shield wire of the I/O signal cable is connected to the connector shell.
25 Speed /V-CMP+ Speed coincidence (output in Speed Control Mode): Detects whether the motor
26 /V-CMP- speed is within the setting range and if it matches the reference speed value.
25 Position /COIN+ Positioning completed (output in Position Control Mode): Turns ON when the
26 /COIN- number of positional error pulses reaches the value set. The setting is the number of positional error pulses set in ref-
erence units (input pulse units defined by the electronic gear).
- Reserved /CLT Reserved terminals
/VLT The functions allocated to /TGON, /S-RDY, and /V-CMP (/COIN) can be changed by using the parameters. /CLT, /VLT,
/BK /BK, /WARN, and /NEAR signals can also be changed.
/WARN
/NEAR
16 - Terminals not used
17 Do not connect relays to these terminals.
23
24
50
Power ON
(Display example)
Status display mode
Mode Details
Baseblock
AC Servo Systems
1 Position control (pulse train reference)
2 Torque control (analog reference)
3 Internal set speed control (contact reference)
4 Internal set speed control (contact reference)<>Speed control (analog reference)
5 Internal set speed control reference<>Position control (pulse train reference)
6 Internal set speed control (contact reference)<>Torque control (analog reference)
7 Position control (pulse train reference)<>Speed control (analog reference)
8 Position control (pulse train reference)<>Torque control (analog reference)
9 Torque control (analog reference)<>Speed control (analog reference)
A Speed control (analog reference)<>Zero clamp
B Position control (pulse train reference)<>Position control (Inhibit)
2 Axis Address 0 to F Sets ServoDrive axis address (Function supported by PC software SigmaWin 100/
200).
3 Rotation Type/Linear Type Startup Selec- 0 Starts up as rotation type.
tion
1 Starts up as linear type.
Pn001 Function Selection Application Switches 1 - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Servo OFF or Alarm Stop Mode 0 Stops the motor by applying dynamic brake (DB)
1 Stops the motor by applying dynamic brake (DB) and then realeases DB
2 Makes the motor coast to a stop state without using the dynamic brake (DB)
1 Overtravel (OT) Stop Mode 0 Same setting as Pn001.0 (Stops the motor by applying DB or by coasting)
1 Sets the torque of Pn406 to the maximum value, decelerate the motor to a stop, and
then set it to servolock state
2 Sets the torque of Pn406 to the maximum value. decelerates the motor to a stop, and
then sets it to coasting state
2 AC/DC Power Input Selection 0 Not applicable to DC power input: Input AC power supply through L1, L2 (,and L3) ter-
minals
1 Applicable to DC power input: Input DC power supply between (+1) and ( - )
3 Warning Code Output Selection 0 ALO1, ALO2, and ALO3 output only alarm codes.
1 ALO1, ALO2, and ALO3 output both alarms codes and warning codes. While warning
codes are output, ALM signal output remains ON (normal state).
Pn002 Function Selection Application Switches 2 - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Speed Control Option 0 N/A
1 Uses T-REF as an extended
2 Uses T-REF as an external torque limit input when P-CL and N-CL are ON.
1 Torque Control Option 0 N/A
1 Uses V-REF as an external speed limit input.
2 Absolute Encoder Usage 0 Uses absolute encoder as an absolute encoder
1 Uses absolute encoder as an incremental encoder
3 Reserved (Do not change)
Pn003 Function Selection Application Switches 3 - - 0002 After restart
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Analog Monitor 1 Torque Reference Monitor 0 Motor speed: 1V/1000 min-1
1 Speed reference: 1V/1000 min-1
2 Torque reference: 1 V/100%
3 Position error: 0,05 V/1 reference unit
4 Position error:0,05 V/100 reference units
5 Reference pulse frequency (converted to min-1: 1V/1000 min-1
6 Motor Speed x 4: 1V/250 min-1
7 Motor Speed x 8: 1V/250 min-1
8 to F Reserved (Do not change)
1 Analog Monitor 2 Speed Reference Monitor 0 to F Same as Analog Monitor 1 Torque Reference Monitor
2 Reserved (Do not change)
3 Reserved (Do not change)
Pn004 Reserved (Do not change) - - 0000 Immediately
Pn005 Reserved (Do not change) - - 0000 Immediately
Pn100 Speed Loop Gain 1 to 2000 Hz 1 Hz 40 Hz Immediately
Pn101 Speed Loop Integral Time Constant 0.15 to 512.00 ms 0.01 ms 20.00 ms Immediately
Pn102 Position Loop Gain 1 to 2000/s 1/s 40/s Immediately
Pn103 Moment of Inertia Ratio 0 to 20000% 1% 0% Immediately
Pn104 2nd Speed Loop Gain 1 to 2000 Hz 1 Hz 40 Hz Immediately
Pn105 2nd Speed Loop Integral Time Constant 0.15 to 512.00 ms 0.01 ms 20.00 ms Immediately
Pn106 2nd Position Loop Gain 1 to 2000/s 1/s 40/s Immediately
Pn107 Bias 0 to 450 min-1 1 min-1 0 min-1 Immediately
AC Servo Systems
7 Phase A + Phase B (x 1), negative logic
8 Phase A + Phase B (x 2), negative logic
9 Phase A + Phase B (x 4), negative logic
1 Error Counter Clear 0 Clears error counter when the signal is at H level
1 Clears error counter at the rising edge of the signal
2 Clears error counter when the signal is at L level.
3 Clears error counter at the falling edge of the signal
2 Clear Operation 0 Clear error counter at the baseblock
1 Does not clear error counter (Only possible to clear error counter with CLR signal)
2 Clears error counter when an alarm occurs.
3 Filter Selection 0 Reference input filter for line driver signals
1 Reference input filter for open collector signals
Pn201 PG Dividing Pulse (16bit or less) 16 to 16384 P/rev 1 P/rev 16384 P/rev After restart
Pn202 Electronic Gear Ratio (Numerator) 1 to 65535 - 4 After restart
Pn203 Electronic Gear Ratio (Denominator) 1 to 65535 - 1 After restart
Pn204 Position Reference Accel/Decel Time Constant 0.00 to 64.00 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms Immediately
Pn205 Multiturn Limit Setting * 0 to 65535 rev rev 65535 rev After restart
Pn206 Reserved (Do not change) - - 16384 P/rev -
Pn207 Position Control Function Switches 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Position Reference Filter selection 0 Acceleration/deceleration filter
1 Average movement filter
1 Position Control Option 0 N/A
1 Uses V-REF as a speed feed-forward input
2 Dividing Pulse Parameter Selection 0 Use Pn201 (16-bit or less)
1 Use Pn212 (17-bit or more)
3 Reserved (Do not change)
Pn208 Position Reference Movement Averaging Time 0.00 to 64.00 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms After restart
Pn212 PG Dividing Pulse (17 bit or more)* 16 to 1073741824 P/rev 1 P/rev 2048P/rev After restart
Pn217 Reference Pulse Input Multiplication ×1 to ×99 ×1 ×1 Immediately
Pn218 Reference Pulse Multiplication Function Selection - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Reference Pulse Multiplication Function Se- 0 Disabled
lection 1 Enabled
1 Reserved (Do not change)
2 Reserved (Do not change)
3 Reserved (Do not change)
Pn300 Speed Reference Input Gain 1.50 to 30.00 V/ rated 0.01V/ rated 6.00 V/ rated Immediately
speed speed speed
Pn301 Speed 1 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 100 min-1 Immediately
Pn302 Speed 2 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 200 min-1 Immediately
Pn303 Speed 3 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 300 min-1 Immediately
Pn304 JOG Speed 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 500 min-1 Immediately
Pn305 Soft Start Acceleration Time 0 to 10000 ms 1 ms 0 ms Immediately
Pn306 Soft Start Deceleration Time 0 to 10000 ms 1 ms 0 ms Immediately
Pn307 Speed Reference Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 655.35 ms 0.01 ms 0.40 ms Immediately
Pn308 Speed Feedback Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 655.35 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms Immediately
Pn309 Reserved (Do not change) 0 - 500 min-1 1 min-1 60 min-1 Immediately
Pn400 Torque Reference Input Gain 1.0 to10.0 V/rated torque 0.1 V/rated 3.0 V/ rated Immediately
torque torque
Pn401 Torque Reference Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 655.35 ms 0.01 ms 1.00 ms Immediately
Pn402 Forward Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 800% Immediately
Pn403 Reverse Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 800% Immediately
Pn404 Forward External Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 100% Immediately
Pn405 Reverse External Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 100% Immediately
Pn406 Emergency Stop Torque 0 to 800% 1% 800% Immediately
Pn407 Speed Limit during Torque Control 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 10000 min-1 Immediately
Pn408 Torque Function Switches - - 0000 Immediately
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Notch Filter Selection 0 N/A
1 Uses a notch filter for torque reference
1 Reserved (Do not Change)
2 2nd Notch Filter Selection 0 Disabled
1 Enabled
3 Reserved (Do not Change)
AC Servo Systems
7 Reserve run prohibited.
8 Reserve run allowed
9 Reserve run allowed when CN1-40 input signals is OFF (H-level)
A Reserve run allowed when CN1-41 input signals is OFF (H-level)
B Reserve run allowed when CN1-42 input signals is OFF (H-level)
C Reserve run allowed when CN1-43 input signals is OFF (H-level)
D Reserve run allowed when CN1-44 input signals is OFF (H-level)
E Reserve run allowed when CN1-45 input signals is OFF (H-level)
F Reserve run allowed when CN1-46 input signals is OFF (H-level)
1 /ALM-RST Signal Mapping (Alarm Reset 0 to F Same as N-OT
when ON(L-level)
2 /P-CL Signal Mapping(Torque Limit when 0 to F Same as S-ON, the setting of Pn50A.1
ON(L-level)
3 /N-CL Signal Mapping(Torque Limit when 0 to F Same as S-ON, the setting of Pn50A.1
ON(L-level)
Pn50C Input Signal Selections 3 - - 8888 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /SPD-D Signal Mapping 0 ON when CN1-40 input signal is ON (L-level).
1 ON when CN1-41 input signal is ON (L-level).
2 ON when CN1-42 input signal is ON (L-level).
3 ON when CN1-43 input signal is ON (L-level).
4 ON when CN1-44 input signal is ON (L-level).
5 ON when CN1-45 input signal is ON (L-level).
6 ON when CN1-46 input signal is ON (L-level).
7 Set signal ON.
8 Set signal OFF.
9 ON when CN1-40 input signal is OFF (H-level).
A ON when CN1-41 input signal is OFF (H-level).
B ON when CN1-42 input signal is OFF (H-level).
C ON when CN1-43 input signal is OFF (H-level).
D ON when CN1-44 input signal is OFF (H-level).
E ON when CN1-45 input signal is OFF (H-level).
F ON when CN1-46 input signal is OFF (H-level).
1 /SPD-A Signal Mapping 0 to F Same as SPD-D
2 /SPD-B Signal Mapping 0 to F Same as SPD-D
3 /C-SEL Signal Mapping (Control mode 0 to F Same as SPD-D
change when ON (L-level))
Pn50D Input Signal Selections 4 - - 8888 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /ZCLAMP Signal Mapping (Zero clamp 0 ON when CN1-40 input signal is ON (L-level).
when ON (L-level)) 1 ON when CN1-41 input signal is ON (L-level).
2 ON when CN1-42 input signal is ON (L-level).
3 ON when CN1-43 input signal is ON (L-level).
4 ON when CN1-44 input signal is ON (L-level).
5 ON when CN1-45 input signal is ON (L-level).
6 ON when CN1-46 input signal is ON (L-level).
7 Set signal ON.
8 Set signal OFF.
9 ON when CN1-40 input signal is OFF (H-level).
A ON when CN1-41 input signal is OFF (H-level).
B ON when CN1-42 input signal is OFF (H-level).
C ON when CN1-43 input signal is OFF (H-level).
D ON when CN1-44 input signal is OFF (H-level).
E ON when CN1-45 input signal is OFF (H-level).
F ON when CN1-46 input signal is OFF (H-level).
1 /INHIBIT Signal Mapping (Reference pulse 0 to F Same as /Z CLAMP
inhibit when ON (L-level))
2 /G-SEL Signal Mapping (Gain change when 0 to F Same as /Z CLAMP
ON (L-level))
3 Reserved (Do not Change)
AC Servo Systems
Un006 Output Signal Monitor ---
Un007 Command Pulse Speed Display min-1 Displays command pulse frequency converted in r/min.
Un008 Position Deviation (Error Counter) Reference Displays the number of pulses accumulated in the error counter (Position Deviation) that are con-
units verted in reference units (input pulse references).
Un009 Motor Load Rate % Displays effective torque at intervals of 10 s that is expressed by treating the rated torque as
100%.
Un00A Regeneration Load Rate % Displays the amount of regeneration energy absorbed at intervals of 10 s that is expressed by
treating the Pn600 setting (Regenerative Resistor Capacity) as 100%.
Un00B Dynamic Brake Resistance Load % Displays the resistance load factor at intervals of 10 s that is expressed by treating the rated load
Rate factor as 100%.
Un00C Input Pulse Counter Reference Displays the number of counted input pulses in hexadecimal notation.
units
Un00D Feedback Pulse Counter Pulses Displays the number of counted encoder feedback pulses in hexadecimal notation (multiplied by
4).
Shaft End
U
W
T
300 ±30 300 ±30
L L
LL LR LL LR
LC LC
2-φLZ
LG LE LG LE
φS
QK A
φL
φS
QK
φL
φLB
φLB
Tap × Depth
Holding brake 4-φLZ Tap × Depth
300 ±30
Shaft End
U
W
300±30 300±30 T
L L LC
LL LR LL LR
LG LE LG LE
QK QK φLA
φS
φS
φLB
φLB
AC Servo Systems
SGMGH-75D@A6@-OY 447 334 312 498 385 363 305 248
SGMGH-1AD@A6@-OY 454 338 316 499 383 362 315 142 116 47 251 168 235 200 220 4 18 270 13.5 42 110 90 12 8 5 M16x32L
SGMGH-1ED@A6@-OY 573 457 435 635 519 497 415 48 343 20 55 16 10 6 M20x40L
L
L
LL LR LL LR
LT
LT
LE LC
LG
LG LE φL LR
H
φLA
Shaft End
LE
φS
φS
Q
QK
100
P
100
φLB
φLB
88
KL3
φS
KL1
88
KL1
W
T
KB1
KB1 KB3 4-φLZ Mounting holes
KB2
KB2
L
L
LL LR
LL LR
LT LT 4-φLZ Mounting
LG LC holes
LG
Q LE
φS
100
Q
φLB
φLB
QK
U P
φL
KL1
88
KL1
H
KL3
φS
88
KB1 KB1
KB2 KB3
KB2
L
L
LL LR
LL LR
LT LT 4-φLZ Mounting
LG LC holes
LG
Q LE
φS
100
Q
φLB
φLB
QK
U P
φL
KL1
88
KL1
H
KL3
φS
88
W
T
KB1 KB1
KB2 KB3
KB2
Servodrives
5.5
2×M4 screw holes
SGDH-
SERVOPACK
CN10
Ver. 200V
39
Terminal
(Mounting pitch)
149.5±0.5
CHARGE POWER
160
106
CN1
CN1
CN2
6
CN2
Ground terminal
5
6 10 5
2×M4 screws
55 8 75 130 55
SGDH-
SERVOPACK
CN10
Ver. 200V
39
Terminal
(Mounting pitch)
CN3
149.5±0.5
CN3
160
149.5
160
CN1 CN1
106
CN2
CN2
10
(5)
6
5
12
6
Ground terminal 5
2×M4 screws 75 130 75
12 63
75 8
5.5
SGDH-
SERVOPACK
CN10
Ver. 220V
Terminal
block
(Mounting pitch)
2×M4 screw
39
94.4
CHARGE POWER
CN3 holes
149.5±0.5
CN3
160
160
106
CN1
CN1
AC Servo Systems
CN2
5
CN2
27
Ground terminal
5
Cooling fan 90
2×M4 screws
15 10
35 55 75 180
90 8
5.5
SGDH-
Ver.
SERVOPACK
400V
CN10
39
(Mounting pitch)
CHARGE POWER
CN3
CN3
149.5±0.5
160
160
106
CN1
CN1
-
CN2
CN2
Terminal
Ground block
terminal 5
2×M4 screws 5 100±0.5
5
5
4 (Mounting pitch)
110 8 75 180 110
4×M5 tap
6
SERVOPACK
SGDH-
Ver.
CN10
39
CHARGE POWER
CN3
CN3
CN1
(Mounting pitch)
238.5±0.5
CN1
238.5
CN2
250
250
CN2
196
14-pin terminal
M4 mounting
screw
5.5
5.5
6 5 100±0.5 5
Ground terminal 4 (Mounting pitch)
5 100 5 75 110
2×M4 screws 180
110 8
Nameplate
6
6
4-pin terminal
SERVOPACK
SGDH-
Ver. 400V
M4 screw
L1 CN10
L2
CHARGE POWER
CN3
L3
+1 CN1
(Mounting pitch)
+2
238.5±0.5
-
238.5
CN2
250
250
L1C
L2C
B1
B2
B3
5.7
5.5
5.5
(Mounting pitch)
3-pin terminal
Ground terminal
M5 screw
M5 screw
7.5
7.5
Cooling fan
10
SERVOPACK
CHARGE
CN3 POWER CN8
SGDH -
Ver. BATTERY
400V CN5
8 CN10
39
110
335
283
Main circuit/
350
211
335
L1 L2 L3 +1 +2 - 24V 0V B1 B2 U V W
7 24 121 90
7.5
7
158 20 235
25 180 25 Ground 25 180 25
230 terminal
7.5
10
SERVOPACK
SGDH -
Ver.
400V
8
CN3 CN8
CHARGE POWER
BATTER
CN5 CN10
39
140
435
435
450
CN1 CN2
Main circuit/
320
Control circuit
248
terminal
L1 L2 L3 +1 +2 - B1 B2 U V W
7.5
24
7 7 17
19
7.5
123.5 52 84.5
36
117 125
9
30 200 30
Main circuit
terminal M5 285 30 200 30
260
Ground terminal
Main circuit Control circuit Ground terminal M8
terminal M5 terminal M4 M8
(0.04)
Dimensions A 75 90
1
in mm B 240+5 300+5
202(7.95)
C 50 60
11.5(0.45)
192(7.56)
28.25(1.11) 149.5(5.89)
D 12 15
E 1 1.2
M4
33(1.30)
56(2.20)
(0.20)
5
φ5
AC Servo Systems
M4(2×)
(φ0.20)
φ10(φ0.39) Units:mm
)
6(0.24)
5.5(0.22)
)
240 +50 (9.45 +0.20
wires AWG16
0
14(0.55)
32
GNYE
16
M4
E
70(2.76) 202
19(0.75) 168(6.61) 15(0.59) 192
28 150
D
5
M4
C
A
φ5 M4(2×)
14
B
GNYE
265 +50
M4
70
19 168 15
(0.05)
1.2
18
28(1.10) 239(9.41)
E 150 (5.91) 239 (9.41)
F 300 (11.81) 270 (10.63)
G 70 (2.76) 90 (3.54)
H 168 (6.61) 257 (10.12)
5(0.20)
100(3.94)
80(3.15)
118(4.65)
M5
φ10(φ0.39) Units:mm(in)
φ5
(φ0.20) M4(4×)
A
B
0 (9.65 0 )
+0.02
(0.05)
)
wires AWG16
1.2
5.5(0.22)
355 +50 (13.98 +0.02
0
C
14(0.55)
M4 GNYE D 10(0.39)
19(0.75)
245+0.5
28(1.10) E
M4
90(3.54)
19(0.75) 257(10.12) 15(0.59)
5(0.20)
L3
100(3.94)
118(4.65)
80(3.15)
L2
L1
M4
φ5 φ10(φ0.39)
(φ0.20) M4(4×)
wires AWG16
)
5.5(0.22)
310 +50 (12.20 +0.20
0
14(0.55) GNYE
F
M4
G
19(0.75) H 15(0.59)
50(1.97)
(0.79)
(0.98)
20
AWG 12 M5
25
302(11.89)
285(11.22)
7.5(0.30)
405(15.94)
8.5(0.33)
386(15.20)
8.5(0.33) 9.5(0.37)
5.5(0.22)
(φ0.39)
φ10
140(5.51)
125(4.92)
114(4.49)
6.5(0.26)
(φ0.47)
φ12
M5
(φ0.22)
φ5.5
M5
230(9.06)
200(7.87)
180(7.09)
yellow/green
M5
)
)
350 +50 (13.78 +0.20
(φ0.26)
φ6.5
24.5(0.96) M6
AWG 20
M5
AWG 14 gb/gr
238.5(9.39) 335(13.19)
24.5(0.96) 253(9.96) 26.5(1.04) 352(13.86) 26.5(1.04)
R88A-FIW4055-SE
Units:mm(in)
65(2.56)
(φ0.26)
(1.28)
32.5
φ6.5
505(19.88)
487(19.17) 9(0.35)
(0.26)
8.5(0.33)
6.5
(φ0.47)
φ12
WIRE AWG6
220(8.66)
200(7.87)
YELLOW/GREEN M8
M6 M6 M5
3 × WIRE AWG6
BLACK
435(17.13)
26.5(1.04) 452(17.80) 26.5(1.04)
135 (5.31)
M2
H
YASKAWA
(0.31)
26 (1.02)
(8)
M1 39 (1.54)
D
W
Ground terminal (M4 screw) 29.5 (1.16)
External terminals (M5 screws)
Cement resistor
30 (1.18)
AC Servo Systems
4
Servo Drive
Type SGDH
(
*6 )
2
( *6)
L1 L2 L3
Servo Drive
Type SGDH
(
*6 )
2
( *6)
System Configuration
Option Unit
Battery for Absolute
Encoder
NS115M
I S
W
1
Sigma-II Series
A
R
S
J
W
SERVODRIVE
2
Analog Monitor C
N
Cable 6
A 1- Mechatrolink-I/II
2- DeviceNet
3- Profibus
4- Motion Controller
AC Servo Systems
C
N
6
SERVOPACK
B
5- Indexer
SGDH- 08AE - S- OY
Ver.
C
N
400V 4
Digital
K
Operator
MODE/SET DATA/
Personal computer
CHARGE POWER
CN3
L1
L2
+1 L
Motion Control
+2
-
Unit
CN1
L1C C
L2C
B1
I/O signal Position Control
B2 Servo Relay
U E D F
Unit
Power Cable V
A W General Purpose Cable
CN2 G
Terminal Block
Encoder Cable
H
B
Power Cable
A
Encoder Cable
Power Cable
Linear servomotor
wirh core
Servo Drives
Specifications Model Compatible Servomotors Linear Motors
1 Phase 200 V AC 30 W SGDH-A3AE-OY SGMAH-A3A@ -
50 W SGDH-A5AE-OY SGMAH-A5D@ SGLGW-30A050@
100 W SGDH-01AE-OY SGMAH-01A@, SGMPH-01A@ SGLGW-30A080@, SGLGW-40A140@
200 W SGDH-02AE-OY SGMAH-02A@, SGMPH-02A@ SGLFW-20A@, SGLFW-35A120@,
SGLGW-40A253A@,SGLGW-60A140@
400 W SGDH-04AE-OY SGMAH-04A@, SGMPH-04A@ SGLGW-40A365A@, SGLGW-60A253A@
750 W SGDH-08AE-S-OY SGMAH-08A@, SGMPH-08A@ SGLFW-35A230@, SGLFW-50A200@,
SGLGW-60A365A@
1500 W SGDH-15AE-S-OY SGMPH-15A@ SGLFW-50A380@, SGLFW-1ZA200@,
SGLGW-90A200A@
3 Phase 400 V AC 0.5 kW SGDH-05DE-OY SGMGH-05D@, SGMAH-03D@, SGMPH-02D@/04D@ SGLFW-35D@
1.0 kW SGDH-10DE-OY SGMGH-09D@, SGMSH/UH-10D@, SGMAH-07D@, SGLFW-50D200@, SGLTW-35D170@,
SGMPH-08D@ SGLTW-50D170@
1.5 kW SGDH-15DE-OY SGMGH-13D@, SGMSH/UH-15D@, SGMPH-15D@ SGLFW-50D380@, SGLFW-1ZD200@
2.0 kW SGDH-20DE-OY SGMGH-20D@, SGMSH-20D@ SGLTW-35D320@, SGLTW-50D320@
3.0 kW SGDH-30DE-OY SGMGH-30D@, SGMSH/UH-30D@ SGLFW-1ZD380@, SGLTW-40D400@
5.0 kW SGDH-50DE-OY SGMGH-44D@, SGMSH/UH-40D@, SGMSH-50D@ SGLTW-40D60@, SGLTW-80D400@
6.0 kW SGDH-60DE-OY SGMGH-55D@
7.5 kW SGDH-75DE-OY SGMGH-75D@ SGLTW-80D600@
11.0 kW SGDH-1ADE-OY SGMGH-1AD@
15.0 kW SGDH-1EDE-OY SGMGH-1ED@
Note: SGLGW-@ Linear motor combination is made considering the use of Standard Magnets. Reffer to the Linear motors chapter for details.
400 V Servomotors
SGMAH - Cylin. Servomotors 3000 r/min (300 - 650 W) SGMPH - Flat Type Servomotors 3000 r/min (0.2 - 1.5 kW)
AC Servo Systems
Specifications Model Specifications Model
Incremental Without brake 2.84 Nm 0.45 kW SGMGH-05DCA6F-OY Incremental Without brake 3.18 Nm 1.0 kW SGMSH-10DCA6F-OY
Encoder 5.39 Nm 0.85 kW SGMGH-09DCA6F-OY Encoder 4.9 Nm 1.5 kW SGMSH-15DCA6F-OY
(17 bit) (17 bit)
8.34 Nm 1.3 kW SGMGH-13DCA6F-OY 6.36 Nm 2.0 kW SGMSH-20DCA6F-OY
Straight shaft 11.5 Nm 1.8 kW SGMGH-20DCA6F-OY Straight shaft 9.8 Nm 3.0 kW SGMSH-30DCA6F-OY
with key & Tap 18.6 Nm 2.9 kW SGMGH-30DCA6F-OY with key & Tap 12.6 Nm 4.0 kW SGMSH-40DCA6F-OY
28.4 Nm 4.4 kW SGMGH-44DCA6F-OY 15.8 Nm 5.0 kW SGMSH-50DCA6F-OY
35.0 Nm 5.5 kW SGMGH-55DCA6F-OY With brake 3.18 Nm 1.0 kW SGMSH-10DCA6H-OY
48.0 Nm 7.5 kW SGMGH-75DCA6F-OY 4.9 Nm 1.5 kW SGMSH-15DCA6H-OY
70.0 Nm 11.5 kW SGMGH-1ADCA6F-OY 6.36 Nm 2.0 kW SGMSH-20DCA6H-OY
95.4 Nm 15.0 kW SGMGH-1EDCA6F-OY 9.8 Nm 3.0 kW SGMSH-30DCA6H-OY
With brake 2.84 Nm 0.45 kW SGMGH-05DCA6H-OY 12.6 Nm 4.0 kW SGMSH-40DCA6H-OY
5.39 Nm 0.85 kW SGMGH-09DCA6H-OY 15.8 Nm 5.0 kW SGMSH-50DCA6H-OY
8.34 Nm 1.3 kW SGMGH-13DCA6H-OY Absolute Without brake 3.18 Nm 1.0 kW SGMSH-10D2A6F-OY
11.5 Nm 1.8 kW SGMGH-20DCA6H-OY Encoder 4.9 Nm 1.5 kW SGMSH-15D2A6F-OY
(17 bit)
18.6 Nm 2.9 kW SGMGH-30DCA6H-OY 6.36 Nm 2.0 kW SGMSH-20D2A6F-OY
28.4 Nm 4.4 kW SGMGH-44DCA6H-OY Straight shaft 9.8 Nm 3.0 kW SGMSH-30D2A6F-OY
35.0 Nm 5.5 kW SGMGH-55DCA6H-OY with key & Tap 12.6 Nm 4.0 kW SGMSH-40D2A6F-OY
48.0 Nm 7.5 kW SGMGH-75DCA6H-OY 15.8 Nm 5.0 kW SGMSH-50D2A6F-OY
70.0 Nm 11.5 kW SGMGH-1ADCA6H-OY With brake 3.18 Nm 1.0 kW SGMSH-10D2A6H-OY
95.4 Nm 15.0 kW SGMGH-1EDCA6H-OY 4.9 Nm 1.5 kW SGMSH-15D2A6H-OY
Absolute Without brake 2.84 Nm 0.45 kW SGMGH-05D2A6F-OY 6.36 Nm 2.0 kW SGMSH-20D2A6H-OY
Encoder 5.39 Nm 0.85 kW SGMGH-09D2A6F-OY 9.8 Nm 3.0 kW SGMSH-30D2A6H-OY
(17 bit)
8.34 Nm 1.3 kW SGMGH-13D2A6F-OY 12.6 Nm 4.0 kW SGMSH-40D2A6H-OY
Straight shaft 11.5 Nm 1.8 kW SGMGH-20D2A6F-OY 15.8 Nm 5.0 kW SGMSH-50D2A6H-OY
with key & Tap 18.6 Nm 2.9 kW SGMGH-30D2A6F-OY
28.4 Nm 4.4 kW SGMGH-44D2A6F-OY SGMUH - Servomotors 6000 r/min (1 - 4 kW)
35.0 Nm 5.5 kW SGMGH-55D2A6F-OY
48.0 Nm 7.5 kW SGMGH-75D2A6F-OY
70.0 Nm 11.5 kW SGMGH-1AD2A6F-OY
95.4 Nm 15.0 kW SGMGH-1ED2A6F-OY
With brake 2.84 Nm 0.45 kW SGMGH-05D2A6H-OY
5.39 Nm 0.85 kW SGMGH-09D2A6H-OY
8.34 Nm 1.3 kW SGMGH-13D2A6H-OY
11.5 Nm 1.8 kW SGMGH-20D2A6H-OY
18.6 Nm 2.9 kW SGMGH-30D2A6H-OY
28.4 Nm 4.4 kW SGMGH-44D2A6H-OY Specifications Model
35.0 Nm 5.5 kW SGMGH-55D2A6H-OY Incremental Without brake 1.59 Nm 1.0 kW SGMUH-10DCA61-OY
Encoder 2.45 Nm 1.5 kW SGMUH-15DCA61-OY
48.0 Nm 7.5 kW SGMGH-75D2A6H-OY (17 bit)
70.0 Nm 11.5 kW SGMGH-1AD2A6H-OY Straight shaft 4.9 Nm 3.0 kW SGMUH-30DCA61OY
95.4 Nm 15.0 kW SGMGH-1ED2A6H-OY with key 6.3 Nm 4.0 kW SGMUH-40DCA61-OY
With brake 1.59 Nm 1.0 kW SGMUH-10DCA6C-OY
2.45 Nm 1.5 kW SGMUH-15DCA6C-OY
4.9 Nm 3.0 kW SGMUH-30DCA6C-OY
6.3 Nm 4.0 kW SGMUH-40DCA6C-OY
AC Servo Systems
SGMSH-@
SGMUH-@ 15 m R88A-CRWB015N-E
20 m R88A-CRWB020N-E
Connectors
Specification Model
Control I/O connector (For CN1) R88A-CNU11C
or JZSP-CKI9
Sigma-II Drive Encoder connector (For CN2) JZSP-CMP9-1
Hypertac Power Connector IP67 SPOC-06K-FSDN169
(For 200V Motors SGMAH/PH-@@A@@@@D-OY)
Hypertac Power Connector IP67 LPRA-06B-FRBN170
(For 400V Motors SGMAH/PH-@@D@@@@D-OY)
Hypertac Encoder Connector IP67 SPOC-17H-FRON169
(For Motors SGMAH/PH-@@@@@@@D-OY)
Military Power connector IP67 MS3108E18-10S
(For 400V Motors SGMGH-(05/10/13)D@,
SGMSH-(10/15/20)D@ , SGMUH-(10/15)D@)
Military Power connector IP67 MS3108E22-22S
(For 400V Motors SGMGH-(20/30/44)D@,
SGMSH-(30/40/50)D@, SGMUH-(30/40)D@)
Military Power connector IP67 MS3108E32-17S
(For 400V Motors SGMGH-(55/75/1A/1E)D@)
Military Brake connector IP67 (For 400V ServoMotors MS3108E10SL-3S
SGMGH-@, SGMSH-@, SGMUH-@)
Military Encoder connector IP67 MS3108E20-29S
(For Motors SGMGH-@, SGMSH-@, SGMUH-@)
Filters
Specifications Model Rated Current Rated Voltage
(applicable Servo Drive)
SGDH-A3AE-OY,SGDH-A5AE-OY, R88A-FIW104-SE 4A 250 VAC
SGDH-01AE-OY, SGDH-02AE-OY Single-Phase
SGDH-04AE-OY R88A-FIW107-SE 7A
SGDH-08AE-S-OY R88A-FIW115-SE 15 A
SGDH-15AE-S-OY R88A-FIW125-SE 25 A
SGDH-05DE-OY, SGDH-10DE-OY, R88A-FIW4006-SE 6A 400 VAC
SGDH-15DE-OY Three-Phase
SGDH-20DE-OY, SGDH-30DE-OY R88A-FIW4010-SE 10 A
SGDH-50DE-OY R88A-FIW4020-SE 20 A
SGDH-60DE-OY, SGDH-75DE-OY R88A-FIW4030-SE 30 A
SGDH-1ADE-OY, SGDH-1EDE-OY R88A-FIW4055-SE 55 A
Computer Software
Specifications Model
SigmaWin MOTION TOOLS
WMON Win Version 2.0
Cat. No. I15E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
AC Servo Systems
as well as High Speed, and High Accuracy.
• Easy setup and maintenance
• Optional Units for system flexibility and connectivity
• Automatic motor recognition
• Analogue control for speed and torque
• Pulse train control for positioning
• Oscilloscope available via SigmaWin tool
• Windows based Configuration and commissioning
software
Ratings
• 400 VAC, 22 kW (140 Nm) to 55 kW (350 Nm)
System Configuration
4- Indexer
5- Mechatrolink-1
C
N
6
B
CN10 Digital
Operator C
N
4
Personal computer
CN3
CN2
CN1 Motion Control
Unit
Encoder Cable
I/O signal
Servo Relay Position Control
Unit
Terminal Block
SGMBH
SERVOMOTOR
Option
Sigma-II Series Large
1: Oil seal (V type)
Type : SGMBH
B: Oil seal (V type) and holding brake (90VDC)
C: Oil seal (V type) and holding brake (24VDC)
Motor Output S: Oil seal (S type)
2B: 22kW 4E: 45kW D: Oil seal (S type) and holding brake (90VDC)
3Z: 30kW 5E: 55kW E: Oil seal (S type) and holding brake (24VDC)
3G: 37kW Note : Options are not available for 55kW motors.
Voltage
D:400V
Motor Specifications
2 : Flange, straight shaft
Encoder Specifications 6 : Flange, straight shaft For 45 kW or less
2:17-bit (ABS) standard (with key and tap)
C:17-bit (INC) standard K : Foot mount, straight shaft
3: 20-bit (ABS) option L : Foot mount, straight shaft For 37 kW or more
(with key and tap)
Design Revision
A:Standard
Protective Enclosure
Structure
IP44
Torque/Speed Characteristics
Speed (min-1) Speed (min-1) Speed (min-1)
2000 2000 2000
A B A B A B
1000 1000 1000
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 Torque (N·m) 0 100 200 300 400 Torque (N·m) 0 100 200 300 400 500 Torque (N·m)
SGMBH-2BD#A SGMBH-3ZD#A SGMBH-3GD#A
-1
Speed (min ) Speed (min-1)
2000 2000
A: Continuous duty zone
B: Intermittent duty zone
A B A B
1000 1000
0 0
0 200 400 600 Torque (N·m) 0 200 400 600 800 Torque (N·m)
SGMBH-4ED#A SGMBH-5ED#A
Type Designation
Sigma-II Series
Type SGDH
AC Servo Systems
Motor Output
2B: 22kW
3Z: 30kW 4E: 45kW
3G: 37kW 5E: 55kW
Voltage
D: 400V
Model
E: Torque/Speed/Position Control
Dividing Ratio
Sequence Input Signal Servo ON, forward rotation prohibited (P-OT), reverse rotation prohibited (N-OT), forward rotation current limit,
reverse rotation current limit, alarm reset, P control
Sequence Output Signal Servo alarm, 3-bit alarm code
Select three signals from servo ready, current limit detection, TGON, positioning complete (speed agreement),
brake release, overload, warning, overload detected
Frequency Response 100Hz (motor inertia = load inertia)
Functions/Performance
DB Built-in (External resistor is required) External DB contactor and DB resistor are required.
Regeneration Built-in (External resistor is required.)
Protection Overcurrent, overload, regenerative error, main circuit voltage error, heatsink overheat, power open phase,
overspeed, encoder error, encoder disconnected, overrun, CPU error, overflow, parameter error
Display POWER, ALARM, CHARGE display LED 5-figure, 7-segment LED on digital operator
Others Zero-clamp, soft start/stop. Reverse rotation connection, brake interlock signal output, JOG run
Digital Operator Type JUSP-OP02A-2
Mounting Method Base mounted
Note: DB means an automatic dynamic brake, which operates at main power OFF, servo alarm, servo OFF, and overtravel.
Servomotors
A.
DI
5
600 (22kW), 670 (30kW) 140 #250 (Flange)
26
5
*3
230-0.046 DIA.
60+0.011 DIA.
0
+0.030
220
*1 Connector for Encoder
*2 Connector for Fan 4-13.5 DIA.
Approx. Mass: 120kg (22kW)
140kg (30kW)
A.
DI
674 (37kW), 715 (45kW) #280 (Flange)
0
140
30
5
*3
250-0.046 DIA.
#300
70+0.011 DIA.
0
+0.030
#280
180 -0.5
80+0.011 DIA.
22
+0.030
M A B
N D A
L C Receptacle: 97F-3102E20-29P Receptacle: CE05-2A18-10PD-B
T P
K D Plug IP67 (L-shape): MS3108E20-29S Plug IP67 (L-shape): MS3108E18-10S
´S R C B
J E
H F
G
12.5
459 Air
Operator
Connectors
AC Servo Systems
475
500
CN3
NS100
Control
12 Connectors CN6A
142
167
CN6B
107 12x4=48 46.5 74
57 5x8=40
CN4
CN1 CN2
116
65
15
8
20 47 152
12.5
4-Mounting Holes
for M8 Screw Cooling Fan
Type: SGDH-3ZDE (30kW)
12.5
459 Air
Operator
Connectors
CN3
NS100
475
12
500
Control
186 connectors
14.5 CN6A
142
151
107 12x2=24
CN6B
46.5 74
57 8x5=40
CN4
CN1 CN2
20 47 152
12.5
52 27x8=216 128
(25) 215
25 320
370 302
306
348
Main Main Main Control Main Earth
Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals
with with with with with with
M3.5 Screw M4 Screw M5 Screw M4 Screw M8 Screw M8 Screw
12.5
589
1 2 3 4
Operator
Connectors
12
294
CN3
NS100
475
14.5 Control
259 Connectors
142
CN6A
12x2=24
215
CN6B
197 8
46.5 74
149 8x5=40 CN4
CN1 CN2
40 25
480 460 440 400 380 0 DB DB DC DC
116
V V V V V V ON 24 DU DV DW B1 B2 24N 24P
17.5
56.5
65
- +1 +2 L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W
12.5
70 45x8=360 174
25 (25) 128 215
450
500 302
306
348
Earth Main Control Main Main Control Main
Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals
with with with with with with with
M8 Screw M3.5 Screw M3.5 Screw M4 Screw M5 Screw M4 Screw M10 Screw
Approx. Mass: 60kg
1 2 3 4
Operator
Connectors
12
353 CN3
475
NS100
19
311 Control
12x2=24 Connectors CN6A
142
265
8 CN6B
247 46.5 74
199 8x5=40 CN4
CN1 CN2
40 25
480 460 440 400 380 0 DB DB DU DV DW B1 B2 DC DC
116
V V V V V V ON 24 24N 24P
17.5
56.5
65
Filters
FN258-180-07 FN359-250-99
50 mm2
80
413
6.5
438
15
240
M10
AC Servo Systems
485
500
485
500
34 38 37 29 34
24
59
60
45 45
200 200
7.5
348 348 49
7.5
49 259
259
Wire Lead-in Hole Wire Lead-in Hole
(With 33 DIA, rubber bushing) (With 33 DIA, rubber bushing) Main Circuit Terminal M5
Main Circuit Terminal M4
485
500
485
500
37 35.5
231 29 224 38
78.5
79
45 45
425
7.5
425
7.5
348 348
484 484
Wire Lead-in Hole Main Circuit Terminal M5 Wire Lead-in Hole Main Circuit Terminal M6
(With 33 DIA,rubber bushing) (With 33 DIA, rubber bushing)
35.5
224 38
78.5
45
425
7.5
348
484
385
400
385
400
Main Circuit Terminal M4
Main Circuit Terminal M4 Control Circuit Terminal M3.5
184 184
73
73
187 62 187 62
7.5
7.5
259 75 259 75
Wire Lead-in Hole Wire Lead-in Hole
124 124
(With 33 DIA, rubber bushing) (With 33 DIA, rubber bushing)
Approx. Mass: 5.0kg Approx. Mass: 6.0kg
475
490
187 62 184
73
7.5
259 75
Wire Lead-in Hole 124
(With 33 DIA, rubber bushing) 187 62
7.5
259 75
Wire Lead-in Hole
Approx. Mass: 6.0kg (With 33 DIA, rubber bushing)
124 Approx. Mass: 7.0kg
Standard Connections
AC Servo Systems
Alarm Processing and
Noise Filter Motor Thermal Processing
ON For power supply switching
Power Supply 1MC
Attach surge suppressor to magnetic
contactor and relays.
OFF Three-phase 380 to 460VAC +10
–15 %
SUP
1MC (50/60Hz)
Regenerative DC Reactor M
Resistor Unit (normally short circuited)
N P B2 B1 *5 +1 +2
U Motor for Fan 1
1MC A
L1/R Motor Thermal
SGDH V
B
M Protector
L2/S
L3/T
Servo Drive W
C S Motor 1b
DU DU
DV DV
DW DW
CN1
*2
V-REF 5
LPF DBON DBON
Speed Reference P
SG 6 DB24 DB24
*2 A/D
T-REF 9 DB Resistor Unit
Torque Reference LPF (See p9.)
P
(±1V to ± 10V/Rated Torque) SG 10
16 Torque Monitor
T R Q - M (2V/100%)
Power Supply for Speed and 23 +12V
Torque Reference
(Max.Ouatput Cunent: 30mA DC) {+12V
-12V 24
-12V
17
VTG-M
Speed Monitor
Position
Reference
PULS
CW
PhaseA
P
PULS
*PULS
7
8
37 ALO1
( 2V/1000 min-1
or
1V/1000 min-1)
SIGN 11 38 Alarm Code Output
SIGN ALO2
CCW
PhaseB
P
*SIGN 12 39
ALO3 ( Max.Operational
Max.Operational Current: 20mADC )
Voltage: 30VDC
CLR 13
CLR P
*CLR 14
33
PAO
34 PG Frequency Division Output
BAT+ 21 *PAO Line Receiver (made by TI)
Back-up Battery *3 + P
35 SN75175, MC3486 or equivalent
2 .8 to 4 .5 V – BAT– 22 PBO
36
*PBO
SEN 4
+5V
P 19 PCO
SEN Signal Input *3 SG 2
0V 20 *PCO
+24V +24V 4.7kW
47 48 PSO Serial Data Output*4 of the Number
1Ry 49 of Rotations for Phase S
Servo ON *PSO
SV-ON 40 5mA Line Receiver (made by TI)
Servo ON for 1Ry ON SG
0V SN75175, MC3486 or equivalent
2Ry
P-CON 41 P Control
P Control for 2Ry ON
N-LS Reverse Drive 25 V-CMP+
N-OT 43 Disabled ON at Speed Agreement
Reverse Drive Disabled for N-LS Open 26 (COIN+)
Forward Drive
P-LS P-OT 42 V-CMP–
Forward Drive Disabled for P-LS Open Disabled (ON at Position Complete)
3Ry
(COIN–)
ALM-RST 44 Alarm Reset
27
Alarm Reset for 3Ry ON TGON+ TGON Output
6Ry Reverse Current (ON at Exceeding the Level)
N-CL 46 28
Reverse Current Control ON for 6Ry ON Control ON TGON–
29 Servo Ready Output
7Ry Forward Current S-RDY+
P-CL 45 (ON at Servo Ready)
Forward Current Control ON for 7Ry is ON Control ON 30
S-RDY–
31
ALM+
Alarm Output
32 ALM– (OFF at Alarm)
*1 Prepresents twisted pair cable.
*2 Constant number at primary filter is 47ms. 50 Photocoupler Output
+2
Three-phase L1/R U
400V
L2/S V
M
L3/T W
DB Resistor Unit*
DB Contactor DB Resistor
DU
DU
DV
DV
DW
DW
DC24P * This diagram is an example
Contactor Coil of a DB resistor unit with
24VDC DC24N Power Board DBON
DBON a built-in DB contactor and
Power
Transistor
Surge Suppressor a surge suppressor for 37
for Contactor Coil to 55kW. A unit for 22/30kW
DB24 DB24 Surge Suppressor
consists of the resistor only.
AC Servo Systems
D(6) White/Blue P 2-6 1-20 /PCO P
1-1 SG
0.33mm2 0V 0V
J Connector Shell
Shielded Wire Connector Shell
(Shell)
(User's Machine)
Absolute Encoder
SERVOPACK
*
CN1
Phase A 1-33 PAO
1-34 /PAO P
Absolute Encoder *
Phase B 1-35 PBO
1-36 /PBO P
CN2
C(5) Blue 2-5 Phase C 1-19 PCO
D(6) White/Blue P 2-6 1-20 /PCO P
1-4 SEN
+5V
0.33mm2 P
1-2 SG
0V
1-1 SG
0V
T(3) Orange 2-3 1-21 BAT (+)
+
S(4) White/Orange P 2-4 1-22 BAT (–) Battery
–
J Connector Shell
Connector Shell
(Shell) Shielded Wire
(User's Machine)
4- Indexer
5- Mechatrolink-1
C
N
6
Digital B
CN10 Operator
C
N
4
Personal computer
CN3
CN2 CN1 J
Motion Control
Unit
Encoder Cable B
A I/O signal
Servo Relay Position Control
D C E
Unit
Specifications Model
Incremental Without brake 140 Nm 22 kW SGMBH-2BDCA61
Encoder Flange Mount 191 Nm 30 kW SGMBH-3ZDCA61 Specifications Model Compatible Ser-
(17 bit) vomotors
Straight shaft 236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GDCA61
with key & Tap 286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4EDCA61 3 Phase 400 V AC 22.0 kW SGDH-2BDE SGMBH-2BD@
Without brake 236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GDCAL1 30.0 kW SGDH-3ZDE SGMBH-3ZD@
Foot mount 286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4EDCAL1 37.0 kW SGDH-3GDE SGMBH-3GD@
350 Nm 55 kW SGMBH-5EDCAL1 45.0 kW SGDH-4EDE SGMBH-4ED@
With brake 140 Nm 22 kW SGMBH-2BDCA6C 55.0 kW SGDH-5EDE SGMBH-5ED@
Flange Mount 191 Nm 30 kW SGMBH-3ZDCA6C
236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GDCA6C Encoder Cables (for CN2)
286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4EDCA6C
With brake 236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GDCALC
Foot mount 286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4EDCALC
Absolute Without brake 140 Nm 22 kW SGMBH-2BD2A61
Encoder Flange Mount 191 Nm 30 kW SGMBH-3ZD2A61
(17 bit)
236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GD2A61
Straight shaft 286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4ED2A61 Symbol Specifications Model
with key & Tap Without brake 236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GD2AL1 A Encoder cable 3m R88A-CRWB003N-E
Foot mount 286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4ED2AL1 (for motors SGMBH-@) 5m R88A-CRWB005N-E
350 Nm 55 kW SGMBH-5ED2AL1 10 m R88A-CRWB010N-E
With brake 140 Nm 22 kW SGMBH-2BD2A6C 15 m R88A-CRWB015N-E
Flange Mount 191 Nm 30 kW SGMBH-3ZD2A6C 20 m R88A-CRWB020N-E
236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GD2A6C
286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4ED2A6C
With brake 236 Nm 37 kW SGMBH-3GD2ALC
Foot mount 286 Nm 45 kW SGMBH-4ED2ALC
AC Servo Systems
Terminal Block Motion Control Unit - R88A-TC04-E or JZSP-CMS02
(4 Axes) C200HW-MC402-E
Servodrive con- 1M R88A-CMUK001J3-
necting Cable (1 E2
Option Units (for CN10)
Axis) Symbol Name Model
PLC Unit Control 1m R88A-CMX001S-E K 1.5 axis Advanced Motion Controller R88A-MCW151-E
Cables (4 Axes) 1m R88A-CMX001J1-E with Host Link Interface
C Servo Relay Unit CS1W-NC1@3, XW2B-20J6-1B 1.5 axis Advanced Motion Controller R88A-MCW151-DRT-E
CJ1W-NC1@3, or (1 axis) with DeviceNet Interface
C200HW-NC113 Mechatrolink-I Interface unit JUSP-NS100
Position Control Unit DeviceNet Interface unit with JUSP-NS300
CS1W-NC2@3/4@3, XW2B-40J6-2B Positioning Fuctionality
CJ1W-NC2@3/4@3, (2 axes) PROFIBUS-DP Interface unit with JUSP-NS500
or C200HW-NC213/ Positioning Fuctionality
413 Position Control
Unit Indexer Unit. Versatile Point to Point JUSP-NS600
Positioning
CQM1H-PLB21 XW2B-20J6-3B
CQM1-CPU43 (1 axis)
CJ1M-CPU22/23 XW2B-20J6-8A Connectors
(1 axis)
XW2B-40J6-9A Specification Model
(2 axes) Control I/O connector (For CN1) R88A-CNU11C
D Cable to Servo Servo Relay Units 1m XW2Z-100J-B4 or JZSP-CKI9
drive XW2B-@0J6-@B 2m XW2Z-200J-B4 Sigma-II Drive Encoder connector (For CN2) JZSP-CMP9-1
E Position Control C200H-NC112 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A1 Military Connector for Encoder, IP67 MS3108E20-29S
Unit Connecting (For Motors SGMBH-@)
1m XW2Z-100J-A1
Cable Military Connector for Fan, IP67 MS3108E18-10S
C200H-NC211 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A2
(For Motors SGMBH-@)
1m XW2Z-100J-A2
CQM1-CPU43-V1 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A3
and CQM1H-PLB21 1m XW2Z-100J-A3 Filters
CS1W-NC113 and 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A6 Specifications Model Rated Current
C200HW-NC113 1m XW2Z-100J-A6 (applicable Servo Drive)
CS1W-NC213/413 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A7 SGDH-2BDE, SGDH-3ZDE, FN258-180-07 180 A
and 1m XW2Z-100J-A7 SGDH-3GDE
C200HW-NC213/413 SGDH-4EDE, SGDH-5EDE FN359-250-99 250 A
CS1W-NC133 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A10
1m XW2Z-100J-A10 Regenerative Resistor Units
CS1W-NC233/433 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A11
1m XW2Z-100J-A11 Servo Drive Model Regenerative Resistor Specifications
Unit Model
CJ1W-NC113 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A14
SGDH-2BDE JUSP-RA12 9Ω , 3600 W
1m XW2Z-100J-A14
SGDH-3ZDE JUSP-RA13 6.7Ω , 3600 W
CJ1W-NC213/413 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A15
SGDH-3GDE JUSP-RA14 5Ω , 4800 W
1m XW2Z-100J-A15
SGDH-4EDE JUSP-RA15 4Ω , 6000 W
CJ1W-NC133 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A18
SGDH-5EDE JUSP-RA16 3.8Ω , 7200 W
1m XW2Z-100J-A18
CJ1W-NC233/433 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A19
1m XW2Z-100J-A19 DB Resitor units
CJ1M-CPU22/23 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A27 Servo Drive Model Regenerative Resistor Specifications.
1m XW2Z-100J-A27 Unit Model Star Wiring
F Control Cable For General purpose 1 m R88A-CPW001S SGDH-2BDE, SGDH-3ZDE JUSP-DB03 180 W, 0.8Ω
Controllers or JZSP-CKI01-1 SGDH-3GDE JUSP-DB04 180 W, 0.8Ω
2m R88A-CPW002S SGDH-4EDE JUSP-DB05 180 W, 0.8Ω
or JZSP-CKI01-1 SGDH-5EDE JUSP-DB06 300 W, 0.8Ω
G Relay Terminal General-purpose 1m R88A-CTW001N
Block Cable Controller 2m R88A-CTW002N
Relay Terminal - XW2B-50G5
Computer Software
Block Specifications Model
SigmaWin MOTION TOOLS CD
Battery Backup for absolute encoder
Name Model
Battery (Required for servomotors with absolute en- JZSP-BA01
coder) or ER6VC3 (3.6V)
Cat. No. I16E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
AC Servo Systems
machine cycles.
• Direct control of the motors using XtraDrive and
Sigma-II drives
• Improved machine performance
• Easy of operation & high reliability
• Designed for high force density in compact pack-
ages
• Exhibit exceptional Force Linearity even at near the
peak force regions
• Extremely energy efficient. Due to its optimised
magnetic circuitry design and high-density windings
• Can reach speeds as high as 5 meters per second.
• Coreless and Iron core types available
Ratings
• 230VAC Single-phase 13,5 to 560 N (1200 N Peak)
• 400VAC Three-phase 80 to 2000 N (7500 N Peak)
System Configuration
Sigma-II Series or XtraDrive
SERVODRIVE
SERVOPACK
SGDH- 08AE - S- OY
Ver. 400V
MODE/SET DATA/
CHARGE POWER
CN3
L1
L2
+1
+2
- CN1
L1C
L2C
B1
B2
Power Cable U
CN2
Serial converter
unit
Power
Cable
Power
Cable
Linear scale Hall sensor (to Serial converter Unit)
Cable Cable
(to Serial converter Unit) (Extension) (Extension)
Hall
Power Power sensor
Linear
Cable scale
Linear Hall
scale sensor Power
Linear Hall
Linear scale scale sensor
Power
Linear Coil
Linear Coil SGLTW
SGLFW
Linear Coil
SGLGW Magnetic Way
Magnetic Way
Magnetic Way SGLFM SGLTM
SGLGM
Motor Coil
SGL F W 35 D 120 A P D
Cable Connector for Main Circuit Cable
SGL F M 35 324 A C
Linear Σ Series Options
Linear servomotor
Code Specifications Remarks
Model Only for iron-core types
AC Servo Systems
C With magnet cover - SGLFM
Code Specifications - SGLTM
G Coreless
F F-type iron core -M High thrust force Only for coreless types
T T-type iron core
With base and
-Y magnet cover Only for T-type iron-core types
M : Magnetic way
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 50 100 150 200
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 0 150 300 450 600 0 100 200 300
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 0 300 600 900 0 300 600 900 1200 1500
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
AC Servo Systems
BEMF Constant V /(m / s) 25.3 25.3 25.3 25.8 25.8 25.8
Motor Constant N/ w 9.6 13.6 16.7 12.9 18.2 22.3
Electrical Time Constant ms 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5
Mechanical Time Constant ms 3.69 3.24 3.12 2.52 2.29 2.21
Thermal Resistance (With Heat Sink) K/W 1.87 0.98 0.65 1.62 0.80 0.53
Thermal Resistance (Without Heat Sink) K / W 3.39 2.02 1.38 2.69 1.54 1.20
Magnetic Attraction N 0 0 0 0 0 0
Head Sink Size mm 200 x 300 x 400 x 200 x 300 x 400 x
300 x 400 x 500 x 300 x 400 x 500 x
12 12 12 12 12 12
Time Rating Continuous
Insulation Class Class B
Ambient Temperature 0 to +40 °C
Basic Specifications
Note: 1. The items marked with an * and “Force and Speed Characteristics” are the values at a motor winding temperature of 100 °C during op-
eration in combination with a SERVODRIVE. The others are at 20 °C (68°F).
2. The above specifications show the values under the cooling condition when a heat sink (aluminium board) listed in the following table is
mounted on the coil assembly.
Force-Speed Characteristics - (With High-force Magnetic Ways)
A Continuous duty zone
B Intermittent duty zone
SGLGW-40A140B SGLGW-40A253B SGLGW-40A365B
5 5 5
4 4 4
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 150 300 450 600 750
Force N Force N Force N
4 4 4
Motor Motor Motor
speed 3 speed 3 speed 3
m/s m/s m/s
2 2 2
A B A B A B
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 80 160 240 320 400 0 160 320 480 640 800 0 240 480 720 960 1200
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
Note: 1. The items marked with an * and “Force and Speed Characteristics” are the values at a motor winding temperature of 100 °C during op-
eration in combination with a SERVODRIVE. The others are at 20 °C (68°F).
2. The above specifications show the values under the cooling condition when a heat sink (aluminium board) listed in the following table is
mounted on the coil assembly.
5 5 5 5
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 40 80 120 140 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 100 200 300 400 500
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
5
5 5
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 0 400 800 1200 0 400 800 1200
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
AC Servo Systems
BEMF Constant V /(m / s) 40.1 40.1 44.9 44.9 40.9 40.9
Motor Constant N/ w 13.8 19.5 33.4 47.2 51.0 72.1
Electrical Time Constant ms 3.5 3.5 15.0 15.0 17.4 17.2
Mechanical Time Constant ms 5.5 5.5 3.2 3.2 2.5 2.2
Thermal Resistance (With Heat Sink) K/W 1.57 0.96 0.82 0.32 0.6 0.28
Thermal Resistance (Without Heat Sink) K/W 4.1 1.94 1.48 0.74 0.92 0.55
Magnetic Attraction N 810 1590 1650 3260 3300 6520
Head Sink Size mm 254 x 254 x 25 400 x 500 x 40 254 x 254 x 25 400 x 500 x 40
Time Rating Continuous
Insulation Class Class B
Ambient Temperature 0 to +40° C
Basic Specifications
Note: 1. The items marked with an * and “Force and Speed Characteristics” are the values at a motor winding temperature of 100 °C during op-
eration in combination with a SERVODRIVE. The others are at 20 °C (68°F).
2. The above specifications show the values under the cooling condition when a heat sink (aluminium board) listed in the following table is
mounted on the coil assembly.
5 5 5
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 200 400 600
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
5
5 5
Motor 4 4 4
Motor Motor
speed speed 3 speed3
m/s 3 m/s
A B m/s
A B
A B
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
0 400 800 1200 0 400 800 1200 0 800 1600 2400
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
Note: The dotted line indicates characteristics when the linear servomotor for 400 VAC is used with an input power supply for 200 VAC. In this
case, the serial converter should be changed. Contact your Omron-Yaskawa representatives.
*1. The unbalanced magnetic gap resulted from the coil assembly installation condition causes a magnetic attraction on the coil assembly.
*2. The value indicates the magnetic attraction generated on one side of the magnetic way.
Note: 1. The items marked with an * and “Force and Speed Characteristics” are the values at a motor winding temperature of 100 °C during
operation in combination with a SERVODRIVE. The others are at 20 °C (68 °F).
2. The above specifications show the values under the cooling condition when a heat sink (aluminium board) listed in the following table is
mounted on the coil assembly.
4 5 4 4
Motor A B Motor 4 Motor Motor
speed 3 speed A B speed 3 speed 3
m/s m/s 3 m/s m/s
2 A B A B
2 2
2
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 0 400 800 1200 0 300 600 900 0 600 1200 1800
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
3 3 3 3
Motor Motor Motor Motor
speed A speed A speed A speed A
m/s 2 m/s 2 m/s 2 m/s 2
B B B B
1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 0 2000 4000 0 2000 4000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Force (N) Force (N) Force (N) Force (N)
AC Servo Systems
4×M4 mounting screw,
depth 5
17
2×screw
#4-40 UNC
L5 L4
The coil assembly moves in the direction indicated by the arrow
Cable when current flows in the order of phase U, V, and W.
500±50
UL20276,AWG26
Cable
Nameplate UL2517,AWG25 2×2-M4
Mounting screw depth: 5 mm on both sides
500±50
L1
(φ5.3) 15 L3
22
(φ5)
12
3
48.5
L2
(57)
W A
44
24
Hall Sensor Output Signals
Linear Servomotor When the coil assembly moves in the
Hall Sensor
Connector Specifications Connector Specifications direction indicated by the arrow in the
9 6 Pin No. Name 1 2 figure, the relationship between the hall
Extension: SROC06JMSCN169 sensor output signals Su, Sv, Sw and
1 5V (Power supply) 6 3
Pin type: 021.421.1020 the inverse power of each motor phase
5 1
2 Phase U made by Interconnectron Vu, Vv, Vw becomes as shown in the
3 Phase V 7 following figure.
Pin connector type: 4
5 The mating connector
17JE-23090-02 (D8C) 4 Phase W
made by DDK Ltd. Plug type: SPOC06KFSDN169
5 0V (Power supply)
Vu Su
The mating connector 6 Not used
Socket connector type: 7 Not used Pin No. Name Lead Color Inverse
17JE-13090-02 (D8C) Phase U Red power Vv
8 Not used 1 Sv
Stud type:17L-002C or (V)
17L-002C1 9 Not used 2 Phase V White
3 Phase W Blue
Vw Sw
4 Not used
5 Not used 0 180 360 540
6 FG Green/Yellow Electrical angle (° )
7 Not used
W A
N Ins. May cause injury.
Keep magnetic materials
44
WARNING away.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION JAPAN
4.5
N×4.5 holes
8×counter boring 5L (18) 24
36 Pitch 54
L2
0.1
L1 (1
0.3 unit)
Pitch 54
27 L2 (27)
L5 L6
2×screw 45 Mounting holes
Nameplate
#4-40 UNC N2×M4 tapped, depth 6 mm
17
N Ins.
500±50
The coil assembly moves in the direction indicated by the arrow in the order of phase U, V, and W.
25.4
500±50
7.2 (φ5.3) L1
6.5
4.8 (φ7) 16 L4 L3
45 Mounting holes on both sides
0.5
15
N1×M4 tapped, depth 6mm
4
14
15
30
1
63
78
(7.5)
7
-0.1
-0.1 L1 -0.3 (1 unit)
L1 -0.3 (1 unit)
7.4 7.4
4-
4-
C
1
X Pitch 45 12.7
7
Pitch 45 22.5 L2
φ5.5
5.4 Pitch 45
5.4
X-X
Units: mm
N×M5 mounting screws, depth 13 Units: mm
N×M5 mounting screws, depth 13 mm
AC Servo Systems
L5 L6
2×screw 45 Nameplate
Mounting holes
#4-40 UNC N2×M4 tapped, depth 6 mm
W A
17
N Ins.
500±50
25.4 The coil assembly moves in the direction indicated by the arrow in the order of phase U, V, and W.
6.5 7.2 L1
(φ5.3)
500±50
4.8 (φ7) 16 L4 L3
45 Mounting holes on both sides
14 0.5
15
N1×M4 tapped, depth 6mm
4
1 15
30
(7.5)
83
L2
98
7
-0.1
L1 -0.3 (1 unit)
-0.1
L1 -0.3 (1 unit) 7.4
4-
4-
1
1
X
7
22.5 L2 22.5
5.4 22.5 L2
φ5.5
Pitch 45
5.4 Pitch 45
X-X
L5 L6
32
2×screws
#4-40 UNC
500±50
UL20276,AWG26 Nameplate (on both sides)
L1
500±50
L4 L3
49 65 (See note.)
8
φ5.3
26
2
φ10.5
Cable
UL2517,AWG15
121
138
110
L2
L1 -0.1
-0.3 (1 unit) 13.8 18.5
Nameplate Warning label
W A
N Ins. May cause injury.
Keep magnetic materials
WARNING away.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION JAPAN
95.5
110
8.5
X
Pitch 63
50.8
31.5 L2 31.5
N-mounting holes (per unit)
19 L2 44
φ6.6
φ12
Pitch 63
6.5
X-X
N-M6 mounting screws, depth 14.5
Units: mm
50 min. L1
30 30 L2 25
AC Servo Systems
Hall sensor 36
32 2 Magnetic way
17.5
7.5
12
5.5
22 22
44
20
20
22
40
A A
10
12.5
22.5
0.5
12.5
(See note.)
6
0
34 4.2: With magnet cover) 0 ±5
2×screws 50 See the figures c
4: Without magnet cover) #4-40 UNC and d below.
10.2 With magnet cover) Gap 0.8: With magnet cover) L3 7
10 Without magnet cover) Gap 1: Without magnet cover)
45±0.1 50 30 min.
0±
2.5
φ4
50 12
8
.2
φ6
.1
5.5
Nameplate A A
Note: The coil assembly moves in the direction indicated by the arrow,
when current flows in the order of phase U, V, and W.
c SGLFW-20A090AD d SGLFW-20A120AD
2×M4 tapped holes, depth 5.5 3×M4 tapped holes, depth 5.5
20
20
22.5
22.5
12.5
12.5
30 36 30 36 Units: mm
72
Linear Servomotor
Hall Sensor Connector Specifications Hall Sensor Output Signals
Connector Specifications 1 2 When the coil assembly moves in the di-
6 Pin No. Name Extension: SROC06JMSCN169 rection indicated by the arrow in the figu-
9
6 3 re, the relationship between the hall sen-
1 +5V (Power supply) Pin type: 021.421.1020 sor output signals Su, Sv, Sw and the
made by Interconnectron inverse power of each motor phase Vu,
5 1 2 Phase U 7 Vv, Vw becomes as shown in the figure
4 below.
3 Phase V 5 The mating connector
Pin connector type: Plug type: SPOC06KFSDN169
4 Phase W
17JE-23090-02 D8C
made by DDK Ltd. 5 0V (Power supply) Vu Su
The mating connector 6 Not used Pin No. Name Lead Color
Socket connectoro type: 7 Not used 1 Phase U Red
17JE-13090-02 D8C Inverse Vv
8 Not used 2 Phase V White power Sv
Stud type: 17L-002C or (V)
17L-002C1 9 Not used 3 Phase W Blue
4 Not used Vw
Sw
5 Not used
6 FG Green/Yellow 0 180 360 540
Electrical angle °
7 Not used
㧔L3㧕
Coil assembly 9.9q
2×N×φ4.8
㧔4.5㧕
㧔17.5㧕
mounting holes
22 㧔22㧕
㧔40㧕
N S N S N S N S
44
35
O/N O/N
YASKAWA S/N YASKAWA S/N
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN TYPE: MADE
(22.5)
4.5
6 4
Reference mark Reference mark
Reference marks Nameplate
(34) 54 (54)
(Two φ4 marks are engraved.)
10 0
30.8 -0.2 L2 (30.8)
㧔Gap1㧕
-0.1
45±0.1 L1 -0.3
Units: mm
The height of screw head: 4.2 mm max.
Mounting Screw
Note: 1. Multiple SGLFM-20
A magnetic ways can be connected. Connect magnetic ways so that the reference marks match one on the
other in the same direction as shown in the figure.
2. The magnetic way may affect pacemakers. Keep a minimum distance of 200 mm from the magnetic way
50 min. L1
30 30 L2 25
Hall sensor 36
(10.5)
(32) 2
(7.5)
Magnetic way
5.5
(30)
25
(60)
(35)
A A
18
35
37
55
(30)
30
(8.5)
(12.5)
12.5
0.5
(6)
50 See the figures and below.
0±
(4.2: With magnet cover)
2×screws
34
(4: Without magnet cover) #4-40 UNC 50 L3 7
(10.2: With magnet cover) (Gap 0.8: With magnet cover) 30 min. 12
2.5
0
(10: Without magnet cover) (Gap1: Without magnet cover))
0 ±5
8
45±0.1
50
(φ4
The coil assembly moves in the
direction indicated by the arrow
.2)
(φ6
when current flows in the order
5.5
.1)
of phase U, V, and W.
A㧙A
Nameplate
SGLFW-35120AD ޓSGLFW-35230AD
6×M4 tapped holes, depth 5.5 12×M4 tapped holes, depth 5.5
18
35
35
18
30
30
8.5
12.5
12.5
8.5
30 36 30 36
72 180 (36 × 5)
Units: mm
SGLFW-35AAD SGLFW-35DAD
Hall Sensor Linear Servomotor 200V Linear Servomotor 400V Hall Sensor Output Signals
Connector Specifications Connector Specifications Connector Specifications When the coil assembly moves in the di-
6 Pin No. Name 1 2 rection indicated by the arrow in the figu-
9
6 Extension: SROC06JMSCN169 6 Extension: LRRA06AMRPN182 re, the relationship between the hall sen-
1 +5V (Power supply) 3 5 1 Pin type: 021.147.2000 sor output signals Su, Sv, Sw and the
Pin type: 021.421.1020
5 2 Phase U made by Interconnectron made by Interconnectron inverse power of each motor phase Vu,
1
7 Vv, Vw becomes as shown in the figure
3 Phase V 5 4 4 2
The mating connector The mating connector below.
Pin connector type:
4 Phase W Plug type: LPRA06BFRBN170
7JE-23090-02 (D8C) Plug type: SPOC06KFSDN169
made by DDK Ltd. 5 0V (Power supply) Vu Su
The mating connector 6 Not used
Pin No. Name Pin No. Name
Socket connector type: 7 Not used Inverse
17JE-13090-02 (D8C) 1 Phase U 1 Phase U power Vv
8 Not used (V) Sv
Stud type: 17L-002C or 2 Phase V 2 Phase V
ޓޓޓޓޓ17L-002C1 9 Not used
3 Phase W 4 Phase W
Not used Vw Sw
4 Not used 5
5 Not used 6 Not used 0 180 360 540
6 FG Ground Electrical angle (° )
7 Not used
㧔L3㧕
9.9°
2×N-φ4.8 mounting holes
Coil assembly
㧔4.5㧕
㧔30㧕 㧔25㧕
㧔30㧕
㧔55㧕
60
51
N S N S N S N S
30
O/N O/N
YASKAWA S/N
YASKAWA S/N
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN DATE TYPE: MADE
4.5
6 4 Reference mark
Nameplate Reference mark
Reference marks
10 㧔34㧕 㧔Two φ4 marks are engraved.) 54 㧔54㧕
0
㧔Gap1㧕 32.2 -0.2 L2 㧔32.2㧕
-0.1
45±0.1 L1 -0.3
Note: 1. Multiple SGLFM-35
A magnetic ways can be connected. Connect magnetic ways so that the reference marks match one on the
other in the same direction as shown in the figure.
2. The magnetic way may affect pacemakers. Keep a minimum distance of 200 mm from the magnetic way.
50 min. L1
30 55 L2 40
AC Servo Systems
(40) 3 Hall sensor 60
Magnetic way
(10)
(15)
7
37.75 33.75
(37.5) (37.5)
47.5
23.5
71.5
A A
(47.5)
(75)
50.5
50
0±
50
14
(12)
2×screws
(14)
0.5 See the figures The coil assembly moves in the
(9) #4-40 UNC
(5.2: With magnet cover)
and below. direction indicated by the arrow
43 (5: Without magnet cover) 50 min. 25 L3 when current flows in the order of phase U, V, and W. 10
(φ4
9.5
2.5
0
.2
0 ±5
)
58±0.1 50
(φ7
(Gap 0.8: With magnet cover)
7
.4
(Gap1: Without magnet cover))
)
A㧙A
(14.2: With magnet cover)
Nameplate
(14: Without magnet cover)
SGLFW-50200BD ޓSGLFW-50380BD
6×M4 tapped holes, depth 7 12×M4 tapped holes, depth 7
23.5
47.5
23.5
47.5
30 60
12
14
14
12
300 (60 × 5)
30 60
120 Units: mm
SGLFW-50AAD SGLFW-50DAD
Hall Sensor Linear Servomotor 400V Hall Sensor Output Signals
Linear Servomotor 200V
Connector Specifications Connector Specifications Connector Specifications When the coil assembly moves in the di-
9 6 Pin No. Name 1 2 rection indicated by the arrow in the figu-
6 Extension: SROC06JMSCN169 Extension: LRRA06AMRPN182 re, the relationship between the hall sen-
1 +5V (Power supply) 3 5 6
Pin type: 021.421.1020 1 Pin type: 021.147.2000 sor output signals Su, Sv, Sw and the
5 1 2 Phase U made by Interconnectron inverse power of each motor phase Vu,
made by Interconnectron
7 Vv, Vw becomes as shown in the figure
3 Phase V 4 4 2
Pin connector type: 5 The mating connector The mating connector below.
7JE-23090-02 (D8C) 4 Phase W
Plug type: SPOC06KFSDN169 Plug type: LPRA06BFRBN170
made by DDK Ltd. 5 0V (Power supply)
Vu Su
The mating connector 6 Not used
Socket connector type: 7 Not used Pin No. Name Pin No. Name
Inverse
17JE-13090-02 (D8C) 1 Phase U 1 Phase U power Vv
8 Not used (V) Sv
Stud type: 17L-002C or
2 Phase V 2 Phase V
ޓޓޓޓޓ17L-002C1 9 Not used
3 Phase W 4 Phase W
Vw
4 Not used 5 Not used Sw
5 Not used 6 Not used 0 180 360 540
6 FG Ground Electrical angle (° )
7 Not used
㧔L3㧕
8.6°
2×N-φ5.8 mounting holed
㧔5㧕
Coil assembly
㧔33.75㧕
37.5 㧔37.5㧕
㧔71.5㧕
75
65
N S N S N S N S
㧔37.75㧕
YASKAWA O/N
S/N
YASKAWA
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN DATE TYPE:
5
9 5
Reference marks Nameplate
14 㧔43㧕 㧔Two φ4 marks are engraved.) Reference mark 㧔67.5㧕 Reference mark
67.5
0
㧔Gap1㧕 39.4 -0.2 L2 㧔39.4㧕
-0.1
58±0.1 L1 -0.3
Units: mm
The height of screw head must be 5.2 mm max.
Assembly Dimensions
Note: 1. Multiple SGLFM-50
A magnetic ways can be connected. Connect magnetic ways so that the reference marks match one on the
other in the same direction as shown in the figure.
2. The magnetic way may affect pacemakers. Keep a minimum distance of 200 mm from the magnetic way
50 min. L1
(40) 30 55 L2 40
3 Magnetic way Hall sensor 60
(15)
(10)
7
(62.5)
57.5
A A
35.5
(95)
98
(125)
95
119
35.5
(62.5)
61.5
50
0
50
2×screws
#4-40 UNC
(12)
The coil assembly moves in the
14
(14)
0.5 See the figures direction indicated by the arrow
(9) c and d below.
(φ4
(5.2: With magnet cover) when current flows in the order of phase U, V, and W.
.2)
9.5
2.5
(Gap 0.8: With magnet cover)
58 0.1 (Gap1: Without magnet cover)) 50
0
(φ8
50
.4)
7
(14: Without magnet cover)
A A
Nameplate
35.5 35.5
95
95
12
12
14
14
55 60 55 60
㧔L3㧕
125
112
N S N S N S N S
㧔61.5㧕
62.5
O/N
YASKAWA S/N
YASKAWA
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN DATE TYPE:
6.5
9 5 Nameplate
14 㧔43㧕 67.5 Reference mark 㧔67.5㧕 Reference mark
0
㧔Gap1㧕 43.2 -0.2 L2 㧔43.2㧕
-0.1
58±0.1 Reference marks
L1 -0.3
Units: mm
The height of screw head must be 6.7 mm max.
Assembly Dimensions
Note: 1. Multiple SGLFM-1Z
A magnetic ways can be connected. Connect magnetic ways so that the reference marks match one on the
other in the same direction as shown in the figure.
2. The magnetic way may affect pacemakers. Keep a minimum distance of 200 mm from the magnetic way
AC Servo Systems
15
12
120±0.1
28
100±0.15
80±0.05
W
A
60
90
N
V
MADE IN JAPAN
DATE
30
30
ins.
m/s
Gap 1: Without magnet cover)
500±50
Cable
UL20276 AWG28
35
43 Units: mm
63 min.
Wiring specification
Linear Servomotor Hall Sensor Output Signals
of hall sensor cable Connector Specifications
Pin No. Name When the coil assembly moves in the di-
9 6 6
5 rection indicated by the arrow in the figu-
1 +5VDC 1 Pin No. Name
re, the relationship between the hall sen-
2 Phase U 1 Phase U sor output signals Su, Sv, Sw and the
5 1
3 Phase V 4 2 2 Phase V inverse power of each motor phase Vu,
Vv, Vw becomes as shown in the figure
Pin connector type: 4 Phase W 4 Phase W below
17JE-23090-02 D8C Extension: LRRA06AMRPN182 5 Not used
made by DDK Ltd. 5 0V Pin type: 021.147.2000
made by Interconnectron 6 Not used Vu
The mating connector 6 Not used Su
Ground
Socket connector type: 7 Not used The mating connector
17JE-13090-02 D8C 8 Not used Inverse
Plug type: LPRA06BFRBN170
Stud type: 17L-002C or power Vv Sv
17L-002C1 9 Not used (V)
Vw
Sw
Magnetic Way: SGLTM-35@@@H Note: 1. Two magnetic ways for both ends of coil assembly make one
set. Spacersh are mounted on magnetic ways for safety dur-
Magnetic Way Model L1 -0.1 L2 N Approx. Mass ing transportation. Do not remove the spacers until the coil
-0.3
SGLTM- kg assembly is mounted on a machine.
35324H 324 270 (54 × 5) 6 4.8 2. The magnetic way may affect pacemakers. Keep a minimum
35540H 540 486 (54 × 9) 10 8 distance of 200 mm from the magnetic way.
35756H 756 702 (54 × 13) 14 11 3. Two magnetic ways in a set can be connected to each other.
4. The dimensions marked with an * are the dimensions be-
tween the magnetic ways. Be sure to follow exactly the dimen-
sions specified in the figure above. Mount magnetic ways as
shown in Assembly Dimensions. The values with an * are the
dimensions at preshipment.
5. Use socket headed screws of strength class 10.9 minimum
for magnetic way mounting screws. Do not use stainless steel
screws.
-0.1
L1 -0.3
0
15 -0.2 L2 (54)
54
34.5
9.
9°
(70) 0
(30.6)
15±0.1
33-0.2 L2
P 55
(0.8)
0.2 Y
∗90±0.3
(120)
107
∗2.4±0.3
0.2 X C1 Nameplate
R6
YASKAWA O/N
S/N
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN DATE
C1
4.2±0.1
0.8±0.3
15±0.1
(30.6) 2×N-φ7 mounting holes (See the sectional view for the depth.)
P X 47 (8)
Spacer: Do not remove them until the coil
2×N-M6 tapped holes, depth 8 assemb is mounted on the machine.
Gap
(4)
∗2.4±0.3
34.5
R0
.5
.
ax
ma
m
x. 54
R1
0
3
39 -0.2 L2 (54)
-0.1
(12) L1 -0.3
82 +0.6
0
Mount the magnetic way Mount the magnetic way
so that its corner surfaces ∗90±0.3 so that its corner surfaces
are flush with the inner are flush with the inner
step. step.
Assembly Dimensions
(4.1)
12 20 48±0.15
1
28
100±0.15
120±0.1
80±0.05
W
A
(90)
60
N
V
MADE IN JAPAN
30
DATE
ins.
m/s
Gap 1: Without magnet cover)
2×screws
(φ4.2)
#4×40 UNC
500±50
Cable
UL20276,AWG28
35
43 Units: mm
63 min.
Wiring specification
Linear Servomotor Hall Sensor Output Signals
of hall sensor cable Connector Specifications
Pin No. Name When the coil assembly moves in the di-
9 6 6 rection indicated by the arrow in the figu-
1 +5VDC 5 1 Pin No. Name
re, the relationship between the hall sen-
2 Phase U 1 Phase U sor output signals Su, Sv, Sw and the
5 1
4 2 2 Phase V inverse power of each motor phase Vu,
3 Phase V Vv, Vw becomes as shown in the figure
Pin connector type: 4 Phase W
4 Phase W below
17JE-23090-02 D8C Extension: LRRA06AMRPN182
made by DDK Ltd. 5 0V 5 Not used
Pin type: 021.147.2000
made by Interconnectron 6 Not used Vu
The mating connector 6 Not used Su
Ground
Socket connector type: 7 Not used The mating connector
17JE-13090-02 D8C Inverse
8 Not used Plug type: LPRA06BFRBN170
Stud type: 17L-002C or power Vv
17L-002C1 9 Not used Sv
(V)
Vw
Sw
Magnetic Way: SGLTM-50@@@H Note: 1. Two magnetic ways for both ends of coil assembly make one set.
Spacersh are mounted on magnetic ways for safety during transporta-
Magnetic Way Model L1 -0.1 L2 N Approx. Mass tion. Do not remove the spacers until the coil assembly is mounted on
SGLTM- -0.3 kg a machine.
50324H 324 270 (54 × 5) 6 8 2. The magnetic way may affect pacemakers. Keep a minimum distance
of 200 mm from the magnetic way.
50540H 540 486 (54 × 9) 10 13 3. Two magnetic ways in a set can be connected to each other.
50756H 756 702 (54 × 13) 14 18 4. The dimensions marked with an * are the dimensions between the
magnetic ways. Be sure to follow exactly the dimensions specified in
the figure above. Mount magnetic ways as shown in Assembly Dimen-
sions. The values with an * are the dimensions at preshipment.
5. Use socket headed screws of strength class 10.9 minimum for mag-
netic way mounting screws. Do not use stainless steel screws.
-0.1
L1 -0.3
0
9 -0.2 L2 (54)
54
42
19.1±0.1
(85) 0
(27)
27 -0.2 L2
(4.1)
P 70
(0.8)
Y 54 (54)
∗131 max. (preshipment)
S/N
O/N YASKAWA
0.2 Y
∗90±0.3
(120)
112
0.2 X Nameplate
C1 2
φ1
YASKAWA O/N
S/N
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN DATE
4.2±0.1
0.8±0.3
C1
19.1±0.1
Coil assembly 2×N-φ7 mounting holes (See the sectional view for the depth.)
P X 62 (8)
Spacer: Do not remove them until the coil
Gap assemb is mounted on the machine.
(4)
R0
42
.5
.
ax
ma
m
x .
R1
AC Servo Systems
75 20 L2 L3
19.1
16 Magnetic way 40 60
1
38
111.8
150
124
97
98
30
2×screws
φ4.2
19.1
The coil assembly moves in the direction indicated by the arrow when
Gap 1.4: Without magnet cover)
#4-40 UNC
current flows in the order of phase U, V, and W.
Gap 1.2: With magnet cover)
25.1: Without magnet cover)
64 min.
25.3: With magnet cover)
500±50
TYPE
O/N
W
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC
N
V
MADE IN JAPAN
ins.
DATE
m/s
Nameplate Units: mm
Vw
Sw
5.6
DATE
MADE IN JAPAN TYPE:
S/N YASKAWA
O/N
83
0
63 37.5 -0.2 L2 36.1
19.1
Coil assembly
67.5 67.5
∗153 max. (preshipment)
∗113±1 (preshipment)
1.4
Gap 1.4±0.3
∗111.8±0.3
131
150
∗1.4±0.3
7
C
R
1
25.1
19.1
48 15 36.1 2×N-φ9 mounting holes (See the sectional view for the depth.)
C
Nameplate
R0 2×N-M8 screws, depth 10
.5
ma x. 5.6
x. a YASKAWA O/N YASKAWA O/N
S/N S/N
1m
TYPE: MADE IN JAPAN TYPE: MADE I
4
R
∗1.4±0.3
39
Coil assembly
16 40 60
1
38
111.8
97
124
150
98
30
The coil assembly moves in the direction indicated by the arrow when
φ4.2
19.1
500±50
TYPE MADE IN JAPAN
O/N
W
A
YASKAWA ELECTRIC
2×screws
V ins.
#4-40 UNC
DATE
m/s
Nameplate Units: mm
120
19.1
100
YASKAWA
Coil assembly
O/N
∗153 max. (preshipment)
0
39.4 -0.2 L3 37.9
∗113±1 (preshipment)
33.75 67.5
Gap 1.4±0.3
1.4
∗111.8±0.3
150
C
1
131
∗
1.5±0.3
25.1
7
19.1
85 15 R
C
37.9 2×N2-φ9 mounting holes (See the sectional view for the depth.)
Spacers: Do not remove them
R0 Nameplate until the coil assembly is mounted
8
5.6°
∗1.5±0.3 YASKAWA
TYPE:
O/N
S/N
MADE IN JAPAN DATE
YASKAWA
TYPE:
O/N
S/N
MADE IN JAPAN
+0.6
Mount the magnetic way 100 0 Mount the magnetic way
57
Units: mm
AC Servo Systems
Position data, hall sensor information, and alarms
Output Method Serial data transmission (HDLC (High-level Data Link Control) protocol format with Manchester codes)
Transmission Cycle 62.5 µs
Output Circuit Balanced transceiver (SN75LBC176 or the equivalent) Internal terminal resistance: 120 Ω
Mechanical Charac- Approx. mass 150 g
teristics Vibration Resistance 98 m/s2 max. (1 to 2500 Hz) in three directions
Shock Resistance 980 m/s2, (11 ms) two times in three directions
Environmental Condi- Operating temperature 0 °C to 55 °C (32 to 131 °F)
tions Storage temperature -20 °C to +80 °C (-4 to +176 °F)
Humidity 20 % to 90 %RH (without condensation)
52±0.3
60
10
300±30
65±0.3
1.5
72
3
82±0.3 Linear scale end Analog
14.35±0.4 90 signal input connector (CN2)
22.5
Units: mm
CN1 Pin No. Signal CN2 Pin No. Signal CN3 Pin No. Signal
SERVOPACK end 1 +5V Linear scale end 1 /cos input (V1-) Linear scale end 1 +5V
serial data output 2 S-phase output Analog signal input 2 /sin input (V2-) Hall sensor signal input 2 U-phase input
3 Empty 1 9 3 Ref input (V0+) 3 V-phase input
9 5 4 Empty 4 +5V 1 6 4 W-phase input
5 0V 5 5Vs 5 0V
6 /S-phase output 6 Empty 6 Empty
6 1 7 Empty 7 Empty 5 9 7 Empty
8 15
8 Empty 8 Empty 8 Empty
9 Empty 9 cos input (V1+) 9 Empty
Case Shield 10 sin input (V2+) Case Shield
11 /Ref input (V0-)
12 0V
13 0Vs
14 Empty
15 Inner
Case Shield
SGDH- 08AE - S- OY
Ver. 400V
SERVODRIVE
MODE/SET
CHARGE
CN3
DATA/
POWER
D
L1
L2
+1
+2
- CN1
L1C
L2C
B1
F
B2
Power Cable U Sigma-II Serial
V
W Converter Cable
CN2
E
Serial converter
unit
E
G H
Power
Cable
E
Linear scale Hall sensor (to Serial converter Unit)
Cable Cable Power
(to Serial converter Unit) (Extension) (Extension) Cable
Hall
Power Power sensor
Linear
Cable scale
Linear Hall
scale sensor Power
Linear Hall
Linear scale scale sensor
Power
Linear Coil
Linear Coil SGLTW
A
SGLFW
Linear Coil A
A
SGLGW Magnetic Way
Magnetic Way
Magnetic Way SGLTM
B
SGLFM
SGLGM
B B
SGLF LINEAR SGLT LINEAR
SGLG LINEAR SERVOMOTOR
SERVOMOTOR
SERVOMOTOR
AC Servo Systems
230V AC Single Phase
Symbol Specifications Model
Rated Peak A Linear Coil BMagnetic Way C Serial Converter D Servo Drive
Force Force Sigma-II Series XtraDrive
ABCD 25 N 86 N SGLFW-20A090APD SGLFM-20324AC JZDP-A008-017 SGDH-02AE-OY XD-02-MN01
40 N 125 N SGLFW-20A120APD SGLFM-20540AC JZDP-A008-018 SGDH-02AE-OY XD-02-MN01
SGLFM-20756AC
80 N 220 N SGLFW-35A120APD SGLFM-35324AC JZDP-A008-019 SGDH-02AE-OY XD-02-MN01
160 N 440 N SGLFW-35A230APD SGLFM-35540AC JZDP-A008-020 SGDH-08AE-S-OY XD-08-MN01
SGLFM-35756AC
280 N 600 N SGLFW-50A200BPD SGLFM-50405AC JZDP-A008-181 SGDH-08AE-S-OY XD-08-MN
560 N 1200 N SGLFW-50A380BPD SGLFM-50675AC JZDP-A008-182 SGDH-15AE-S-OY -
SGLFM-50945AC
560 N 1200 N SGLFW-1ZA200BPD SGLFM-1Z405AC JZDP-A008-183 SGDH-15AE-S-OY -
SGLFM-1Z675AC
SGLFM-1Z945AC
Cat. No. I17E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
XtraDrive
Intelligent Servo Drive. Integrated controller
AC Servo Systems
and network connectivity.
• NCT. Patented non-linear technique for tight control
• Very low tracking error with no overshoot and zero
settling time
• Automatic tuning of servo parameters for optimal
settling time
• OCA. Oscillation Cancelling Algorithm
• Profibus Embedded in the drive available
• Ideal drive for linear motors control
• Automatic motor recognition of Sigma-II motors
• Analogue control for speed and torque
• Pulse train control for positioning
• Oscilloscope available via XtraWare software tool
Ratings
• 230VAC Single-phase 30 W to 800W
• 400VAC Three-phase 0.5 KW to 3.0 kW
System Configuration
Option Unit
NS115
S
W
XTRADRIVE 1
A
R
Cable C
N
6
A
C
N
6
B
C
N
4
PROFIBUS Network
Motion Control
Unit
Power Cable
Encoder Cable
Serial convertr unit
Linear scale
Encoder Cable
Power Cable
Linear servomotor
wirh core
XtraDrive 169
Servomotor / Servo Drive Combination
SmartStep Series Motors (Refer to the SmartStep chapter for Motor details)
R7M-A (3000 min-1) 230 V 0.0955 N.m 30 W XD-P3-MN01 - - -
0.159 N.m 50 W XD-P5-MN01 - - -
0.318 N.m 100 W XD-01-MN01 XD-01-MSD0 - -
0.637 N.m 200 W XD-02-MN01 XD-02-MSD0 - -
1.27 N.m 400 W XD-04-MN01 XD-04-MSD0 - -
2.39 N.m 750 W XD-08-MN XD-08-MSD0 - -
R7M-AP (3000 min-1) 230 V 0.318 N.m 100 W XD-01-MN01 XD-01-MSD0 - -
0.637 N.m 200 W XD-02-MN01 XD-02-MSD0 - -
1.27 N.m 400 W XD-04-MN01 XD-04-MSD0 - -
2.39 N.m 750 W XD-08-MN XD-08-MSD0 - -
Sigma Linear Motors (Refer to the Sigma Linear Motors chapter for Motor details)
SGLGW 230 V Refer to the Linear Motors chapter for details
Linear Motors
XD - 01 - MN 01
Design Version # (optional)
XtraDrive 01: Design Version
AC Servo Systems
D0: Embedded Profibus
Output Capacity
Extended Functionality
P3 30 W 08 750 W N: With CN10 connector for Option Units
P5 50 W 10 1.0 kW S: No CN10 Connector
01 100 W 15 1.5 kW
02 200 W 20 2.0 kW Input Voltage
04 400 W 30 3.0 kW M: 230V
05 500 W
T: 400V
Three-Phase, 400 V
Servo Drive Type XD-05-T@ XD-10-T@ XD-15-T@ XD-20-T@ XD-30-T@
Applicable SGMAH-@ 03D@ 07D@ - - -
Servomotor SGMAH-@ 02D@, 04D@ 08D@ 15D@ - -
SGMGH-@ 05D@ 09D@ 13D@ 20D@ 30D@
SGMSH-@ - 10D@ 15D@ 20D@ 30D@
SGMUH-@ - 10D@ 15D@ - 30D@
Max. Applicable Motor capacity kW 0.45 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0
Continuous Output Current Arms 1.9 3.5 5.4 8.4 11.9
Max. Output Current Arms 5.5 8.5 14 20 28
Input Power Main Circuit For three-phase, 380 to 480 VAC + 10 to -15% (50/60Hz)
Basic Specifications
XtraDrive 171
General Specifications
Speed Control Range 1:5000
Speed Load Variance During 0 to 100% load ±0.01% max. (at rated speed)
Performance
Torque Reference Voltage ±3 VDC (forward rotation if positive reference) at rated speed: Set at delivery
Reference Variable setting range ±1 to ±10 VDC at rated torque reference
Input Imput Impedance Approx. 14 KΩ
Circuit Time Constant Approx. 47µ s
Contact Rotation Direction Sellection With P control signal
Speed Speed sellection With forward/reverse current limit signal (speed 1 to 3 selection), servomotor stops or another control metoth is
Reference used when both are OFF.
0 to 450 min-1 (setting resolution: 1 min-1)
Input Signal Performance
Bias Setting
Position Control Mode
Input pulse Type Sign + pulse train, 90° phase displacement 2-phase pulse (A-phase+ B-phase) or
Command CCW/CW pulse train
Pulse Input Pulse Form Line driver (+5V level) , open collector (+5V or +12 level)
Input Pulse Frequency 0 to 500 Kpps (200Kpps max. at open collector)
Control Signal Clear Signal (input pulse is same as reference pulse)
Position Signal Output A-phase, B.phase, C-phase, (S-phase): Line driver output S-phase is for absolute encoder only.
I/O Signal
Sequence Input Signal Servo ON, P control (or control mode switching, zero clamp, command pulse inhibit), forward/reverse run
prohibit, alarm reset, forward/ reverse current limit (or internal speed switching)
Sequence Output Signal Servo alarm, alarm codes (3-bit output): CN1 output terminal is fixed
It is possible to output three types of signals form among: positioning complete (speed agree), motor rotation, ser-
vo ready, current limit, speed limit, brake release, warning, NEAR, and zero point pulse signal
Communications Interface Digital operator (hand- held type), RS-422 port for PCs, etc. (RS-232C ports under some conditions)
1:N Communications N may equal up to 14 when an RS-422A port is used
Axis Address Setting Set by user setting
Functions Status display, user constant setting monitor display, alarm traceback display, JOG run /autotuning
operations, and graphing functions for speed/torque command signal, etc
Profibus (Only models with Profibus) Profibus DP Slave, Node address 0-125 set by rotary switches, Baud rate from
9.6kbps to 12 Mbps. LED Indicators: Bus Failure and System Failure
Integrated Functions
Auto Tuning Function Position speed loop gain and integral time constant can be automatically set.
Dynamic Brake (DB) Operates during main power OFF, servo alarm, servo OFF or overtravel
Regenerative Processing Regenerative resistor externally mounted (option)
Overtravel (OT) Prevention Function DB stop, deceleration stop or coast to stop during P-OT, N-OT operation
Encoder Divider Function Optional division possible
Electronic Gearing 0,01< A/B<100
Internal Speed Setting Function 3 speeds may be set internally
Protective Functions Overcurrent, overvoltage, insufficient voltage, overload, main circuit sensor error, heatsink overheat, power phase
loss, overflow, overspeed, encoder error, runaway, CPU error, parameter error, etc.
Analog Monitor Functions for Supervision Integrates analog monitor connectors for supervision of the speed and torque reference signals, etc.
Display Functions CHARGE, POWER, 7-segments LEDx5 (Integrated digital operator function, not available in models with profi-
bus)
Others Reverse connection, zero search, automatic motor discrimination function, and DC reactor connection terminal
for high frequency power suppression function (except: 6 to 15kW)
I/O Specifications
Terminal Specifications
Symbol Name Function
L1, L2 or Main circuit AC input terminal AC power input terminals for the main circuit
L1, L2, L3
U Servomotor connection terminal Red Terminals for outputs to the Servomotor.
V White
W Blue
L1C, L2C Control power input terminal AC power input terminals for the control circuit.
Frame ground Ground terminal. Ground to a maximum of 100Ω. (class 3)
B1, B2 or Main circuit DC output terminal 5 kW or less: Connect an external regenerative resistor if regenerative energy is high.
B1, B2, B3 5.5 kW: There is no internal regenerative resistor. Be sure to connect an external Regenerative Resistor Unit.
⊕1, ⊕2 DC reactor connection terminal for sup- Normally, short ⊕1 and ⊕2. If a countermeasure against power supply harmonic waves is needed, connect a DC
pressing power supply harmonic waves reactor between ⊕1 and ⊕2.
⊕ Main circuit DC output terminal (+) Normally, not connected.
This terminal exists on the Servo Drives with a capacity opf 6.0 kW or higher only.
Main circuit DC output terminal (n-) Normally, not connected.
AC Servo Systems
13 BAT- Batery - (used only with absolute encoder)
14 PC+ Encoder + C-phase input
15 PC− Encoder − C-phase input
16 A+ Encoder + A-phase input
17 A− Encoder − A-phase input
18 B+ Encoder + B-phase input
19 B− Encoder − B-phase input
20 - -
Shell FG Cable shield ground
XtraDrive 173
I/O Signals (CN1) - Output signals
Pin No. Signal Name Function
31 Common ALM+ Servo alarm: Turns OFF when an error is detected.
32 ALM-
27 /TGON+ Detection during servomotor rotation: Detects when the servomotor is rotating
28 /TGON- at a speed higher than the motor speed setting. Detection speed can be set by using the parameters.
29 /S-RDY+ Servo ready: ON if there is no servo alarm when the control/main circuit power
30 /S-RDY- supply is turned ON.
33 (1) PAO Phase-A signal Converted two-phase pulse (phases A and B) encoder output
34 /PAO signal and zero-point pulse (phase C) signal: RS-422 or the
35 PBO Phase-B signal equivalent
36 /PBO (Proper line receiver is SN75175 manufactured by Texas Instruments or the equivalent
19 PCO Phase-C signal corresponding to MC3486.)
20 /PCO
48 PSO Phase-S signal With an absolute encoder: Outputs serial data corresponding
49 /PSO to the number of revolutions (RS-422 or the equivalent)
37 ALO1 Alarm code output: Outputs 3-bit alarm codes.
38 ALO2 Open-collector: 30 V and 20 mA rating maximum
39 (1) ALO3
16 TMON Analog monitor signal
17 VTG Analog monitor signal
Shell FG Connected to frame ground if the shield wire of the I/O signal cable is connected to the connector shell.
25 Speed /V-CMP+ Speed coincidence (output in Speed Control Mode): Detects whether the motor
26 /V-CMP- speed is within the setting range and if it matches the reference speed value.
25 Position /COIN+ Positioning completed (output in Position Control Mode): Turns ON when the
26 /COIN- number of positional error pulses reaches the value set. The setting is the number of positional error pulses set in ref-
erence units (input pulse units defined by the electronic gear).
- Reserved /CLT Reserved terminals
/VLT The functions allocated to /TGON, /S-RDY, and /V-CMP (/COIN) can be changed by using the parameters. /CLT, /VLT,
/BK /BK, /WARN, and /NEAR signals can also be changed.
/WARN
/NEAR
23 - Terminals not used
24 Do not connect relays to these terminals.
50
AC Servo Systems
1 Yaskawa OB
2 Torque control (analog reference)
3 Internal set speed control (contact reference)
4 Internal set speed control (contact reference) <> Speed control (analog reference)
5 Internal set speed control reference <> Position control (pulse train reference)
6 Internal set speed control (contact reference) <> Torque control (analog reference)
7 Position control (pulse train reference) <> Speed control (analog reference)
8 Position control (pulse train reference) <> Torque control (analog reference)
9 Torque control (analog reference) <> Speed control (analog reference)
A Speed control (analog reference) <> Zero clamp
B Position control (pulse train reference) <> Position control (Inhibit)
C Position control (pulse train)
D Serial communication command
2 Axis Address 0 to F Sets servo amplifier axis adrdress.
3 Reserved -
Pn001 Function Selection Application Switches 1 - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Servo OFF or Alarm Stop Mode 0 Stops the motor by applying dynamic brake (DB)
1 Stops the motor by applying dynamic brake (DB) and then realeases DB
2 Makes the motor coast to a stop state without using the dynamic brake (DB)
1 Overtravel (OT) Stop Mode 0 Same setting as Pn001.0 (Stops the motor by applying DB or by coasting)
1 Sets the torque of Pn406 to the maximum value, decelerate the motor to a stop, and then
set it to servolock state
2 Sets the torque of Pn406 to the maximum value. decelerates the motor to a stop, and
then sets it to coasting state
2 AC/DC Power Input Selection 0 Not applicable to DC power input: Input AC power supply through L1, L2 (,and L3) ter-
minals
1 Applicable to DC power input: Input DC power supply through (+)1 and (-) terminals.
3 Warning Code Output Selection 0 ALO1, ALO2, and ALO3 output only alarm codes.
1 ALO1, ALO2, and ALO3 output both alarms codes and warning codes. While warning
codes are output, ALM signal output remains ON (normal state).
2 Uses absolute encoder as an absolute encoder. Uses multi-turn limit.
Pn002 Function Selection Application Switches 2 - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Speed Control Option 0 None
1 Uses T-REF as an external torque limit input
2 Uses T-REF as a torque feed-forward input
3 Uses T-REF when P-CL and N-CL are ON
1 Torque Control Option 0 None
1 Uses V-REF as an external speed limit input.
2 Absolute Encoder Usage 0 Uses absolute encoder as an absolute encoder
1 Uses absolute encoder as an incremental encoder
2 Uses aboslute encoder aa an absolute encoder.
Uses multi-turn limit.
3 Not used. -
Pn003 Function Selection Application Switches 3 - - 0002 Immediately
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Analog Monitor 1 Torque Reference Monitor 0 Motor speed: 1V/1000 min-1
1 Speed reference: 1V/1000 min-1
2 Torque reference: 1 V/100%
3 Position error: 0,05 V/1 reference unit
4 Position error:0,05 V/100 reference units
5 Reference pulse frequency (converted to min-1: 1V/1000 min-1
6 Motor Speed x 4: 1V/250 min-1
7 Motor Speed x 8: 1V/250 min-1
1 Analog Monitor 2 Speed Reference Monitor 0 to 7 Same as Pn003.0 (see above)
2 Not used -
3 Not used -
Pn004 Reserved (Do not change) - - 0000 -
Pn005 - - 0000 -
XtraDrive 175
Parameter Name Setting Range Units Factory Setting Setting Validation
No.
Pn006 Gain Application Switches - - 0000 Immediately
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Analog Monitor 1. 0 Servo position error: 1V/10 encoder counts
1 Servo position error: 1V/5 user units
2 Target speed 1V/500 rpm.
3 Target speed after appliying command smoothing 1V/500 rpm
4 Torque reference: 10V/Max Torque
5 Motor speed:1V/500 rpm
6 Target acceleration after appliying command smoothing: 10V/ max acceleration al-
lowed.
1 Analog monitor 1-selection of source param- 0 Pn003.0 used for analog monitor 1.
eter 1 Pn006.0 used for analog monitor 1.
2 Analog monitor 1-selection of source 0-4 0:x1, 1:x10, 2:x100, 3:x1/10, 4:x1/100
3 Not used 0 -
Pn007 Gain Application Switches - - 0000 Immediately
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Analog Monitor 2 0 Servo position error: 1V/10 encoder counts
1 Servo position error: 1V/5 user units
2 Target speed 1V/500 rpm.
3 Target speed after appliying command smoothing 1V/500 rpm
4 Torque reference: 10V/Max Torque
5 Motor speed:1V/500 rpm
6 Target acceleration after appliying command smoothing: 10V/ max acceleration al-
lowed.
1 Analog monitor 2-selection of source param- 0 Pn003.0 used for analog monitor 2.
eter 1 Pn007.0 used for analog monitor 2.
2 Analog monitor 2 0-4 0:x1, 1:x10, 2:x100, 3:x1/10, 4:x1/100
3 Not used 0 -
Pn080 Lineal Motor Commutation Switch - - 0011 After restart
(Linear Digit Function name Setting Explanation
Motors Only) 0 Communication sensor switch 0 With commutation sensors
1 Without commutation sensors
1 Communication sensor order 0 UVW
1 UWV
2 Reserved - -
3 Reserved - -
Pn100 Speed Loop Gain 1 to 2000 Hz 1 Hz 40 Hz Immediately
Pn101 Speed Loop Integral Time Constant 0.15 to 512.00 ms 0.01 ms 20.00 ms Immediately
Pn102 Position Loop Gain 1 to 2000/s 1/s 40/s Immediately
Pn103 Moment of Inertia Ratio 0 to 10000% 1% 0% Immediately
Pn104 2nd Speed Looop Gain 1 to 2000 Hz 1 Hz 40 Immediately
Pn105 2nd Speed Loop Integral Time Constant 0.15 to 512.00 ms 0.01 ms 20.00 ms Immediately
Pn106 2nd Position Loop Gain 1 to 2000/s 1/s 40/s Immediately
Pn107 Bias 0 to 450 min-1 1 min-1 0 min-1 Immediately
Pn108 Bias Width Addition 0 to 250 reference unit Reference unit 7 reference unit Immediately
Pn109 Feed-forward 0 to 100% 1% 0% Immediately
Pn110 Online Autotuning Switches - - 0010 After restart
Digit Function name Setting Explanation
0 Online Autotuning Method 0 Tunes only at the beginning of operation
1 Always tunes.
2 Does not perform autotuning.
1 Speed feedback Compensation Selection 0 Enabled
1 Disabled
2 Friction Compensation Selection 0 Friction compensation: Disabled
1 Friction compensation: Small
2 Friction compensation: Large
3 Reserved 0-3 Reserved parameter (Do not change)
Pn10A Feed-forward Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 64.00 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms Immediately
Pn10B Pending!!!!! - - 0000 -
Pn10C Mode Switch Torque Reference 0 to 800% 1% 200% Immediately
Pn10D Mode Swtich Speed Reference 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 0 min-1 Immediately
Pn10E Mode Switch Acceleration 0 to 3000 min-1/s 1 min-1/s 0 min-1/s Immediately
Pn10F Mode Switch Error Pulse 0 to 10000 reference units 1 reference unit 0 reference unit Immediately
Pn111 Speed Feedback Compensation 1 to 500% 1% 100% Immediately
AC Servo Systems
Pn11B 50
Pn11C 70
Pn11D Reserved (Do not change) - - 100 -
Pn11E 100
Pn11F 0
Pn120 0
Pn121 50
Pn122 0
Pn123 0
Pn124 0
Pn125 100
Pn131 0
Pn132 0
Pn133 0
Pn134 0
Pn135 0
Pn136 0
Pn137 0
Pn138 0
Pn139 0
Pn13A 0
Pn140 200
Pn141 800
Pn142 0
Pn143 0
Pn144 1000
Pn145 0
Pn190 Motor selection Switches - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Motor model 0 Yaskawa A quad B model SGM
1 Yaskawa A quad B model SGMP
2 Non Yaskawa rotary motor
3 Non Yaskawa lineal motor
1 Encoder type 0 Incremental A quad B encoder
1 Yaskawa absolute A quad B encoder
2 Encoder selection 0 Yaskawa serial encoder
1 A quad B encoder
2 A quad B encoder with commutation sensors (U,V,W)
3 A quad B encoder with commutation sensors (/U,/V,/W)
3 C-phase mask 0 C phase signal used
1 C phase signal mask
Pn191 Motor selection Switches - - 1000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Motor phase order 0 Not defined
1 UVW
2 UWV
1-3 Not used 0 -
Pn192 Pulses number of A quad B encoder (Low) 0-999 Pulses/rev Pulses/rev 2048 After restart
Pn193 Pulses number of A quad B encoder (High) 0-419 Pulse*10000/Rev Pulse*10000/Rev 0 After restart
Pn194 Reserved (Do not change) - - 2 -
Pn195 20
Pn196 20
Pn197 88
Pn198 0
Pn199 Encoder counts per Scale Pitch of linear motor 1-256 Counts/Scale pitch Counts/Scale 1 After restart
pitch
Pn1A0 Reserved (Do not change) - - 60 -
Pn1A1 60
Pn1A2 40
Pn1A3 40
Pn1A4 20
Pn1A5 0
Pn1A6 40
XtraDrive 177
Parameter Name Setting Range Units Factory Setting Setting Validation
No.
Pn1A7 Motor selecetion Switches - - 0001 Immediately
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Integral Mode 0 Disable clear integral function
1 Enable clear integral function
1-3 Not used 0 Not used
Pn1A8 Reserved (Do not change) - - 0 -
Pn1A9 40
Pn1AA 40
Pn1AB 30
Pn1AC 80
Pn1AD 0
Pn1AE 300
Pn1AF 0
Pn1B0 Reserved (Do not change) - - 40 -
Pn1B1 40
Pn1B2 40
Pn1B3 2000
Pn1B4 0
Pn1B5 160
Pn1B6 150
Pn1B7 20
Pn1B8 100
Pn1B9 600
Pn1BA 0
Pn1BB 2000
Pn1BC 300
Pn1BD 2000
Pn1BE 0
Pn1BF 3
Pn1C0 0
Pn1C1 3
Pn1C2 0
Pn200 Position Control References Selection Switches - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Reference Pulse Form 0 Sign + Pulse, positive logic
1 CW + CCW, positive logic
2 Phase A + Phase B (x 1), positive logic
3 Phase A + Phase B (x 2), positive logic
4 Phase A + Phase B (x 4), positive logic
5 Sign + Pulse, negative logic
6 CW + CWW, negative logic
7 Phase A + Phase B (x 1), negative logic
8 Phase A + Phase B (x 2), negative logic
9 Phase A + Phase B (x 4), negative logic
1 Error Counter Clear Signal Form 0 Clears error counter when the signal is at H level
1 Clears error counter at the rising edge of the signal
2 Clears error counter when the signal is at L level.
3 Clears error counter at the falling edge of the signal
2 Clear Operation 0 Clear error counter at the baseblock
1 Does not clear error counter (Possible to clear error counter only with CLR signal)
2 Clears error counter when an alarm occurs.
3 Clear signal ignore
3 Filter Selection 0 Reference input filter for line driver signals
1 Reference input filter for open collector signals
Pn201 PG Dividing Pulse (16bit or less) 0,17 to 65535 P/rev 1 P/rev 2048 P/rev After restart
Pn202 Electronic Gear Ratio (Numerator) 1 to 65535 - 4 After restart
Pn203 Electronic Gear Ratio (Denominator) 1 to 65535 - 1 After restart
Pn204 Position Reference Accel/Decel Time Constant 0.00 to 64.00 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms Immediately
Pn205 Multiturn Limit Setting 0 to 65535 rev rev 65535 rev After restart
Pn206 Reserved (Do not change) - - 16384 -
Pn207 Pending!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - 0 -
Pn208 Position Reference Movement Averaging Time 0.00 to 64.00 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms After restart
Pn209 Reserved (Do not change) - - 0 -
Pn216 Command smoothing 1 to 65535 ms 0.1 ms 0 Immediately
Pn281 Reserved (Linear Motors) - - - -
AC Servo Systems
Pn2A9 256
Pn2B0 1
Pn2B1 0
Pn2B2 1
Pn2B3 0
Pn2B4 1
Pn2B5 0
Pn2B6 1
Pn2B7 0
Pn2B8 1
Pn2B9 0
Pn2BA 1
Pn2BB 0
Pn2C0 Reserved (Do not change) - - 7 -
Pn2C1 24000
Pn2C2 0
Pn2C3 0
Pn2C4 0
Pn2C5 2
Pn2C6 Communication Switch - - 0200 Immediately
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Check Sum 0 Doesn´t use check sum
1 Use check sum
1 Not used. -
2
3
Pn2C7 Home Switches - - 0008 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Home switch input 0 Inputs from the SI0 (CN1-40). Input terminal
1 Inputs from the SI1 (CN1-41). Input terminal
2 Inputs from the SI2 (CN1-42). Input terminal
3 Inputs from the SI3 (CN1-43). Input terminal
4 Inputs from the SI4 (CN1-44). Input terminal
5 Inputs from the SI5 (CN1-45). Input terminal
6 Inputs from the SI6 (CN1-46). Input terminal
7 Sets signal ON
8 Sets signal OFF
9 Inputs the reverse signal from SI0 (CN1-40) input terminal
A Inputs the reverse signal from SI1 (CN1-41) input terminal
B Inputs the reverse signal from SI2 (CN1-42) input terminal
C Inputs the reverse signal from SI3 (CN1-43) input terminal
D Inputs the reverse signal from SI4 (CN1-44) input terminal
E Inputs the reverse signal from SI5 (CN1-45) input terminal
F Inputs the reverse signal from SI6 (CN1-46) input terminal
1 Reserved -
2 Reserved -
3 Reserved -
Pn2C8 Reserved (Do not change) - - 400 -
Pn2C9 50
Pn2CA 50
Pn2CB 50
Pn2CC 0
Pn2CC 0
Pn2CD 0
Pn2CE 60
Pn2CF 0
Pn2D0 8888
Pn2D1 Extended input signal selection - - 0078 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Emergency input 0-F Same as Pn2C7.0
1 New Mode Enable 0-F Same as Pn2C7.0
2 Reserved -- -
3 Reserved -- --
XtraDrive 179
Parameter Name Setting Range Units Factory Setting Setting Validation
No.
Pn2D2 Extended Output Signal Selection - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /COIN Signal Mapping 0 Disabled
1 Outputs from the SO1 (CN1-25, 26) output terminal
2 Outputs from the SO2 (CN1-27, 28) output terminal
3 Outputs from the SO3 (CN1-29, 30) output terminal
1 Not used -
2
3
Pn2D3 Reserved (Do not change) - - 2000 -
Pn2D4 Oscillation Cancelling Mode Switch - - 0001 Immediately
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Oscillation Cancelling Mode 0 OCA is not active
1 OCA is active
1 Not used -
2
3
Pn300 Speed Reference Input Gain 1.50 to 30.00 V/ rated 0.01V/ rated 6.00 V/ rated Immediately
speed speed speed
Pn301 Speed 1 (rotary motor) 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 100 min-1 Immediately
Pn302 Speed 2 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 200 min-1 Immediately
Pn303 Speed 3 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 300 min-1 Immediately
Pn304 JOG Speed 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 500 min-1 Immediately
Pn305 Soft Start Acceleration Time 0 to 10000 ms 1 ms 0 ms Immediately
Pn306 Soft Start Deceleration Time 0 to 10000 ms 1 ms 0 ms Immediately
Pn307 Speed Reference Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 655.35 ms 0.01 ms 0.40 ms Immediately
Pn308 Speed Feedback Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 655.35 ms 0.01 ms 0.00 ms Immediately
Pn380 Linear Motor Speed 1 (Only for linear motors) 0-5000 mm/s mm/s 10 Immediately
Pn381 Linear Motor Speed 2 (Only for linear motors) 0-5000 mm/s mm/s 20 Immediately
Pn382 Linear Motor Speed 3 (Only for linear motors) 0-5000 mm/s mm/s 30 Immediately
Pn383 Linear Motor JOG Speed (Only for linear motors) 0-5000 mm/s mm/s 40 Immediately
Pn400 Torque Reference Input Gain 1.0 to10.0 V/rated torque 0.1 V/rated torque 3.0 V/ rated Immediately
torque
Pn401 Torque Reference Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 655.35 ms 0.01 ms 1.00 ms Immediately
Pn402 Forward Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 800% Immediately
Pn403 Reverse Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 800% Immediately
Pn404 Forward External Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 100% Immediately
Pn405 Reverse External Torque Limit 0 to 800% 1% 100% Immediately
Pn406 Emergency Stop Torque 0 to 800% 1% 800% Immediately
Pn407 Speed Limit during Torque Control 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 10000 min-1 Immediately
Pn408 Torque Control Function Switches - - 0000 Immediately
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Notch Filter Selection 0 Disabled
1 Uses a notch filter for torque reference
1 Not used - -
2
3
Pn409 Notch Filter Frequency 50 to 2000 Hz 1 Hz 2000 Hz Immediately
Pn40A Notch Filter width 70 to 1000 Hz 1 Hz 70(0.70) Immediately
Pn40B Reserved (Do not change) - - 1000 -
Pn40C 2000
Pn40D 70
Pn40E 1000
Pn480 Reserved (Do not change) only available for linear motors - - - -
Pn483
Pn484
Pn500 Positioning Completed Width 0 to 250 reference units 1 reference unit 7 reference units Immediately
Pn501 Zero Clamp Level 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 10 min-1 Immediately
Pn502 Rotation Detection Level 1 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 20 min-1 Immediately
Pn503 Speed Coincidence Signal Output Width 0 to 100 min-1 1 min-1 10 min-1 Immediately
Pn504 NEAR Signal Width 1 to 250 reference units 1 reference unit 7 reference units Immediately
Pn505 Overflow Level 1 to 32767reference units 256 reference unit 1024 reference u Immediately
Pn506 Brake Reference - Servo OFF Delay Time 0 to 50 (0 to 500 ms) 10 ms 0 ms Immediately
Pn507 Brake Reference Output Speed Level 0 to 10000 min-1 1 min-1 100 min-1 Immediately
Pn508 Timing for Brake Reference Output during Motor 10 to 100 10 ms 500 ms Immediately
Operation (100 to 1000 ms)
Pn509 Momentary Hold time 20 to 1000 ms 1 ms 20 ms Immediately
AC Servo Systems
4 Inputs from the SI4 (CN1-44). Input terminal
5 Inputs from the SI5 (CN1-45). Input terminal
6 Inputs from the SI6 (CN1-46). Input terminal
7 Sets signal ON
8 Sets signal OFF
9 Inputs the reverse signal from SI0 (CN1-40) input terminal
A Inputs the reverse signal from SI1 (CN1-41) input terminal
B Inputs the reverse signal from SI2 (CN1-42) input terminal
C Inputs the reverse signal from SI3 (CN1-43) input terminal
D Inputs the reverse signal from SI4 (CN1-44) input terminal
E Inputs the reverse signal from SI5 (CN1-45) input terminal
F Inputs the reverse signal from SI6 (CN1-46) input terminal
2 /P-CON Signal Mapping (P control when 0 to F Same as above
low)
3 /P-OT Signal Mapping (Overtravel when 0 to F Same as above
high)
Pn50B Input Signal Selections 2 - - 6543 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 N-OT Signal Mapping (Overtravel when 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
high)
1 /ALM-RST Signal Mapping (Alarm Reset 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
when low.)
2 /P-CL Signal Mapping(Torque control when 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
low.)
3 /N-CL Signal Mapping(Torque control when 0 to 8 Same as Pn50A.1
low.)
Pn50C Input Signal Selections 3 - - 8888 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /SPD-D Signal Mapping (Internal Set Speed 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
Selection)
1 /SPD-A Signal Mapping (Internal Set Speed 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
Selection)
2 /SPD-D Signal Mapping (Internal Set Speed 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
Selection)
3 /C-SEL Signal Mapping (Control Mode 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
Switching)
Pn50D Input Signal Selections 4 -- 8888 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /ZCLAMP Signal Mapping (Zero clamping) 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
1 /INHIBIT Signal Mapping (Disabling Refer- 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
ence Pulse)
2 /G-SEL Signal Mapping (Gain Switching) 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
3 (Reserved) 0 to F Same as Pn50A.1
Pn50E Output Signal Selections 1 - - 3211 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /COIN Signal Mapping 0 Disabled
1 Outputs from the SO1 (CN1-25, 26) output terminal
2 Outputs from the SO2 (CN1-27, 28) output terminal
3 Outputs from the SO3 (CN1-29, 30) output terminal
1 /V-CMP Signal Mapping 0 to 3 Same as above
2 /TGON Signal Mapping 0 to 3 Same as above
3 /S-RDY Signal Mapping 0 to 3 Same as above
Pn50F Output Signal Selections 2 -- 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 /CLT Signal Mapping 0 to 3 Same as Pn50E.0
1 Speed Limit Detection Signal Mapping (/ 0 to 3 Same as Pn50E.0
VLT)
2 Brake Interlock Signal Mapping (/BK) 0 to 3 Same as Pn50E.0
3 Warning Signal Mapping (/WARN) 0 to 3 Same as Pn50E.0
Pn510 Output Signal Selections 3 - - 0000 After restart
Digit Function Name Setting Explanation
0 Near Signal Mapping (/NEAR) 0 to 3 Same as Pn50E.0
1 Reserved (Do not Change) 0 to 3 Same as Pn50E.0
2 Not Used 0
3 Not Used 0
XtraDrive 181
Parameter Name Setting Range Units Factory Setting Setting Validation
No.
Pn511 Reserved (Do not change) - - 8888 -
Pn512 0000
Pn51A 10
Pn550 100
Pn551 100
Pn580 Reserved (Do not change) only available for linear motors - - 10 -
Pn581 20
Pn582 10
Pn583 100
Pn600 Regenerative Resistor Capacity Depends on SERVOPACK 10 W 0W Immediately
Capacity ∗2
Pn601 Reserved (Do not change) Depends on SERVOPACK - 0W Immediately
Capacity ∗2
5.5
2×M4 screw holes
CN10
AC Servo Systems
POWER
CN3
39
CN3
Terminal
(Mounting pitch)
149.5±0.5
CHARGE
block
CN1
160
CN1
160
106
CN2
CN2
6
Ground terminal
5
6 10 5
2×M4 screws
55 8 75 130 55
5.5
CN10
POWER
CN3
39
CN3
Terminal
(Mounting pitch)
block CHARGE
149.5±0.5
CN1 CN1
160
149.5
106
160
CN2
CN2
10
(5)
6
5
12
6
Ground terminal 5
2×M4 screws 75 130 75
12 63
75 8
CN10
Terminal
POWER
block CN3
(Mounting pitch)
2×M4 screw
39
CN3
94.4
CHARGE
holes
149.5±0.5
160
CN1 CN1
160
106
CN2 CN2
5
27
Ground terminal
5
Cooling fan 90
2×M4 screws
15 10
35 55 75 180
90 8
XtraDrive 183
XD-05-T@ to -15-T@ (400V, 0.5 to 1.5kW)
2×φ5 holes
Mounting Hole Diagram
Heat sink
4×M4 screw holes
5.5
CN10
POWER
39
CN3
CN3
(Mounting pitch)
CHARGE
149.5±0.5
160
CN1
160
106
CN1
-
CN2
CN2
Terminal
Ground block
terminal 5
2×M4 screws 5 100±0.5
5
5
4 (Mounting pitch)
110 8 75 180 110
4×M5 tap
6
CN10
CN3
39
CHARGE POWER
CN3
CN1
CN1
(Mounting pitch)
238.5±0.5
CN2
238.5
250
CN2
250
196
14-pin terminal
M4 mounting
screw
5.5
5.5
6 5 100±0.5 5
Ground terminal 4 (Mounting pitch)
5 100 5 75 110
2×M4 screws 180
110 8
Nameplate
(0.04)
1
202(7.95)
11.5(0.45)
192(7.56)
28.25(1.11) 149.5(5.89)
M4
33(1.30)
56(2.20)
(0.20)
5
φ5
AC Servo Systems
M4(2×)
(φ0.20)
φ10(φ0.39)
)
6(0.24)
5.5(0.22)
)
240 +50 (9.45 +0.20
wires AWG16
0
14(0.55)
GNYE
M4
70(2.76)
19(0.75) 168(6.61) 15(0.59)
R88A-FIW107-SE, R88A-FIW115-SE
Model R88A-FIW107-SE R88A-FIW115-SE
Dimensions A 75 90
in mm B 240+5 300+5
C 50 60
D 12 15
E 1 1.2
Units:mm
32
16
202
192
28 150
D
5
M4
C
A
φ5 M4(2×)
14
B
GNYE
265 +50
M4
70
19 168 15
R88A-FIW4006-SE, R88A-FIW4010-SE
Model R88A-FIW4006-SE R88A-FIW4010-SE
Dimensions A 32 (1.26) 35 (1.38)
in mm (in) B 16 (0.63) 18 (0.71)
C 202 (7.95) 291 (11.46)
D 192 (7.56) 281 (11.06)
E 150 (5.91) 239 (9.41)
F 300 (11.81) 270 (10.63)
G 70 (2.76) 90 (3.54)
H 168 (6.61) 257 (10.12)
Units:mm(in)
A
B
(0.05)
1.2
C
D
10(0.39)
19(0.75)
28(1.10) E
5(0.20)
L3
100(3.94)
118(4.65)
80(3.15)
L2
L1
M4
φ5 φ10(φ0.39)
(φ0.20) M4(4×)
wires AWG16
)
5.5(0.22)
310 +50 (12.20 +0.20
0
14(0.55) GNYE
F
M4
G
19(0.75) H 15(0.59)
XtraDrive 185
Installation
Single-phase, 230VAC
5
XtraDrive
(
*6 )
2
( *6)
L1 L2 L3
AC Servo Systems
4
XtraDrive
(
*6 )
2
( *6)
XtraDrive 187
Ordering Information
System Configuration
Option Unit
NS115
S
W
XTRADRIVE 1
A
R
Cable C
N
6
A
K
I
C
N
6
B
C
N
4
PROFIBUS Network
J
Motion Control
Unit
C
I/O signal Position Control
Power Cable E Servo Relay
D F Unit
A
General Purpose Cable
Encoder Cable G Terminal Block
B H
Power Cable A
A Encoder Cable
Serial convertr unit
Linear scale
Encoder Cable
B Power Cable
Linear servomotor
wirh core
Servo Drives
Specifications XtraDrive XtraDrive-DP Compatible Servomotors
With PROFIBUS Sigma-II SmartStep Sigma Linear Motors
1 Phase 200 V AC 30 W XD-P3-MN01 XD-P3-MSD0 SGMAH-A3A@ R7M-A03030-@ -
50 W XD-P5-MN01 XD-P5-MSD0 SGMAH-A5D@ R7M-A05030-@ SGLGW-30A050@
100 W XD-01-MN01 XD-01-MSD0 SGMAH-01A@, SGMPH-01A@ R7M-A10030-@, SGLGW-30A080@, SGLGW-40A140@
R7M-AP10030-@
200 W XD-02-MN01 XD-02-MSD0 SGMAH-02A@, SGMPH-02A@ R7M-A20030-@, SGLFW-20A@, SGLFW-35A120@,
R7M-AP20030-@ SGLGW-40A253A@,SGLGW-60A140@
400 W XD-04-MN01 XD-04-MSD0 SGMAH-04A@, SGMPH-04A@ R7M-A40030-@, SGLGW-40A365A@, SGLGW-60A253A@
R7M-AP40030-@
750 W XD-08-MN XD-08-MSD0 SGMAH-08A@, SGMPH-08A@ R7M-A75030-@, SGLFW-35A230@, SGLFW-50A200@,
R7M-AP75030-@ SGLGW-60A365A@
3 Phase 400 V AC 0.5 kW XD-05-TN XD-05-TSD0 SGMGH-05D@, SGMAH-03D@, - SGLFW-35D@
SGMPH-02D@/04D@
1.0 kW XD-10-TN XD-10-TSD0 SGMGH-09D@, SGMSH/UH-10D@, - SGLFW-50D200@, SGLTW-35D170@,
SGMAH-07D@, SGMPH-08D@ SGLTW-50D170@
1.5 kW XD-15-TN XD-15-TSD0 SGMGH-13D@, SGMSH/UH-15D@, - SGLFW-50D380@, SGLFW-1ZD200@
SGMPH-15D@
2.0 kW XD-20-TN XD-20-TSD0 SGMGH-20D@, SGMSH-20D@ - SGLTW-35D320@, SGLTW-50D320@
3.0 kW XD-30-TN XD-30-TSD0 SGMGH-30D@, SGMSH/UH-30D@ - SGLFW-1ZD380@, SGLTW-40D400@
Note: SGLGW-@ Linear motor combination is made considering the use of Standard Magnets. Reffer to the Linear motors chapter for details
Servomotors
Note: Reffer to the Servo System chapter for motor details.
AC Servo Systems
R7M-A(P)@@@30-BS1-D
15 m R88A-CAWA015B-DE
20 m R88A-CAWA020B-DE
For 400V Servomotors without brake 3m R88A-CAWK003S-DE
SGMAH-@@D@@@1D-OY 5m R88A-CAWK005S-DE
SGMPH-@@D@@@1D-OY 10 m R88A-CAWK010S-DE
15 m R88A-CAWK015S-DE
20 m R88A-CAWK020S-DE
For 400V Servomotors with brake 3m R88A-CAWK003B-DE
SGMAH-@@D@@@CD-OY 5m R88A-CAWK005B-DE
SGMPH-@@D@@@CD-OY 10 m R88A-CAWK010B-DE
15 m R88A-CAWK015B-DE
20 m R88A-CAWK020B-DE
For 400V Servomotors 3m R88A-CAWC003S-E
SGMGH-(05/09/13)D@ 5m R88A-CAWC005S-E
SGMSH-(10/15/20)D@ 10 m R88A-CAWC010S-E
SGMUH-(10/15)D@
For servomortors with Brake a separate cable (R88A- 15 m R88A-CAWC015S-E
CAWC0@@B-E) is needed 20 m R88A-CAWC020S-E
For 400V Servomotors 3m R88A-CAWD003S-E
SGMGH-(20/30)D@ 5m R88A-CAWD005S-E
SGMSH-30D@ 10 m R88A-CAWD010S-E
SGMUH-30D@
For servomortors with Brake a separate cable (R88A- 15 m R88A-CAWD015S-E
CAWC0@@B-E) is needed 20 m R88A-CAWD020S-E
3m R88A-CAWC003B-E
Brake Cable only.
5m R88A-CAWC005B-E
For 400V Servomotors with Brake 10 m R88A-CAWC010B-E
SGMGH-@@D@
15 m R88A-CAWC015B-E
SGMSH-@@D@
SGMUH-@@D@ 20 m R88A-CAWC020B-E
XtraDrive 189
Control Cables (for CN1) Cable (for CN5)
Symbol Description Connect to Model Symbol Name Model
C Control Cable Motion Control Units 1m R88A-CPW001M1 I Analog Monitor Cable R88A-CMW001S
(1 Axis) CS1W-MC221 2m R88A-CPW002M1 or DE9404559
CS1W-MC421 3m R88A-CPW003M1
C200H-MC221
5m R88A-CPW005M1 Options (for CN3)
Control Cable Motion Control Units 1m R88A-CPW001M2
(2 Axis) CS1W-MC221 Symbol Name Model
2m R88A-CPW002M2
CS1W-MC421 3m R88A-CPW003M2 J Computer Connecting Cable R88A-CCW002P2
C200H-MC221 or JZSP-CMS02
5m R88A-CPW005M2
Terminal Block Motion Control Unit - R88A-TC04-E
(4 Axes) C200HW-MC402-E Option Units (for CN10)
Servodrive con- 1M R88A-CMUK001J3- Symbol Name Model
necting Cable (1 E2
Axis) K DeviceNet Interface unit with JUSP-NS300
Positioning Fuctionality
PLC Unit Control 1m R88A-CMX001S-E
Cables (4 Axes) 1m R88A-CMX001J1-E
Battery Backup for absolute encoder
D Servo Relay Unit CS1W-NC1@3, XW2B-20J6-1B
CJ1W-NC1@3, or (1 axis) Name Model
C200HW-NC113
Battery (Required forservomotors with absolute JZSP-BA01
Position Control Unit
encoder) ER6VC3 (3.6V)
CS1W-NC2@3/4@3, XW2B-40J6-2B
CJ1W-NC2@3/4@3, (2 axes)
or C200HW-NC213/ Connectors
413 Position Control
Unit Specification Model
CQM1H-PLB21 XW2B-20J6-3B Control I/O connector (For CN1) R88A-CNU11C
CQM1-CPU43 (1 axis) or JZSP-CKI9
CJ1M-CPU22/23 XW2B-20J6-8A XtraDrive 200V Connector Kit. Connectors included XD-CN200K-DE
(1 axis) (For 200V Motors DE9406973
XW2B-40J6-9A SGMAH/PH-@@A@@@D-OY SPOC-17H-FRON169
(2 axes) and R7M-A@-D) SPOC-06K-FSDN169
E Cable to Servo Servo Relay Units 1m XW2Z-100J-B4 XtraDrive 400V Connector Kit. Connectors included XD-CN400K-DE
drive XW2B-@0J6-@B 2m XW2Z-200J-B4 (For 400V Motors DE9406973
SGMAH/PH-@@D@@@D-OY) SPOC-17H-FRON169
F Position Control C200H-NC112 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A1
Unit Connecting 1m XW2Z-100J-A1 LPRA-06B-FRBN170
Cable Sigma-II Drive Encoder connector (For CN2) DE9406973
C200H-NC211 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A2
or R88A-CNU01R
1m XW2Z-100J-A2
Hypertac Encoder Connector IP67 SPOC-17H-FRON169
CQM1-CPU43-V1 and 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A3 (For Motors SGMAH/PH-@@@@@@@D-OY and
CQM1H-PLB21 1m XW2Z-100J-A3 R7M-A@-D)
CS1W-NC113 and 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A6 Hypertac Power Connector IP67, 200V. SPOC-06K-FSDN169
C200HW-NC113 1m XW2Z-100J-A6 (For 200V Motors SGMAH/PH-@@A@@@@D-OY and
CS1W-NC213/413 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A7 R7M-A@-D)
and 1m XW2Z-100J-A7 Hypertac Power Connector IP67, 400V. LPRA-06B-FRBN170
C200HW-NC213/413 (For 400V Motors SGMAH/PH-@@D@@@@D-OY)
CS1W-NC133 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A10 Military Encoder connector IP67 MS3108E20-29S
1m XW2Z-100J-A10 (For Motors SGMGH-@, SGMSH-@, SGMUH-@)
CS1W-NC233/433 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A11 Military Power connector IP67 MS3108E18-10S
1m XW2Z-100J-A11 (For 400V Motors SGMGH-(05/10/13)D@, SGMSH-(10/
15/20)D@ , SGMUH-(10/15)D@)
CJ1W-NC113 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A14
Military Power connector IP67 MS3108E22-22S
1m XW2Z-100J-A14
(For 400V Motors SGMGH-(20/30)D@, SGMSH-30D@,
CJ1W-NC213/413 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A15 SGMUH-30D@)
1m XW2Z-100J-A15 Military Brake connector IP67 (For 400V ServoMotors MS3108E10SL-3S
CJ1W-NC133 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A18 SGMGH-@, SGMSH-@, SGMUH-@)
1m XW2Z-100J-A18
CJ1W-NC233/433 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A19 Filters
1m XW2Z-100J-A19
CJ1M-CPU22/23 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A27 Specifications Model Rated Rated
(applicable Servo Drive) Current Voltage
1m XW2Z-100J-A27
XD-P3-M@, XD-P5-M@, XD-01-M@, R88A-FIW104-SE 4 A 250 VAC
G Control Cable For General purpose 1 m R88A-CPW001S
XD-02-M@ Single-
Controllers or JZSP-CKI01-1
XD-04-M@ R88A-FIW107-SE 7A Phase
2m R88A-CPW002S
or JZSP-CKI01-1 XD-08-M@ R88A-FIW115-SE 15 A
XD-05-T@, XD-10-T@, XD-15-T@ R88A-FIW4006-SE 6 A 400 VAC
H Relay Terminal General-purpose Con- 1 m R88A-CTW001N
Three-
Block Cable troller 2m R88A-CTW002N XD-20-T@, XD-30-T@ R88A-FIW4010-SE 10 A
Phase
Relay Terminal - XW2B-50G5
Block
Computer Software
Specifications Model
XtraWare MOTION TOOLS
Cat. No. I18E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Varispeed J7 193
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV 205
Varispeed E7 219
Varispeed L7 237
Varispeed F7 253
Inverter PLCs 3G3MV Inverter PLC 271
F7/L7/E7 Inverter PLC 279
Frequency Inverters
191
192 Frequency Inverters
CIMR-J7AZ
Varispeed J7
Small, Simple and smart
• V/f controlled inverter
• Compact size
• 150% overload / 60sec
• Overload detection
• Motor thermal function
• Freely configurable V/f curve
• 4 programable digital input
• 1 programable digital output
• 1 programable analog output
Frequency Inverters
• Optional RS-232C/485 communication - Modbus
• CE, UL, and cUL marking
Ratings
• 200V Class single-phase 0.1 to 1.5 KW
• 200V Class three-phase 0.1 to 4.0 KW
• 400V Class three-phase 0.2 to 4.0 KW
System Configuration
Special Accessories
S
3G3IV-PCN329-E 3G3IV-PCN126/326
T Inverter to PC cable Digital Operator
Extension Cable
3G3MV-PFI@
Input Noise Filter
SI-485/J7 SI-232/J7
SI-232/J7C
Varispeed J7 193
Specifications
Type Designation
CIMR—J7AZ20P1
Inverter Max. Applicable Motor Output
0P1: 0.1 kW
J7 series
~
4P0: 4.0 kW
0.8 1.6 3 5 8 11 17.5 1.2 1.8 3.4 4.8 5.5 7.2 9.2
Output
Allowable Voltage
–15 to +10%
Function
Allowable Frequency
±5%
Function
1. Single-phase series inverter output is three-phase (for three-phase motors)
2. Based on a standard 4-pole motor for max. applicable motor output. Select the inverter model whose rated current is larger than motor rated current
Frequency Inverters
194
Specifications
Commom Specifications
Model
Specifications
CIMR-J7AZ#
Control method Sine wave PWM (V/f control)
Output frequency range 0.1 to 400Hz
Digital reference: ±0.01% (–10 to +50°C),
Frequency tolerance
Analog reference: ±0.5% (25±10°C)
Resolution of frequency set value Digital reference: 0.01Hz (less than 100Hz), 0.1Hz (100Hz or more)
Control functions
Frequency Inverters
V/f Characteristics Possible to program any V/f pattern
Four of the following input signals are selectable: Forward/reverse run (3-wire sequence), fault reset, external fault (NO/NC
contact input), multi-step speed operation, Jog command, accel/decel time select, external baseblock (NO/NC contact input),
Digital inputs speed search command, UP/DOWN command, accel/decel hold command, LOCAL/REMOTE selection, communication/
control circuit terminal selection, emergency stop fault, emergency stop alarm, self test
Following output signals are selectable (NO/NC contact output): Fault, running, zero speed, speed agreed, frequency detec-
tion (output frequency ≤ or ≥ set value), during overtorque detection, minor error, during baseblock, operation mode, inverter
Functionality
Digital outputs
run ready, during fault retry, during undervoltage detection, reverse running, during speed search, data output through com-
munication
Full-range automatic torque boost, slip compensation, 9-step speed operation (max.), restart after momentary power loss,
DC injection braking current at stop/start (50% of inverter rated current, 0.5 sec, or less), frequency reference bias/gain, fault
Standard functions retry, speed search, frequency upper/lower limit setting, overtorque detection, frequency jump, accel/decel time switch, accel/
decel prohibited, S-curve accel/decel, frequency reference with built-in volume, constants copy (option) MEMOBUS commu-
nications (Option)
Status indicator LED: RUN and ALARM provided as standard LED’s
Display
Digital operator: Available to monitor frequency reference, output frequency, output current
Motor Overload Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Instantaneous Motor coasts to a stop at approx. 250% of inverter rated current
Overcurrent
Overload Motor coasts to a stop after 1 minute at 150% of inverter rated output current
Overvoltage Motor coasts to a stop if DC bus voltage exceed 410V (double for 400V class)
Stops when DC bus voltage is approx. 200V or less (double for 400V class)
Undervoltage
Protection
Cooling
Cooling fan for 200V (single-phase), 0,75kW..4.0kW (3-phase) and for 400V 1,5..4.0kW
Ambient temperature -10ºC to 50ºC (non-freezing)
Ambient humidity 90% RH or less (non-condensing)
Storage temperature -20 ºC..+60 ºC (short-term temperature during trasnportation)
Installation Indoor (no corrosive gas, dust, etc.)
Installation height Max. 1000 m
Vibrations 10 to 20 Hz, 9.8 m/s2 max; 20 to 50 Hz, 2m/s2 max
1. Shows deceleration torque for uncoupled motor decelerating from 60Hz with the shortest possible deceleration time
Varispeed J7
195
Digital operator
Digital Operator
Operation Key
Display Selection Key Press to run the motor. The RUN
Switch functions among function light is ON while running.
display LEDs.
Alarm LED
Enter Key
Enter data when setting constants.
After selecting constant No. at
PRGM mode, data are displayed.
Run LED
Increment Key
Increase constant No. or data. Frequency Setting Volume
Set operational frequency with
volume.
Decrement Key
Decrease constant No. or data.
Stop/Reset Key
Press to stop the motor. If fault
occurs, reset the inverter.
F/R LO / RE PRGM
Operator RUN command LOCAL/REMOTE Constant No./data
FWD/REV selection selection
Frequency Inverters
196
Dimensions
IP 20 type 0.1 to 4 KW
4–M4
2–M4
8.5 8.5
(0.34) (0.34)
Frequency Inverters
Figure 1 Figure 2
Varispeed J7
197
Installation
Standard Connections
DC REACTOR (OPTION)
U X
SHORT
BAR
MCCB 12 11 2
R R/L1
S S/L2 U/T1
T T/L3
V/T2 IM
FORWARD RUN/STOP
Varispeed J7AZ
S1 W/T3
SC
Frequency Inverters
198
Main Circuit
Terminal Name Function (Signal Level)
Main circuit power supply input (Use R/L1 and S/L2 for single-phase power supply inverter. Do not
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC Power Supply Input
use T/L3 of the models less than 0.75kW for other usage, such as a junction terminal.)
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Inverter Output For inverter output
+2, +1 DC Reactor Connection Remove the short bar between +2 and +1 when connecting DC reactor (option)
+1, – DC Power Supply Input For power supply input (+1: positive electrode; – : negative electrode)*
Grounding For grounding (Grounding should be conforming to the local grounding code.)
Control Circuit
Type No. Signal Name Function Signal Level
S1 Multi-function Input Selection 1 Factory setting: Runs when CLOSED, stops when OPEN.
Digital input signals
S2 Multi-function Input Selection 2 Factory setting: Runs when CLOSED, stops when OPEN.
Frequency Inverters
S3 Multi-function Input Selection 3 Factory setting: "Fault reset" 24VDC, 8mA
photocoupler
S4 Multi-function Input Selection 4 Factory setting: "External fault (NO contact)" insulation
FR Speed Frequency Reference 0 to +10V DC (20kΩ) or 4 to 20mA (250Ω), 0 to 20 mA (250Ω) (resolution 1/1000)
MA NO Contact Output
Contact capacity
MB NO Contact Output Factory setting: "Running" 250VAC, 1A or less
30VDC, 1A or less
Varispeed J7
199
W= 30 mm min. (0.1 to 4.0 KW) 100 mm min. Air
50 mm min. (5.5 and 7.5 KW)
Frequency Inverters
200
Ordering Information
System Configuration
B Special Accessories
S
3G3IV-PCN329-E 3G3IV-PCN126/326
T Inverter to PC cable Digital Operator
Frequency Inverters
Extension Cable
3G3MV-PFI@
Input Noise Filter
SI-485/J7 SI-232/J7
SI-232/J7C
A Line Filters
Varispeed J7
201
B Accessories
Name Description Installation
JVOP-146 4-4.4 DIA. MTG HOLES
(0.43)
11
58 (2.28)
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
68 (2.68)
DATA (15.5)
STOP
(0.91)
23.1
15.5 (0.61)
Digital operator
70 (2.76)
JVOP-144
4-4.4 DIA. MTG HOLES
58 (2.28) (0.43)
11
DIGITAL
OPERATOR
JVOP-140
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
68 (2.68)
DSPL RUN
MIN MAX
DATA STOP
ENTER RESET
15.5 (0.61)
70 (2.76)
SI-232/J7 (3G3JV-PSI232J) Another option SI-232/J7C (3G3JV-PSI232JC) is available, the only difference is that this one is
removable.
21.5
(0.85)
(1.14)
29
(0.61)
15.5
SI-485/J7 (3G3JV-PSI485J) 12
(0.47) 4 3.8(0.15)=15.2(0.6)
(1.14)
13(0.51)
29
63 8 19 8
RS485 adapter (2.48) (0.3) (0.75) (0.3)
16(0.63)
Frequency Inverters
202
DIN Track Mounting Bracket
3G3IV-PEZZ08122A 3G3IV-PEZZ08122B
ck
ck
.1)
1)
tra
tra
.
(35
(35
DI N
DI N
Four, M4 tap Four, M4 tap
3G3IV-PEZZ08122C
Frequency Inverters
Four, M4 tap
Varispeed J7
203
AC Reactor
AC REACTOR
MCCB
U X MOTOR
L1(R) L1(R) T1(U)
V Y
L2(S) L2(S) T2(V) IM
W Z
L3(T) L3(T) T3(W)
CIMR-J7AZ
Be sure to connect
AC reactor on inverter
input side [L1 (R),
L2 (S), L3 (T)].
DC Reactor
DC Reactor
MCCB
⊕ ⊕ Motor
CIMR-J7AZ
Cat. No. I19E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Frequency Inverters
204
3G3MV
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
Sensorless vector in pocket size
• Sensorless vector controlled inverter
• Compact size
• Frequency setting signal 0..10 V / 4..20 mA
• 150% overload / 60 sec
• 100% torque at 0.5 Hz
• Pulse input
• Integrated PID controller
• Standard digital operator with copy function
• Fieldbus options: DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, CANopen
Frequency Inverters
• Plug-in PLC option unit
• Easy Maintenance
• Energy saving function
• Standard RS485 communications - Modbus
• CE, UL, and cUL marking
• Customised application software
Ratings
• 200V Class single-phase 0.1 to 4 KW
• 200V Class three-phase 0.1 to 7.5 KW
• 400V Class three-phase 0.2 to 7.5 KW
System Configuration
Special Accessories
Second analog
input cable
3G3MV-PCN-CN2
Line Filter
Braking Accessories
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
Power Supply
3G3MV – A4007 N Z
3G3MV Series Heatsink option
Z: No heatsink
- : With heatsink
Installation type Front Cover options
A: Close wall mounting (IP 20) B: Blank cover
N: No potentiometer
- : With potentiometer
Voltage Max. Applicable Motor Output
2: Three-phase 200 V class 001: 0.1 kW
~
B: Single-phase 200 V class
4: 400 V class 075: 7.5 kW
200 V class
Inverter capacity kVA 0.3 0.6 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.2 6.7
Rated output current A 0.8 1.6 3.0 5.0 8.0 11.0 17.5
Output
Allowable Voltage
-15%..+10%
Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency
+5%
Fluctuation
1. Single-phase series inverter output is three-phase. Single-phase motor cannot be applied.
2. Based on a standard 4-pole motor for maximum applicable motor output. Select the inverter model within the allowable motor rated current
400 V class
Three-phase: 3G3MV- A4002 A4004 A4007 A4015 A4022 A4030 A4040 A4055 A4075
Maximum permissible motor output kW1 0.37 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5
characteristics
Inverter capacity kVA 0.9 1.4 2.6 3.7 4.2 5.5 7.0 11.0 14.0
Rated output current A 1.2 1.8 3.4 4.8 5.5 7.2 9.2 14.8 18.0
Output
Frequency Inverters
206
Commom Specifications
Model Number
Specifications
3G3MV-
Control methods Sine wave PWM (V/f control, sensorless vector control)
Output frequency range 0.1..400 Hz
Digital set value: ±0.01% (-10..+50 ºC)
Frequency tolerance
Analogue set value: ±0.5% (25 ±10 ºC)
Digital set value: 0.01 Hz (<100 Hz), 0.1 Hz (>100 Hz)
Resolution of frequency set value
Analogue set value: 1/1000 of maximum frequency
Control
Frequency Inverters
Analogue output 1 programmable analogue output (0..10 V)/pulse output
Analogue inputs 2 analogue inputs, 0..10 V, 4..20 mA, 0..20 mA
Braking/acceleration times 0.01..6000 s
Optionally frequency, current or set value
Display
Error and status LED
Motor Overload Electronic thermal overload relay
Protection
Instantaneous Motor coasts to a stop at approx. 250% of inverter rated current
Overcurrent
Overload Motor coasts to a stop after 1 minute at 150% of inverter rated output current
Overvoltage Motor coasts to a stop if DC bus voltage exceed 410V (double for 400V class)
Stops when DC bus voltage is approx. 200V or less (double for 400V class)
Protection
Undervoltage
(approx. 160V or less for single-phase series)
Following items are selectable: Not provided (stop if power loss is 15ms or longer), continuous operation
Momentary Power Loss
if power loss is approx. 0.5s or shorter, continuous operation
Cooling Fin Overheat Protected by electronic circuit
Stall Prevention Level Individual levels during accel/constant speed. Decel ON/OFF available. During decel enable/disable selectable.
Cooling Fan Fault Detected by electronic circuit (fan lock detection)
Ground Fault Protected by electronic circuit (operation level is approx. 250% of rated output current)
RUN lamp stays ON or digital operator LED stays ON until the DC bus voltage becomes 50V or less.
Power Charge Indication
(Charge LED is provided for 400V)
Degree of protection IP20 and NEMA1
Self cooling for 200V 0,1..0,4 KW (3 or single phase)
and for 400V 0,2..0,75 KW
Cooling
Ambient conditions
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
207
Digital operator
Data display
Indicators
(Setting/Monitor
item indicators) FREQUENCY
adjuster
Operation keys
Frequency adjuster Sets the frequency reference within a range between 0 Hz and the maximum frequency.
Frequency The frequency reference can be monitored or set while this indicator is lit.
reference indicator
Output frequency The output frequency of the Inverter can be monitored while this indicator is lit.
indicator
Output current The output current of the Inverter can be monitored while this indicator is lit.
indicator
Multi-function The values set in U01 through U10 are monitored while this indicator is lit.
monitor indicator
Forward/Reverse The direction of rotation can be selected while this indicator is lit when operating the Inverter with
selection indicator the RUN Key.
Local/Remote The operation of the Inverter through the Digital Operator or according to the set parameters is
selection indicator selectable while this indicator is lit. (See note 1.)
Parameter setting The parameters in n001 through n179 can be set or monitored while this indicator is lit.
indicator (See note 2.)
Mode Key Switches the simplified-LED (setting and monitor) item indicators in sequence.
Parameter being set will be canceled if this key is pressed before entering the setting.
Increment Key Increases multi-function monitor numbers, parameter numbers, and parameter set values.
Decrement Key Decreases multi-function monitor numbers, parameter numbers, and parameter set values.
Enter Key Enters multi-function monitor numbers, parameter numbers, and internal data values after they are
set or changed.
RUN Key Starts the Inverter running when the 3G3MV is in operation with the Digital Operator.
STOP/RESET Key Stops the Inverter unless parameter n007 is set to disable the STOP Key.
Used to reset the Inverter when an error occurs. (See note 3.)
Note: 1 . The status of the local/remote selection indicator can be only monitored while the Inverter is in operation. Any RUN comand input is ignored while this
indicator is lit.
2. While inverter is in operation, the parameters can be only monitored and only some parameters can be changed. Any RUN command is ignored while the
parameter setting indicator is lit.
3 . For safety reasons, the reset function cannot be used while an operation instruction (forward/reverse) is being input. Turn the operation instruction OFF
before using this function.
Frequency Inverters
208
Dimensions
IP 20 type 0.1 to 4 KW
4 – M4
2 – M4
H1
H1
H
H
H2
H2
W1 8.5 D1 W1 8.5 D1
W (0.34) D W (0.34) D
Figure 1 Figure 2
Frequency Inverters
Max. Applicable Inverter Model Dimensions in mm Mass Cooling
Voltage Class Motor Output kW 3G3MV-A Figure kg Method
W H D W1 H1 H2 D1
0.12 2001 0.6
76 10
0.25 2002 0.6 Self cooled
1 68 56 5
0.55 2004 108 42 0.9
Three-phase
1.1 2007 128 128 118 62 1.1
200V
1.5 2015 131 1.4
108 96 64 Fan cooled
2.2 2022 2 140 5 1.5
4.0 2040 140 143 128 71 2.1
0.12 B001 76 0.6
10
0.25 B002 1 68 76 56 118 5 0.7 Self cooled
0.55 B004 131 42 1.0
Single-
1.1 B007 108 128 140 96 1.5
phase 200V 64
1.5 B015 156 96 1.5
2 118 5 Fan cooled
2.2 B022 140 163 128 2.2
71
4.0 B040 170 180 158 2.9
0.37 4002 92 16 1.0
0.55 4004 110 34 1.1 Self cooled
1.1 4007 108 140 96 1.5
Three-phase
1.5 4015 2 128 118 5 64 1.5
400V 156
2.2 4022 1.5
Fan cooled
3.0 4030 2.1
140 143 128 71
4.0 4040 2.1
Figure 3
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
209
Installation
Standard Connections
THERMAL
OVERLOAD BRAKING RESISTOR
DC REACTOR (OPTION) RELAY (OPTION) (OPTION)
U X
SHORT BAR
MCCB +2 +1 – B1 B2
R R/L1
S S/L2 U/T1
T T/L3
NPN
24V
V/T2 IM
FORWARD RUN/STOP S1 PHC W/T3
REVERSE RUN/STOP S2 PHC
GROUNDING
EXTERNAL FAULT
(NO CONTACT) S3 PHC
FAULT RESET S4
MULTI- PHC
FUNCTION MA
MULTI-STEP SPEED
INPUT REFERENCE 1 S5 PHC MULTI-FUNCTION
MB OUTPUT
MULTI-STEP SPEED FAULT 250VAC 1A OR ESS
REFERENCE 2 S6 PHC 30VDC 1A OR LESS
MC
JOG COMMAND S7 PHC
SC PNP P1
RUNNING
MULTI-FUNCTION
SHIELD CONNECTION PHOTOCOUPLER OUTPUT
PULSE TRAIN INPUT TERMINAL P2
+48VDC 50mA OR LESS
SPEED REFERENCE SPEED
RP PULSE TRAIN AGREE
(33kHz MAX.)
FREQUENCY SETTING
FS POWER SUPPLY PC
2kΩ (+12V 20mA)
FREQUENCY
REFERENCE SPEED FREQUENCY
FR REFERENCE
P P 0 TO +10V (20kΩ) OR
FC 4 to 20mA (250Ω)
FREQUENCY SETTER 0V HOUSING (TYPE : ZHR-3)
CN2 0 to 10V
DIGITAL OPERATOR VIN
FREQUENCY SETTING P 4 to 20mA
POTENTIOMETER IIN MULTI-FUNCTION
0V ANALOG INPUT*
GND
MIN MAX
FREQUENCY METER
R+ ADJUSTING POTENTIOMETER
AM ANALOG MONITOR
R– OUTPUT
0 TO +10VDC (2mA)
MEMOBUS
COMMUNICATION AC
P FM PULSE MONITOR
RS-485/422 TERMINAL (1/2W. 120Ω) OUTPUT
max 19.2kBPS RESISTANCE OUTPUT (12VDC
S+ FEQUENCY 20mA MAX. 30 - 70% DUTY)
S–
* A housing is required when using the CN2 terminal on the back side of the digital operator.
1m analog input cable (code no. 3G3MV-PCN-CN2) is available for housing on request
Frequency Inverters
210
Main Circuit
Terminal Name Function (Signal Level)
Main circuit power supply input (Use R/L1 and S/L2 for single-phase power supply inverter. Do not
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 AC Power Supply Input
use T/L3 of the models less than 0.75kW for other usage, such as a junction terminal.)
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 Inverter Output For inverter output
+2, +1 DC Reactor Connection Remove the short bar between +2 and +1 when connecting DC reactor (option)
+1, – DC Power Supply Input For power supply input (+1: positive electrode; – : negative electrode)*
Grounding For grounding (Grounding should be conforming to the local grounding code.)
Control Circuit
Type No. Signal Name Function Signal Level
S1 Multi-function Input Selection 1 Factory setting: Runs when CLOSED, stops when OPEN.
Frequency Inverters
S2 Multi-function Input Selection 2 Factory setting: Runs when CLOSED, stops when OPEN.
Digital input signals
S4 Multi-function Input Selection 4 Factory setting: "External fault (NO contact)" 24VDC, 8mA
photocoupler
S5 Multi-function Input Selection 5 Factory setting: "Multi-step speed reference 1" insulation
FR Speed Frequency Reference 0 to +10V DC (20kΩ) or 4 to 20mA (250Ω), 0 to 20 mA (250Ω) (resolution 1/1000)
signals
1 (CN2) Multi-function analog voltage input Voltage input (between terminals 1 and 3): 0 to 10 V DC ( Input impedance: 20 kΩ)
2 (CN2) Multi-function analog current input Current input (between terminals 2 and 3): 4 to 20 mA (Input impedance: 250 Ω)
250V AC,
MB NO Contact Output Factory setting: "Fault" 1A or less
30VDC, 1A
MC Contact Output Common or less
(Pulse monitor output available by setting constants. Duty: 30 to 70%) 0 to 10V 2mA
or less
AC Analog Monitor Common 0V Resolution: 8bits
RS-485/422
R– Communication Input (–)
For MEMOBUS communication MEMOBUS
Operation by RS-485 or RS-422 communication is available. protocol
S+ Communication Output (+)
19.2kBPS max.
S– Communication Output (–)
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
211
W= 30 mm min. (0.1 to 4.0 KW) 100 mm min. Air
50 mm min. (5.5 and 7.5 KW)
Inside Unit 9.3 10.3 12.3 16.7 19.1 34.4 52.4 79.4 98.9
Total Heat Loss 13.0 18.0 28.1 45.1 72.8 94.8 149.1 249.8 318.1
Inside Unit 15.0 24.6 29.9 32.5 37.6 44.5 87.7 99.3
Total Heat Loss 30.1 54.9 75.7 83.0 95.8 117.9 256.5 308.9
Frequency Inverters
212
Attachments
Heatsink External Mounting Attachment
When mounting an external cooling-fan to the 3G3MV, this attachment is required.
100 (3.94)
AIR
or more
Frequency Inverters
100 (3.94)
or more
* 8.5 D1 D2
(0.33)
D3
or more
AIR
Attachment Dimensions in mm
3G3MV
Order Code D1 D2 D3
3G3MV-A2001 72606-EZZ08136A 69.2 12 30
3G3MV-A2002
3G3MV-A2004 72606-EZZ08136B 69.2 42 50
3G3MV-A2007 72606-EZZ08136C 69.2 62 70
3G3MV-A2015 73 58 70
72606-EZZ08136D
3G3MV-A2022 98 58 70
3G3MV-A2040 72606-EZZ08136F 78.6 64.4 70
3G3MV-A2055 72606-EZZ08136H 113.8 56.2 60
3G3MV-A2075
3G3MV-AB001 72606-EZZ08136A 69.2 12 30
3G3MV-AB002
3G3MV-AB004 72606-EZZ08136B 92.2 42 50
3G3MV-AB007 82 58 70
72606-EZZ08136D
3G3MV-AB015 98 58 70
3G3MV-AB022 72606-EZZ08136F 98.6 64.4 70
3G3MV-AB040 72606-EZZ08136G 115.6 64.4 70
3G3MV-A4002 72606-EZZ08136E 82 13.2 30
3G3MV-A4004 82 28 40
3G3MV-A4007 72606-EZZ08136D 82 58 70
3G3MV-A4015 98 58 70
3G3MV-A4022
3G3MV-A4030 72606-EZZ08136F 78.6 64.4 70
3G3MV-A4040
3G3MV-A4055 72606-EZZ08136H 113.8 56.2 60
3G3MV-A4075
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
213
Ordering Information
System Configuration
D Special Accessories
Second analog
input cable
3G3MV-PCN-CN2
A Line Filter
E Braking Accessories
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
Power Supply
A Line Filters
Frequency Inverters
214
Type Name Description Function
3G3MV-PDRT2 • Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
output frequency, output current, or similar items through DeviceNet communication with the
host controller.
DeviceNet option card
Communication option board
SI-P1/V7 • Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
B output frequency, output current, or similar items through Profibus-DP communication with
the host controller.
Profibus-DP option card
• Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
output frequency, output current, or similar items through CANopen communication with the
SI-S1/V7 CANopen option card
host controller.
3G3MV-P10CDT-E • Full PLC featrues, wireless installation and seamless access to the inverter parameters and
PLC option analogue/digital inputs and outputs.
• Standard Omron tools can be used for programming
PLC option
• RS422/485
Frequency Inverters
C • Same features than standard model
• Calendar / Clock
PLC option with DeviceNet • Battery
3G3MV-P10CDT-E-DRT
D Accessories
Name Description Installation
JVOP-146
4-4.4 DIA. MTG HOLES
(0.43)
11
58 (2.28)
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
68 (2.68)
DATA (15.5)
STOP
15.5 (0.61)
70 (2.76)
Digital operator
JVOP-144
4-4.4 DIA. MTG HOLES
58 (2.28) (0.43)
11
DIGITAL
OPERATOR
JVOP-140
80 (3.15)
50 (1.97)
68 (2.68)
DSPL RUN
MIN MAX
DATA STOP
ENTER RESET
15.5 (0.61)
70 (2.76)
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
215
DIN Track Mounting Bracket
3G3IV-PZZ08122A 3G3IV-PZZ08122B
ck
.1)
tra
(35
DIN
Four, M4 tap
Four, M4 tap Side View
(Common to all
the Units)
3G3IV-PZZ08122C 3G3IV-PZZ08122D
Frequency Inverters
216
E Braking Unit, Braking Resistor Unit
Inverter Braking Resistor Unit
Voltage Max. Inverter Model Inverter-mounted Type Separately-installed Type
Applicable 3G3MV-A# (3 %ED, 10 sec max) (10 %ED, 10 sec. max.)
Motor Out-
put kW
Frequency Inverters
4.0 2040 B040 620 62 1 100 23P7 390 40 1 125 32
5.5 2055 – – – – – 25P5 520 30 1 115 9.6
7.5 2075 – – – – – 27P5 780 20 1 125 9.6
0.37 4002 – 751 750 1 230 – – – – 750
0.55 4004 – 751 750 1 230 40P7 70 750 1 230 750
1.1 4007 – 751 750 1 130 40P7 70 750 1 130 510
1.5 4015 – 401 400 1 125 41P5 260 400 1 125 240
400 V
(Three- 2.2 4022 – 301 300 1 115 42P2 260 250 1 135 200
Phase) 3.0 4030 –
401 400 2 105 43P7 390 150 1 135 100
4.0 4040 –
5.5 4055 – – – – – 45P5 520 100 1 135 32
7.5 4075 – – – – – 47P5 780 75 1 130 32
1 2 BRAKING
Use sequencer to break RESISTOR
power supply side on P B UNIT
overload relay trip contact
MCCB
MC B1 B2
L1(R) L1(R)
POWER
D
L2(S) L2(S)
SUPPLY 3G3MV T1(U)
3-PHASE L3(T) L3(T)
T2(V) IM
T3(W)
THRX OFF ON MC
MC
150 or more
SA
BRAKING RESISTOR UNIT
OVERHEAT CONTACT
THRX C
1 2
SA
30 or more A 30 or more
MC TRX
150
SA
FLT-A FLT-B
TRX
FAULT CONTACT
SYSDRIVE 3G3MV
217
Dimensions in mm Approx.
Voltage Model LKEB-#
A B C D MTG.Screw Mass kg
20P7 105 275 50 260 M5x3 3.0
21P5 130 350 75 335 M5x4 4.5
200V 22P2 130 350 75 335 M5x4 4.5
Class 40P7 130 350 75 350 M5x4 5.0
25P5 250 350 200 335 M6x4 7.5
27P5 350 350 200 335 M6x4 8.5
40P7 105 275 50 260 M5x3 3.0)
41P5 130 350 75) 335 M5x4 4.5
42P2 130 350 75) 335 M5x4 4.5
400V 43P0
Class 130 350 75 335 M5x4 5.0
43P7
45P5 250 350 200 335 M6x4 7.5
47P5 350 350 200 335 M6x4 8.5
AC Reactor
AC REACTOR
MCCB
U X MOTOR
L1(R) L1(R) T1(U)
V Y
L2(S) L2(S) T2(V) IM
W Z
L3(T) L3(T) T3(W)
3G3MV
Be sure to connect
AC reactor on inverter
input side [L1 (R),
L2 (S), L3 (T)].
DC Reactor
DC Reactor
MCCB
⊕ ⊕ Motor
3G3MV
Cat. No. I20E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Frequency Inverters
218
CIMR-E7Z
Varispeed E7
Frequency inverter for pumps and fans
• V/F controlled frequency inverter
• Silent operation
• Energy saving function
• Advanced PID controller
• 12 pulse operation
• Built-in DC reactor
• DC injection
• Rotating motor pick up
• Application firmwares (eg. pump control).
Frequency Inverters
• Optional network cards (DeviceNet, Profibus, CAN-
Open, LONWORKS)
• PC configuration tool SYSDRIVE Configurator
• PLC Option card
• Easy Mantienance
• Standard RS-485 communication - MODBUS
• CE, UL, and cUL marking
Ratings
• 200 V Class 0.4 to 110 KW
• 400 V Class 0.4 to 300 KW
System Configuration
Special Accessories
Line Filter
Braking Accessories
R
3G3RV-PFI@
Input Noise Filter LKEB@ Braking CDBR@B
Resistor Unit Braking Unit
Varispeed CIMR-E7
Power Supply
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R75
R114
C2
R52 R54
C24 U11 C17
TR1
R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
R5 + R78 R39 D6
C22 R25 C5
C39
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
R105
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4
U13
U17
COD
E No. SI-N
7360 C10
0-C0
210
Varispeed E7 219
Specifications
Type Designation
CIMR – E7 Z 4 0P4 0
Inverter Protective Enclosure
0: Open chassis type (IP00)
F7 series
1: Enclosed type (IP20 / NEMA 1)
Specifications Max. Applicable Motor Output
Z: European standard 0P4: 0.4 kW
specifications
~
Voltage 022: 22 kW
~
2: 200 V class
4: 400 V class 300: 300 kW
Rated Current A 3.2 4.1 7.0 9.6 15 23 31 45 58 71 85 115 145 180 215 283 346 415
Output
Max. Voltage 3-phase; 200, 220, 230, or 240 VAC (Proportional to input voltage.)
400 V Class
Model CIMR-E7ZZ 40P4 40P7 41P5 42P2 43P7 44P0 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055 4075 4090 4110 4132 4160 4185 4220 4300
Max. apllicable motor kW 0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 300
output1
Inverter Capacity kVA 1.4 1.6 2.8 4.0 5.8 6.6 9.5 13 18 24 30 34 46 57 69 85 110 140 160 200 230 280 390 510
characteristics
Rated Current A 1.8 2.1 3.7 5.3 7.6 8.7 12.5 17 24 31 39 45 60 75 91 112 150 180 216 260 304 370 506 675
Output
Max. Voltage 3-phase; 380, 400, 415, 440, 460, or 480 VAC (Proportional to input voltage.)
Rated Input Voltage 3-phase, 380, 400, 415, 440, 460 or 480 VAC, 50/60 Hz
and Frequency
Supply
Power
Commom Specifications
Model Number
Specification
CIMR-E7Z
Control method Sine wave PWM
V/f control
Speed control range 1:40
Speed control accuracy ±3 (25°C ± 10°C)
Frequency Inverters
Frequency control range 0.0to 200.0 Hz
Control characteristics
Varispeed E7 221
Dimensions
Open Chassis Type (IEC IP00)
W1 4-d
H1
H
T1
H2
D1
(5) W (5) (5) D
Fig 1
Voltage Max. Applicable Motor Output Inverter Dimensions in mm Approx. Mass Cooling
Fig kg Method
kW CIMR-E7Z W H D W1 H1 H2 D1 T1 d
0.4 ----
0.75 ----
1.5 ----
2.2 ----
3.7 ----
Not available please use the IP20 type removing the upper and lower cover
5.5 ----
200 V Class (3-phase)
7.5 ----
11 ----
15 ----
18.5 ----
22 2022 0 250 400 195 385 M6 21
258 7.5 100 2.3
30 2030 0 275 450 220 435 24
37 2037 0 298 100 57
375 600 250 575 Fan
45 2045 0 328 63
3 12.5 3.2 M10 cooled
55 2055 0 86
450 725 348 325 700 130
75 2075 0 87
90 2090 0 500 850 358 370 820 108
15 4.5 M12
110 2110 0 575 885 378 445 855 140 150
0.4 ----
0.75 ----
1.5 ----
2.2 ----
4.0 ----
Not available please use the IP20 type removing the upper and lower cover
5.5 ----
7.5 ----
11 ----
400 V Class (3-phase)
15 ----
18.5 ----
22 4022 0
275 450 258 220 435 100 21
30 4030 0
37 4037 0 7.5 2.3 M6
45 4045 0 325 550 283 260 535 105 36
55 4055 0
75 4075 0 88
450 725 348 325 700 12.5 3.2 M10 Fan
90 4090 0 3 89
130 Cooled
110 4110 0 15 102
500 850 358 370 820
132 4132 0 120
160 4160 0 575 916 378 445 855 45.8 140 160
4.5 M12
185 4185 0 260
710 1305 413 540 1270
220 4220 0 15 125.5 280
300 4300 0 916 1475 413 730 1440 405
H1
H0
H1
H0
H0
H1
H
H
H2
T1 T1
T1
4
H3
W1 D1 D1
H2
D1
4
H2
W
H3
H10
W 3 D (5) W (5) (5) D
3 D
Frequency Inverters
Voltage Max. Applicable Motor Output Inverter Dimensions in mm Approx. Mass Cooling
Fig kg Method
kW CIMR-E7Z W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 T1 d
0.4 20P4 1
0.75 20P7 1 Self
157 39 3
1.5 21P5 1 cooled
1 140 280 126 280 266 7 --- 5 M5
2.2 22P2 1
3.7 23P7 1
200 V Class (3-phase)
177 59 4
5.5 25P5 1
7.5 27P5 1 300 0 6
200 197 186 300 285 8 65.5
11 2011 1 310 10 7
2
15 2015 1 350 0
240 207 216 350 335 78 2.3 M6 11
18.5 2018 1 380 30 Fan
7.5
22 2022 1 254 535 195 400 385 135 24 cooled
258
30 2030 1 279 615 220 450 435 165 100 27
37 2037 1 298 62
3 380 809 250 600 575 209
45 2045 1 328 68
12.5 3.2 M10
55 2055 1 130 94
453 1027 348 325 725 700 302
75 2075 1 95
0.4 40P4 1
Self
0.75 40P7 1 157 39 3
Cooled
1.5 41P5 1
2.2 42P2 1 1 140 280 126 280 266 7 --- 5 M5
3.7 43P7 1
177 59 4
4.0 44P0 1
5.5 45P5 1
400 V Class (3-phase)
7.5 47P5 1
200 300 197 186 300 285 8 65.5 6
11 4011 1
2 ---
15 4015 1
240 350 207 216 350 335 78 10
18.5 4018 1
22 4022 1 2.3 M6 Fan
275 535 258 220 450 435 100 24
30 4030 1 7.5 85 cooled
37 4037 1
45 4045 1 325 715 283 260 550 535 105 40
105
55 4055 1
3
75 4075 1 96
453 1027 348 325 725 700 12.5 302 3.2 M10
90 4090 1 97
130
110 4110 1 122
504 1243 358 370 850 820 15 393
132 4132 1 4.5 M12 130
160 4160 1 579 1324 378 445 918 855 45.8 408 140 170
Varispeed E7 223
Installation
Standard Connections
Short-circuit bar
Main 1 2
contactor
Fuse Varispeed E7 Motor
3-phase power L1 R/L1 U/T1
supply CIMR-
L2 Line S/L2 V/T2 M
380 to 480 V
50/60 Hz L3 Filter T/L3 E7Z47P5 W/T3
PE
Forward Run/Stop S1 MA
Fault contact output
MB 250 VAC, 1 A max.
Reverse Run/Stop S2 30 VDC, 1 A max.
MC
External fault S3
Fault reset S4 M1
Multi-function Contact output 1
Multi-step speed setting 1 S5 M2 [Default: During run]
digital inputs
[Factory settings] Multi-function digital
Multi-step speed setting 2 S6 M3 output
Contact output 2
250 VAC, 1 A max.
M4 [Default: Zero speed]
Jog frequency selection S7 30 VDC, 1 A max.
SN
SC
SP
24V
E(G) E(G)
Shield Shield
terminal terminal
IG
Twisted-pair
Shielded wires P
shielded wires
Frequency Inverters
r/l1 supply2
Cooling fan power
200 / l2 200 ------ ---
supply3
400 / l2 400
Ground terminal (100 Ω or less) Ground terminal (10 Ω or less)
Varispeed E7 225
Control Circuit
Type No. Signal Name Function Signal Level
S1 Forward run/stop command Forward run when ON; stopped when OFF. 24 VDC, 8 mA
Reverse run/stop command Reverse run when ON; stopped when OFF. Photocoupler isolation
S2
External fault input*1
Digital input signals
M2
M4
Multi-function analog output 0 to 10 V, 10V=100% output frequen- Multi-function analog out- 0 to +10 V max. ±5%
FM (frequency output) cy put 1 2 mA max.
signals
AC Analog common –
Multi-function analog output (current 0 to 10 V, 10V = 200% of the Inverter Multi-function analog out-
AM monitor) rated current put 2
R+ MEMOBUS communications input For 2-wire RS-485, short R+ and S+ as well as R- and S-. Differential input,
RS-485/422
R- Photocoupler isolation
IG Signal common – –
Note: 1. The default settings are given for terminals S3 to S7. For a 3-
wire sequence, the default settings are a 3-wire sequence for
S5, multi-step speed setting 1 for S6 and multi-step speed
setting 2 for S7.
2. Do not use this power supply for supplying any external
equipment.
3. When driving a reactive load, such as a relay coil with DC
power supply, always insert a flywheel diode
Open Chassis
Type Inverter
Lower Cover
Inverter Inlet
Temperature
–10 to 45 ˚C
45 ˚C 30 mm or more 30 mm 120 mm or more
50 mm or more or more Air
Peripheral
Temperature 40 ˚C Lower Cover Side Spaces Top and Bottom Spaces
Cover MTG Screw
Frequency Inverters
Inverter Heat Loss
200 V Class
Model CIMR-E7Z 20P4 20P7 21P5 22P2 23P7 25P5 27P5 2011 2015 2018 2022 2030 2037 2045 2055 2075 2090 2110
Inverter Capacity kVA 1.2 1.6 2.7 3.7 5.7 8.8 12 17 22 27 32 44 55 69 82 110 130 160
Rated Current A 3.2 4.1 7.0 9.6 15 23 31 45 58 71 85 115 145 180 215 283 346 415
Heat Loss W
Fin W 20 27 50 70 112 164 219 374 429 501 586 865 1015 1266 1588 2019 2437 2733
Inside Unit W 39 42 50 59 74 84 113 170 183 211 274 352 411 505 619 838 997 1242
Total Heat Loss W 59 69 100 129 186 248 332 544 612 712 860 1217 1426 1771 2207 2857 3434 3975
Fin Coding Self cooled Fan cooled
400 V Class
Model CIMR-E7Z 40P4 40P7 41P5 42P2 43P7 44P0 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055 4075 4090 4110 4132 4160 4185 4220
Inverter Capacity kVA 1.4 1.6 2.8 4.0 5.8 6.0 9.5 13 18 24 30 34 46 57 69 85 110 140 160 200 230 280 390
Rated Current A 1.8 2.1 3.7 5.3 7.6 8.0 12.5 17 24 31 39 45 60 75 91 112 150 180 216 260 304 370 506
Heat Loss W
Fin W 14 17 36 59 80 91 127 193 252 326 426 466 678 784 901 1203 1399 1614 2097 2388 2791 3237 3740
Inside Unit W 39 41 48 56 68 70 82 114 158 172 208 259 317 360 415 495 575 671 853 1002 1147 1372 1537
Total Heat Loss W 53 58 84 115 148 161 209 307 410 498 634 725 995 1144 1316 1698 1974 2285 2950 3390 3938 4609 5277
Fin Coding Self cooled Fan cooled
Attachments
Heatsink External Mounting Attachment
The Varispeed E7 inverters under the 200/400 V class 18.5 kW or less need this attachment for mounting the heatsink externally. This attachment
expands the outer dimensions of the width and height of the inverter. (Attachment is not required for inverters of 22 kW or more.)
2015
72616-EZZ08676C 250 392 216 372 133.6 76.4 85
2018
40P4
40P7 37.4 40
41P5
72616-EZZ08676A 155 302 126 290 122.6
42P2
43P7 57.4 60
45P5
W1 47P5
72616-EZZ08676B 210 330 180 316 136.1 63.4 70
W D1 D2 4011
D3 or more 4015
72616-EZZ08676C 250 392 216 372 133.6 76.4 85
4018
Varispeed E7 227
Panel Cut for External Mounting of Cooling Fin (Heatsink)
(H3)
4-d Tap CIMR- Drawing
(H3)
a b a a a W H W1 (W2) (W3) H1 (H2) (H3) A B d
E7Z
20P4
(H2)
(19)
20P7
21P5
155 302 126 6 8.5 290 9.5 6 138 271 M5
22P2
B
23P7
H1
H
B
1
25P5
27P5
H1
H
(W3) A (W3) 210 330 180 6.5 316 9 7 197 298
2011
(W2) (W2) 8.5
(H2)
W1 24.5 3 8 7.5
(W2) (W2) 2030 275 450 220 435 269 419
W
(59)
2037
375 600 250 575 15 359 545
Fig 1 2045
2 54.5 8 12.5 M10
a a
2055
(H3)
W1
450 725 325 700 13.5 434 673
2075
(H3)
4-d Tap
W
a a 2090 500 850 370 57 8 820 484 782
19 15 M12
Fig 3 2110 575 885 445 55 10 855 555 817
(H2)
40P4
40P7
41P5
155 302 126 6 8.5 290 9.5 6 138 271 M5
42P2
B
43P7
1
45P5
H1
H
47P5
210 330 180 6.5 316 9 7 197 298
(W3) A (W3) 4011
8.5
4015
250 392 216 8.5 372 9.5 10 233 353
4018
(W2) (W2) 4022 M6
275 450 220 3 435 269 419
4030
(H2)
W1 4055 2
W 4075
450 725 325 54.5 8 700 13.5 12.5 434 673 M10
4090
Fig 2
4110
500 850 370 57 8 820 19 15 484 782
4132 M12
4160 3 575 925 445 55 10 895 1 15 555 817
1.The sizes are different between the top and the bottom. Refer Fig 3
Frequency Inverters
Line filter
Braking Accessories
R
1
5
Varispeed CIMR-E7
Power Supply
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8 R70
U10
3
R11
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R75
R114
C2
R52 R54
C24 U11 C17
TR1
R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
R5 + R78 R39 D6
C22 R25 C5
C39
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
2
R131
U12
3
R99
R95
U15
C11
5
R10
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4 U13
U17
COD
E No. SI-N
736 C10
00-
C02
10
Varispeed E7 229
A Input Filters
200 V 400 V
Inverter Model Line Filters Inverter Model Line Filter
EN 55011 Current Weight Dimensions
EN55011 Current Weight Dimensions Varispeed E7 Model Class* (A) (kg) WxDxH
Varispeed E7 Type
Class (A) (kg) WxDxH
CIMR-E7Z40P4
CIMR-E7Z20P4 CIMR-E7Z40P7
B, 25 m B, 25 m
CIMR-E7Z20P7 3G3RV-PFI3010-SE 10 1.1 141x45x330 3G3RV-PFI3010-SE 10 1.1 141x46x330
A, 100 m CIMR-E7Z41P5 A, 100 m
CIMR-E7Z21P5 CIMR-E7Z42P2
CIMR-E7Z22P2 B, 25 m CIMR-E7Z43P7
3G3RV-PFI3018-SE 18 1.3 141x46x330
A, 100 m B, 25 m
CIMR-E7Z44P0 3G3RV-PFI3018-SE 18 1.3 141x46x330
CIMR-E7Z23P7 B, 25 m A, 100 m
3G3RV-PFI2035-SE 35 1.4 141x46x330 CIMR-E7Z45P5
CIMR-E7Z25P5 A, 100 m
CIMR-E7Z47P5 B, 25 m
CIMR-E7Z27P5 B, 25 m 3G3RV-PFI3035-SE 35 2.1 206x50x355
3G3RV-PFI2060-SE 60 3 206x60x355 CIMR-E7Z4011 A, 100 m
CIMR-E7Z2011 A, 100 m
CIMR-E7Z4015 B, 25 m
CIMR-E7Z2015 B, 25 m 3G3RV-PFI3060-SE 60 4.0 236x65x408
3G3RV-PFI2100-SE 100 4.9 236x80x408 CIMR-E7Z4018 A, 100 m
CIMR-E7Z2018 A, 100 m
CIMR-E7Z4022
CIMR-E7Z2022 3G3RV-PFI3070-SE A, 100 m 70 3.4 80x185x329
3G3RV-PFI2130-SE A, 100 m 130 4.3 90x180x366 CIMR-E7Z4030
CIMR-E7Z2030
CIMR-E7Z4037
CIMR-E7Z2037 3G3RV-PFI2160-SE A, 100 m 160 6.0 120x170x451
CIMR-E7Z4045 3G3RV-PFI3130-SE A, 100 m 130 4.7 90x180x366
CIMR-E7Z2045
3G3RV-PFI2200-SE A, 100 m 200 11.0 130x240x610 CIMR-E7Z4055
CIMR-E7Z2055
CIMR-E7Z4075 3G3RV-PFI3170-SE A, 100 m 170 6.0 120x170x451
CIMR-E7Z2075
3G3RV-PFI3400-SE A, 100 m 400 18.5 300x160x564 CIMR-E7Z4090
CIMR-E7Z2090 3G3RV-PFI3200-SE A, 100 m 250 11 130x240x610
CIMR-E7Z4110
CIMR-E7Z2110 3G3RV-PFI3600-SE A, 100 m 600 11.0 260x135x386
CIMR-E7Z4132
3G3RV-PFI3400-SE A, 100 m 400 18.5 300x160x610
CIMR-E7Z4160
CIMR-E7Z4185
3G3RV-PFI3600-SE A, 100 m 600 11,0 260x135x386
CIMR-E7Z4220
CIMR-E7Z4300 3G3RV-PFI3800-SE A, 100 m 800 31.0 300x160x716
controller.
• Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring out-
SI-P1 Profibus-DP option card put frequency, output current, or similar items through Profibus-DP communication with the host
controller.
B • Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring out-
put frequency, output current, or similar items through CANopen communication with the host
SI-S1 CANopen option card
controller.
• Used for HVAC control, running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and
SI-J1 LONWORKS option card monitoring output current, watt-hours, or similar items through LONWORKS communications
with peripheral devices.
3G3RV-P10ST8-E • Full features, wireless installation and seamless access to the inverter parameters and ana-
logue/digital inputs and outputs
PLC option
• Embedded Compobus/S fieldbus
• Standard Omron tools can be used for programming
PLC option
3G3RV-P10ST8-E-DRT-E
120
111
120
7 segment LED digital operator
14.5 44
2.5
Through
Frequency Inverters
20
Hole
70 70 15.8 6.4
JVOP-162
(60)
Varispeed E7 231
E Braking Unit, Braking Resistor Unit
Braking unit Braking Resistor Unit
Separately-installed Type (10 %ED, 10 sec. max.)1
Inverter
Max. Connectable
Applicable Model CIMR- Model Model Braking
Voltage Motor output E7Z CDBR No. of used LKEB Specifications of Resistor No. of used torque %
Min Resistance
Value Ω
kW
0.4 20P4 20P7 70 W 200 Ω 1 220 48
0.75 20P7 20P7 70 W 200 Ω 1 125 48
1.5 21P5 21P5 260 W 100 Ω 1 125 48
2.2 22P2 22P2 260 W 70 Ω 1 120 16
3.7 23P7 23P7 390 W 40 Ω 1 125 16
5.5 25P5 2022B 1 25P5 520 W 30 Ω 1 115 16
7.5 27P5 27P5 780 W 20 Ω 1 125 9.6
11 2011 2011 2400 W 13.6 Ω 1 125 9.6
15 2015 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 1 125 9.6
200 V Class
18.5 2018 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 1 125 9.6
22 2022 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 1 125 6.4
30 2030 2015B 2 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 2 125 9.6
37 2037 2015B 2 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 2 100 9.6
45 2045 2022B 2 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 2 120 6.4
55 2055 2022B 2 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 2 100 6.4
75 2075 2110B 1 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 3 110 1.6
90 2090 2110B 1 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 4 120 1.6
110 2110 2110B 1 2018 4800 W 8Ω 5 100 1.6
0.4 40P4 40P7 70 W 750 Ω 1 230 96
0.75 40P7 40P7 70 W 750 Ω 1 130 96
1.5 41P5 41P5 260 W 400 Ω 1 125 64
2.2 42P2 42P2 260 W 250 Ω 1 135 64
3.7 43P7 43P7 390 W 150 Ω 1 135 32
5.5 45P5 4030B 1 45P5 520 W 100 Ω 1 135 32
7.5 47P5 47P5 780 W 75 Ω 1 130 32
11 4011 4011 1040 W 50 Ω 1 135 20
15 4015 4015 1560 W 40 Ω 1 125 20
18.5 4018 4018 4800 W 32 Ω 1 125 19.2
22 4022 4022 4800 W 27.2 Ω 1 125 19.2
400 V Class 30 4030 4030B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 1 125 19.2
37 4037 4045B 1 4037 9600 W 16 Ω 1 125 12.8
45 4045 4045B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 1 125 12.8
55 4055 4030B 2 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 2 135 19.2
75 4075 4045B 2 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 2 145 12.8
90 4090 4220B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 3 100 3.2
110 4110 4220B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 3 100 3.2
132 4132 4220B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 4 140 3.2
160 4160 4220B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 4 140 3.2
185 4185 4220B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 4 120 3.2
220 4220 4220B 1 4037 9600 W 16 Ω 5 110 3.2
300 4300 4220B 2 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 6 110 3.2
1. Load factor during deceleration to stop a load with constant torque. With constant output or continuous regenerative braking, the load
factor is smaller than the specified value.
2. Resistance value per one braking unit. Select a resistance value that is larger than connectable minimum resistance value to obtain
enough braking torque.
3. For an application with large regenerative power such as hoisting, the braking torque or other items may exceed the capacity of a braking
unit with a braking resistor in a standard combination (an result in capacity overload). Contact your Omron representatives when the
braking torque or any other item exceeds the values in the table.
Braking Braking
Resistor Resistor
Unit Uni *3
Unit
Level Detector
Varispeed E7
Frequency Inverters
Braking Unit 1
Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact
(Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact)
Braking Unit
Model CDBR-2015 B, -2022 B, -4030B, -4045 B Model CDBR-2110 B
100 or more
4-M6
MTG Holes
36.5
100 or less
140
12
Main Circuit
317
30 or 128
100 or more
30 or
more more 138.5
100 or less
140 59 50 111
30 30 156
or 140 or
more 180 more 200
3-lead Wire Inlet
(20 Dia. Rubber Bush)
4-M6
MTG Holes
36.5
100 or more
210
9
Main Circuit
370
355
317
156.5
70
100 or more
118.5 50 111
30 30 156
or 210 or
more 250 more 200
Mass 12 Kg
Varispeed E7 233
Braking Resistor Unit (Separately-installed Type)
200 or more
MTG Screw
150 or more
MTG Screw
D
B
150 or more
C
C
30 or more A 30 or more
150 50 or more A 50 or more
200 or more
260
AC Reactor
AC Reactor
not required
MCCB
⊕ ⊕ Motor
With Reactor for
Varispeed E7 Power Supply
Power
Supply Coordination
Capacity
(kVA) Without Reactor
Take off the
common bar
between G1
and G2, and Inverter Capacity (kVA)
wire as shown
in the diagram.
Frequency Inverters
0.4 0.4
5.4 8 X010048 3.2 28 X010052
0.75 0.75
1.5 1.5
5.7 11 X010053
2.2 18 3 X010049 2.2
3.7 3.7 12 6.3 X010054
5.5 5.5
36 1 X010050 23 3.6 X010055
7.5 7.5
11 11
72 0.5 X010051 33 1.9 X010056
15 15
18.5 90 0.4 X010176 18.5 47 1.3 X010177
22 to 110 Built-in 22 to 300 Built-in
Varispeed E7 235
Fuse installation
To protect the inverter, it is recommended to use semiconductor fuses
like they are shown in the table below
FUSE
Inverter Type
Voltage (V) Current (A) I2t (A2s)
20P4 240 10 12~25
20P7 240 10 12~25
21P5 240 15 23~55
22P2 240 20 34~98
23P7 240 30 82~220
25P5 240 40 220~610
27P5 240 60 290~1300
2011 240 80 450~5000
2015 240 100 1200~7200
2018 240 130 1800~7200
2022 240 150 870~16200
2030 240 180 1500~23000
2037 240 240 2100~19000
2045 240 300 2700~55000
2055 240 350 4000~55000
2075 240 450 7100~64000
2090 240 550 11000~64000
2110 240 600 13000~83000
Cat. No. I21E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Varispeed L7
The Frequency Inverter for Lifts
• Three control methods: Close loop current vector
control, Sensorless current vector control, V/F con-
trol.
• High rated output current at high carrier frequency
• Direct control of motor brake and contactors
• Dedicated lift sequence built-in
• Emergency evacuation (battery operation)
• Short floor operation
• Door opening signal
Frequency Inverters
• Stand still auto-tuning
• PLC Option
• Fieldbus options: DeviceNet, CANOpen, ProfiBus
• CE, UL, and cUL marking
Ratings
• 200 V Class three-phase 3.7 to 55 KW
• 400 V Class three-phase 4.0 to 55 KW
System Configuration
Special Accessories
Line Filter
Braking Accessories
R
3G3RV-PFI@
Input Noise Filter LKEB@ Braking CDBR@B ERF150WJ@
Resistor Unit Braking Unit Braking Resistor
Varispeed CIMR-L7
Power Supply
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R75
R114
C2
R52 R54
C24 U11 C17
TR1
R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
R5 + R78 R39 D6
C22 R25 C5
C39
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
R105
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4
U13
U17
CODE
No. SI-N
7360 C10
0-C0
210
Varispeed L7 237
Specifications
Type Designation
CIMR – L7 Z 4 0P4 0
Inverter Protective Enclosure
0: Open chassis type (IP00)
L7 series
1: Enclosed type (NEMA1 / IP20)
7: Enclosed type (IP20)
Specifications Max. Applicable Motor Output
Z: European standard 3P7: 3.7 kW
specifications
~
Voltage 055: 55 kW
2: 200 V class
4: 400 V class
["P" indicates a decimal
point ]
200 V Class
Model CIMR-L7ZZ 23P7 25P5 27P5 2011 2015 2018 2022 2030 2037 2045 2055
Max. apllicable motor kW 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
output1
Inverter Capacity kVA 7 10 14 20 27 33 40 54 67 76 93
characteristics
Max. Voltage 3-phase; 200, 208, 220, 230, or 240 VAC (Proportional to input voltage.)
Max. output Frequency Up to 120Hz available by programing.
Rated Input Voltage and 3-phase, 200/208/220/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Frequency
Rated input current A 21 25 40 52 68 96 115 156 176 220 269
Supply
Power
400 V Class
Model CIMR-L7ZZ 44P0 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055
Max. apllicable motor kW 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
output1
Inverter Capacity kVA 9 12 15 22 28 34 40 54 67 80 106
characteristics
Max. Voltage 3-phase; 380, 400, 415, 440, 460, or 480 VAC (Proportional to input voltage.)
Max. output Frequency 120 Hz max.
Rated Input Voltage and 3-phase, 380, 400, 415, 440, 460 or 480 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Frequency
Rated input current A 13.2 17 22 32 41 49 58 78 96 115 154
Supply
Power
Model CIMR-L7Z 20P4 20P7 21P5 22P2 23P7 25P5 27P5 2011 2015 2018 2022 2030 2037 2045 2055
Enclosed Type
Available as standard
(IEC IP20)
Open Chassis Type
Available by removing the upper and lower cover of enclosed type
(IEC IP00)
Model CIMR-F7Z 40P4 40P7 41P5 42P2 43P7 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055
Enclosed Type Available as standard
(IEC IP20)
Open Chassis Type
Available by removing the upper and lower cover of enclosed type
(IEC IP00)
Commom Specifications
Model Number
Specification
CIMR-L7Z
Control method Sine wave PWM
Closed Loop Vector control, Open Loop Vector control, V/f control
Carrier frequency 8 kHz
higher carrier frequency possible with current derating.
Speed control range 1:40 (V/f control)
Frequency Inverters
1:100 (Open Loop Vector control)
1:1000 (Closed Loop Vector control)
Speed control accuracy ± 3% (V/f control)
± 0.2% (Open Loop Vector control)
± 0.02% (Closed Loop Vector control)
(25°C ± 10°C)
Speed control re- 5 Hz (control without PG)
Control characteristics
Overload protection OL2 fault at 150% of rated output current for 30 sec
Overvoltage protection 200 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is above 410 V.
400 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is above 820 V.
Undervoltage protec- 200 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is below 190 V.
tion 400 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is below 380 V.
Cooling fin overheating Protection by thermistor.
Stall prevention Stall prevention during acceleration, deceleration and running independently.
Grounding protection Protection by electronic circuits.
Charge indicator Glows when the main circuit DC voltage is approx. 10 VDC or more.
Enclosed wall-mounted type (IP20) : All models
Protective structure Enclosed wall-mounted type (NEMA 1): 18.5 kW or less (same for 200 V and 400 V class Inverters)
Open chassis type (IP00): 22 kW or more (same for 200 V and 400 V class Inverters)
Ambient operating -–10°C to 45°C
temperature
Environment
Varispeed L7 239
Dimensions
Open Chassis Type (IEC IP00)
W1 4-d
H1
H
T1
H2
D1
(5) W (5) (5) D
7.5 ----
11 ---- Use the enclosed type (IP20) removing the upper and botton cover
15 ----
18.5 ----
22 ----
30 2030 0 275 450 258 220 435 7.5 100 2.3 M6 24
37 2037 0 298 100 57
375 600 250 575
45 2045 0 328 12.5 3.2 M10 63
130
55 2055 0 450 725 348 325 700 86 Fan
4.0 ---- cooled
5.5 ----
400 V Class (3-phase)
7.5 ----
Use the enclosed type (IP20) removing the upper and botton cover
11 ----
15 ----
18.5 ----
22 4022 0
275 450 258 220 435 100 21
30 4030 0
37 4037 0 7.5 2.3 M6
45 4045 0 325 550 283 260 535 105 36
55 4055 0
H0
H0
H1
H
H
H2
T1 T1
T1
4
H3
W1 D1 D1
H2
D1
4
H2
W
H3
H10
7.5 47P5 7
200 300 197 186 300 285 8 65.5 6
11 4011 7
2 ---
15 4015 7
240 350 207 216 350 335 78 10
18.5 4018 7
22 4022 7 2.3 M6
275 535 258 220 450 435 100 24
30 4030 7 7.5 64
37 4037 7 3
45 4045 7 325 715 283 260 550 535 105 40
79
55 4055 7
1. F7Z2030 to 2055 meets IP20 / NEMA1
PE
Forward run/stop S1
TA1
Frequency Inverters
Reverse run/stop S2
Nominal speed S3 PG
PG-X2 P
(Optional)
Inspection Run S4
P
Multi-function
Internediate speed S5
Inputs
(Factory setting)
Leveling speed S6
Not used S7
TA3
Hardware baseblock BB
+24 V 8 mA TA2
A Pulse
SC Pulse Monitor Output
IP24V (24V)
B Pulse RS-422 Level
(100m or less wiring)
CN5 (NPN setting) Z Pulse
E (G)
Frequency setting MA
adjustment +V Frequency setting Fault contact Output
MB
2KΩ power +15V 20mA 250VAC 1A or less
External frequency Frequency setter 3 MC 30VDC 1A or less
reference 2 0 to 10 V A1 Master speed
2KΩ
1 reference 0 to 10V
P M1
AC Brake Command
M2 (Factory setting)
0V
M3 Multi-fanction
Communication Contactor Control Contact Output
and M4 (Factory setting)
2CN 250VAC 1A or less
Control Cards
30VDC 1A or less
(For Option)
M5
Inverter Ready
M6 (Factory setting)
Note:
1.Main circuit terminals are indicatied with double circles and
Shielded Twisted-pair
control circuit terminals are indicatied with a single circles
wires wires
2.The output current capacity of the +V terminal is 20mA
3.Sequence input signal S1 to S7 and BB are labelled for sequence
connections for no-voltage contacts or NPN transistors as the
default setting.
Varispeed L7 241
Main Circuit
Voltage 200 V 400 V
Model CIMR-L7Z 20P4 to 2018 2022 and 2030 2037 to 2055 40P4 to 4018 4022 to 4055
Max. Applicable Motor Output 0.4 to 18.5 kW 22 and 30 kW 37 to 55 kW 0.4 to 18.5 kW 22 to 55 kW
R/L1 Main circuit input
Main circuit input Main circuit input Main circuit input power supply
S/L2
power supply power supply power supply
T/L3
R-R1, S-S1 and
R1/L11
R-R1, S-S1 and T-T1 have been wired be- T-T1 have been
S1/L21 --- fore shipment. --- wired before
T1/L31 shipment
U/T1
V/T2 Inverter output Inverter output
W/T3
B1 Braking ------ Braking ------
B2 resistor unit resistor unit
R/L1 R/L1
+ 2 U/T1 U/T1
U/T1 S/L2 S/L2
R/L1 T/L3 V/T2 T/L3 V/T2
S/L2 V/T2
R1/L11 R1/L11
W/T3 W /T3
T/L3 W /T3 S1/L21 S1/L21
- T1/L31 T1/L31
- -
N0 P0
N0 P0 N0 P0
CIMR-L7Z4022 to 4055
CIMR-L7Z43P7 to 4018
+3
B2
B1 +1
400V Class
+1 R/L1
U/T1
+2 S/L2
U/T1
R/L1 T/L3 V/T2
S/L2 V/T2 R1/L11
W/T3
T/L3 S1/L21
W/T3
T1/L31
- -
N0 P0 N0 P0
S2 Reverse run/stop command Reverse run when ON; stopped when OFF. Photo-coupler
S3 Nominal speed Nominal speed when ON. Functions are selected by
S4 Inspection run Inspection RUN when ON. setting H1-01 to H1-05.
S5 Intermediate speed Internediate speed when ON.
S6 Leveling speed Leveling speed when ON.
S7 Not used –
BB Hardware baseblock – –
SC Digital input common – –
Analog input signals
Frequency Inverters
M1 Brake command Brake command when ON. Multi-function contact Relay contacts
(1NO contact) outputs Contact capacity:
Sequence output signals
When driving a reactive load, such as relay coil with DC power supply, always insert a flywheel diode
Varispeed L7 243
Remove the upper and lower covers for When using open chassis type inverters of 200 V/400 V
the models of 15 kW or less in 200 V 22 kW or more, secure spaces for eyebolts and wiring
and 400 V classes. of the main circuit.
Open Chassis
Type Inverter
Lower Cover
Inverter Inlet
Temperature
–10 to 45 ˚C
45 ˚C 30 mm or more 30 mm 120 mm or more
50 mm or more or more Air
Peripheral
Temperature 40 ˚C Lower Cover Side Spaces Top and Bottom Spaces
Cover MTG Screw
Fin W 112 164 219 374 429 501 586 865 1015 1266 1588
Inside Unit W 74 84 113 170 183 211 274 352 411 505 619
Total Heat Loss W 186 248 332 544 612 712 860 1217 1426 1771 2207
Fin Coding Fan cooled
400 V Class
Model CIMR-L7Z 44P0 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055
Inverter Capacity kVA 5.8 9.5 13 18 24 30 34 46 57 69 85
Rated Current A 7.6 12.5 17 24 31 39 45 60 75 91 112
Heat Loss W
Fin W 91 127 193 252 326 426 466 678 784 901 1203
Inside Unit W 70 82 114 158 172 208 259 317 360 415 495
Total Heat Loss W 161 209 307 410 498 634 725 995 1144 1316 1698
Fin Coding Fan cooled
Frequency Inverters
W1
W D1 D2
D3 or more
Model Dimensions in mm
Drawing
CIMR-L7Z_ W H W1 (W2) (W3) H1 (H2) (H3) A B d
23P7
155 302 126 6 8.5 290 9.5 6 138 271 M5
25P5
(H3)
4-d Tap
a a 27P5
1 210 330 180 6.5 316 9 7 197 298
4-d Tap 2-5 Dia. Holes 2011
8.5
(H2)
(H3)
2015
a b a 250 392 216 8.5 372 9.5 10 233 353 M6
2018
(H2)
2037 2
B
47P5
(W2) (W2) 1 210 330 180 6.5 316 9 7 197 298
4011
(H2)
a b a 8.5
(H3)
4015
W1 250 392 216 8.5 372 9.5 10 233 353
W a a 4018
(H3)
W1 4022 M6
W 275 450 220 3 435 269 419
4030
Drawing 1 Drawing 2 4037 2 24.5 8 7.5
4045 325 550 260 8 535 309 519
4055
Varispeed L7 245
Ordering Information
System Configuration
Special Accessories CN1
Line filter
Braking Accessories
R
1
8
Varispeed CIMR-L7
Power Supply
Monitor Cards 3CN Encoder input Cards 4CN Communication Cards 2CN
JP3
T1
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R75
R114
C2
R52 R54
C24 U11
TR1
C17 R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
R5 + R78 R39 D6
3
C22 R25 C5
C39
4
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
2
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
R105
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4 U13
U17
CODE
No. SI-N
7360 C10
0-C0
210
5 6
A Input Filters
200 V 400 V
Inverter Model Line Filters Inverter Model Line Filters
EN55011 Current Weight Dimensions EN55011 Current Weight Dimensions
Varispeed L7 Type Varispeed L7 Type
Class (A) (kg) WxDxH Class (A) (kg) WxDxH
CIMR-L7Z23P7 B, 25 m CIMR-L7Z44P0 B, 25 m
3G3RV-PFI2035-SE 35 1.4 141x46x330 3G3RV-PFI3018-SE 18 1.3 141x46x330
CIMR-L7Z25P5 A 100 m CIMR-L7Z45P5 A 100 m
CIMR-L7Z27P5 CIMR-L7Z47P5 B, 25 m
B, 25 m 3G3RV-PFI3035-SE 35 2.1 206x50x355
3G3RV-PFI2060-SE 60 3 206x60x355 CIMR-L7Z4011 A 100 m
CIMR-L7Z2011 A 100 m
CIMR-L7Z4015 B, 25 m
CIMR-L7Z2015 B, 25 m 3G3RV-PFI3060-SE 60 4.0 236x65x408
3G3RV-PFI2100-SE 100 4.9 236x80x408 CIMR-L7Z4018 A 100 m
CIMR-L7Z2018 A 100 m
CIMR-L7Z4022
CIMR-L7Z2022 3G3RV-PFI3070-SE A, 100 m 70 3.4 80x185x329
3G3RV-PFI2130-SE A, 100 m 130 4.3 90x180x366 CIMR-L7Z4030
CIMR-L7Z2030 CIMR-L7Z4037
CIMR-L7Z2037 3G3RV-PFI2160-SE A, 100 m 160 6.0 120x170x451 CIMR-L7Z4045 3G3RV-PFI3130-SE A, 100 m 130 4.7 90x180x366
CIMR-L7Z2045 CIMR-L7Z4055
3G3RV-PFI2200-SE A, 100 m 200 11.0 130x240x610
CIMR-L7Z2055
PG-B2 / 3G3FV-PPGB2 • Phase A and B pulse inputs (exclusively for complementary input)
• PG frequency range: Approx. 30 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +12 V, Max. cur-
rent 200 mA]
• Pulse monitor output: Open collector, +24 V, Max. current 30 mA
Feedback Speed Control Card
PG-D2 / 3G3FV-PPGD2 • Phase A pulse (differential pulse) input for V/f control (RS-422 input)
Frequency Inverters
PG Speed Controller Card • PG frequency range: Approx. 300 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +5 V or +12 V,
(Used for V/f control with PG or Max. current 200 mA]
C Flux Vector) • Pulse monitor output: RS-422
PG-X2 / 3G3FV-PPGX2 • Phase A, B and Z pulse (differential pulse) inputs (RS-422 input)
• PG frequency range: Approx. 300 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +5 V or +12 V,
Max. current 200 mA]
• Pulse monitor output: RS-422
3G3RV-PDRT2 • Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
output frequency, output current, or similar items through DeviceNet communication with
JP3
T1
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R52 R54
C24 U11 C17
TR1
R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
+
Communication option card
R5 R78 R39 D6
C22 R25 C5
C39
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
5
R10
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4
U13
U17
COD
E No. SI-N
736 C10
00-
C02
10
• Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
D SI-P1 Profibus-DP option card output frequency, output current, or similar items through Profibus-DP communication with
the host controller.
• Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
output frequency, output current, or similar items through CANopen communication with
SI-S1 CANopen option card
the host controller.
• Used for HVAC control, running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters,
SI-J LONWORKS option card and monitoring output current, watt-hours, or similar items through LONWORKS commu-
nications with peripheral devices.
• 2 channel high resolution analog input card
Reference option card
• Channel 1: 0 to 10 V (20KΩ)
AI-14U / 3G3IV-PAI14U
• Channel 2: 4 to 20 mA (250Ω)
• Resolution 14 bit
Analog input card
• 3 Channel high resolution analog input card
E • Signal level: -10 to +10V (20 KΩ)
AI-14B / 3G3IV-PAI14B
• 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω)
•Resolution: 13 bit + sign
DI-08 / 3G3IV-PDI08 • 8 bit digital speed reference input card
Digital reference card
DI-16H2 / 3G3IV-PDI16H2 • 16 bit digital speed reference input card
3G3RV-P10ST8-E • Full PLC features, wireless installation and seamless access to the inverter parameters and
PLC option analogue/digital inputs and outputs.
• Embedded Compubus/S fieldbus
PLC option
3G3RV-P10ST8-DRT-E
Varispeed L7 247
G Accessories
Name Description Installation
JVOP-160-OY
120
111
120
JVOP-161-OY
14.5 44
2.5
Through
20
Hole
70 70 15.8 6.4
7 segment LED digital operator
(60)
Max. Model Model No. of Model Resis- No. of Braking Model Specifications No. of Braking Connectable
Voltage Applicable Mo- CIMR- CDBR_ used ERF-150WJ_ tance used torque % LKEB_ of Resistor used torque % Min Resis-
tor output kW L7Z_ tance Value Ω
3.7 23P7 620 62 Ω 1 100 23P7 390 W 40 Ω 1 125 16
5.5 25P5 25P5 520 W 30 Ω 1 115 16
7.5 27P5 27P5 780 W 20 Ω 1 125 9.6
Built-in
11 2011 2011 2400 W 13.6 Ω 1 125 9.6
15 2015 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 1 125 9.6
200 V
18.5 2018 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 1 125 9.6
Class --- ---
22 2022 2022B 1 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 1 125 6.4
30 2030 2015B 2 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 2 125 9.6
Frequency Inverters
37 2037 2015B 2 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 2 100 9.6
45 2045 2022B 2 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 2 120 6.4
55 2055 2022B 2 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 2 100 6.4
4.0 44P0 201 200 Ω 1 110 44P0 390 W 150 Ω 1 135 32
5.5 45P5 45P5 520 W 100 Ω 1 135 32
7.5 47P5 47P5 780 W 75 Ω 1 130 32
Built in
11 4011 4011 1040 W 50 Ω 1 135 20
15 4015 4015 1560 W 40 Ω 1 125 20
400 V
18.5 4018 4018 4800 W 32 Ω 1 125 19.2
Class --- ---
22 4022 4030B 1 4022 4800 W 27.2 Ω 1 125 19.2
30 4030 4030B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 1 125 19.2
37 4037 4045B 1 4037 9600 W 16 Ω 1 125 12.8
45 4045 4045B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 1 125 12.8
55 4055 4030B 2 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 2 135 19.2
1. When connecting a mounting type resistor or braking resistor unit, set system constant L3-04 to 0 (stall prevention disabled during deceleration). If oper-
ating without changing the constant, motor does not stop at set deceleration time.
2. When connecting mounting type braking resistor, set system constant L8-01 to 1 (braking resistor protection enabled).
3. Load factor during deceleration to stop a load with constant torque. With constant output or continuous regenerative braking, the load factor is smaller
than the specified value.
4. Resistance value per one braking unit. Slect a resistance value that is larger than connectable minimum resistance value to obtain enough braking
torque.
5. For an application with large regenerative power such as hoisting, the braking torque or other items may exceed the capacity of a braking unit with a
braking resistor in a standard combination (an result in capacity overload). Contact your Omron representatives when the braking torque or any other
item exceeds the values in the table.
Varispeed L7
· Set constant L8-01 to 1
(mounting type braking
resistor protection Braking Unit 2*2
enabled).
· Set sequence to shutt off
the power side at inverter
fault contact output. Braking Unit 1
Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact
(Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact)
Varispeed L7 249
Braking unit
100 or more
4-M4 MTG Holes 72 66.5
138
150
38 38 114.5
30 or 128
100 or more
30 or
more 140 more 138.5
Mass 1.8 Kg
200 or more
MTG Screw MTG Screw
150 or more
D
D
B
150 or more
C C
50 or more A 50 or more
200 or more
30 or more A 30 or more
260
150
AC Reactor
MCCB
Motor
Varispeed L7
Frequency Inverters
Motor Output kW A mH Motor Output kW A mH
4.0 20 0.53 X 002491 4.0 10 2.2 X 002500
5.5 30 0.35 X 002492 5.5 15 1.42 X 002501
7.5 40 0.265 X 002493 7.5 20 1.06 X 002502
11 60 0.18 X 002495 11 30 0.7 X 002503
15 80 0.13 X 002497 15 40 0.53 X 002504
18.5 90 0.12 X 002498 18.5 50 0.42 X 002505
22 120 0.09 X 002555 22 60 0.36 X 002506
30 160 0.07 X 002556 30 80 0.26 X 002508
37 200 0.05 X 002557 37 90 0.24 X 002509
45 240 0.044 X 002558 45 120 0.18 X 002566
55 280 0.038 X 002559 55 150 0.15 X 002567
DC Reactor
DC Reactor
MCCB
⊕ ⊕ Motor
With Reactor for
Varispeed L7 Power Supply
Power
Supply Coordination
Capacity
(kVA) Without Reactor
Take off the
common bar
between G1
and G2, and Inverter Capacity (kVA)
wire as shown
in the diagram.
Varispeed L7 251
Fuse installation
To protect the inverter, it is recommended to use semiconductor fuses
like they are shown in the table below
FUSE
Inverter Type
Voltage (V) Current (A) I2t (A2s)
23P7 240 30 82~220
25P5 240 40 220~610
27P5 240 60 290~1300
2011 240 80 450~5000
2015 240 100 1200~7200
2018 240 130 1800~7200
2022 240 150 870~16200
2030 240 180 1500~23000
2037 240 240 2100~19000
2045 240 300 2700~55000
2055 240 350 4000~55000
Cat. No. I22E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Varispeed F7
Frequency inverter for full flux vector control
• Current Vector Control with or without PG
• Torque Control
• PID Control
• Standard LCD operator
• Fieldbus options: DeviceNet, Profibus, CANOpen
• Stand still Autotuning
• Powerful application oriented functionality
• High slip braking
• PLC Option card
Frequency Inverters
• Easy maintenance
• Energy saving function
• Standard RS485 communications - Modbus
• CE, UL, and cUL marking
• Customized application firmware
Ratings
• 200V Class three-phase 0.4 to 110KW
• 400V Class three-phase 0.4 to 300 KW
System Configuration
Special Accessories
Line Filter
Braking Accessories
R
3G3RV-PFI@
Input Noise Filter LKEB@ Braking CDBR@B ERF150WJ@
Resistor Unit Braking Unit Braking Resistor
Varispeed CIMR-F7
Power Supply
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R75
R114
C2
R52 R54
C24 U11 C17
TR1
R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
R5 + R78 R39 D6
C22 R25 C5
C39
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
R105
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4
U13
U17
CODE
No. SI-N
7360 C10
0-C0
210
Varispeed F7 253
Specifications
Type Designation
CIMR – F7 Z 4 0P4 0
Inverter Protective Enclosure
0: Open chassis type (IP00)
F7 series
1: Enclosed type (IP20 / NEMA1)
Specifications Max. Applicable Motor Output
Z: European standard 0P4: 0.4 kW
specifications
~
Voltage 022: 22 kW
~
2: 200 V class
4: 400 V class 300: 300 kW
Rated Current A 3.2 4.1 7.0 9.6 15 23 31 45 58 71 85 115 145 180 215 283 346 4152
Output
Allowable Voltage
+10%, -15%
Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency
±5%
Fluctuation
Harmonic DC Reactor Option Provided
Wave
Prevention
12-Pulse Input Not available Available4
1. Our standard 4-pole motors are used for max. applicable motor output. Choose the inverter model whose rated current is allowable within the motor
rated current range.
2. 322 A in case of Heavy duty mode
3. When using the inverter of 200 V class 37 kW or more with a cooling fan of three-phase 230 V 50 Hz or 240 V 50/60 Hz power supply, a transformer for
the cooling fan is required.
4. A 3-wired transformer is required at 12-pulse input.
400 V Class
Model CIMR-F7Zo 40P4 40P7 41P5 42P2 43P7 44P0 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055 4075 4090 4110 4132 4160 4185 4220 4300
Max. apllicable motor kW
0.55 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 300
output1
Inverter Capacity kVA 1.4 1.6 2.8 4.0 5.8 6.6 9.5 13 18 24 30 34 46 57 69 85 110 140 160 200 230 280 390 510
characteristics
Rated Current A 1.8 2.1 3.7 5.3 7.6 8.7 12.5 17 24 31 39 45 60 75 91 112 150 180 216 260 304 370 5062 6753
Output
Allowable Voltage
+10%, -15%
Fluctuation
Allowable Frequency
±5%
Fluctuation
Harmonic DC Reactor Option Provided
Wave
Prevention
12-Pulse Input Not available Available4
1. Our standard 4-pole motors are used for max. applicable motor output. Choose the inverter model whose rated current is allowable within the motor rated
current range.
2. 405 A in case of Heavy duty mode
3. 540 A in case of Heavy duty mode
4. A 3-wired transformer is required at 12-pulse input.
Frequency Inverters
254
Enclosures
Model CIMR-F7Z 20P4 20P7 21P5 22P2 23P7 25P5 27P5 2011 2015 2018 2022 2030 2037 2045 2055 2075 2090 2110
200V Class
Frequency Inverters
Varispeed F7
255
Common Specifications
Model Number
Specification
CIMR-F7Z
Control method Sine wave PWM Closed Loop Vector control, Open Loop Vector control, V/f control, V/f with PG control
Torque characteristics Heavy Duty (low carrier, constant torque applications): 2 kHz carrier frequency, 150% overload for 1 minute,
higher carrier frequency possible with current derating.
Normal Duty 1 (high carrier, variable torque applications): maximum carrier frequency, depending on inverter capacity,
120% overload for 1 minute.
Normal Duty 2 (variable torque applications): carrier frequency reduced, continuous overload capability increased
Speed control range 1:40 (V/f control)
1:100 (Open Loop Vector control)
1:1000 (Closed Loop Vector control)
Speed control accuracy ± 3% (V/f control)
± 0.03% (V/f control with PG)
± 0.2% (Open Loop Vector control)
± 0.02% (Closed Loop Vector control)
(25°C ± 10°C)
Speed control response 5 Hz (control without PG)
Control characteristics
Normal Duty 2 (high carrier, variable torque applications): 120% of rated output current for 1 minute,
increased continuous output current.
Overvoltage protection 200 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is above 410 V.
400 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is above 820 V.
Undervoltage protection 200 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is below 190 V.
400 Class Inverter: Stops when main-circuit DC voltage is below 380 V.
Momentary power loss ride By selecting the momentary power loss method, operation can be continued if power is restored within 2 s.
through
Cooling fin overheating Protection by thermistor.
Stall prevention Stall prevention during acceleration, deceleration and running independently.
Grounding protection Protection by electronic circuits.
Charge indicator Glows when the main circuit DC voltage is approx. 10 VDC or more.
Ambient operating -10°C to 40°C (Enclosed wall-mounted type)
temperature –10°C to 45°C (Open chassis type)
Environment
Frequency Inverters
256
Dimensions
Open Chassis Type (IEC IP00)
W1 4-d
H1
H
T1
H2
D1
(5) W (5) (5) D
Frequency Inverters
Fig 1
7.5 ------
11 ------
15 ------
18.5 ------
22 2022 0 250 400 195 385 M6 21
258 7.5 100 2.3
30 2030 0 275 450 220 435 24
37 2037 0 298 100 57
375 600 250 575 Fan
45 2045 0 328 63
1 12.5 3.2 M10 cooled
55 2055 0 86
450 725 348 325 700 130
75 2075 0 87
90 2090 0 500 850 358 370 820 108
15 4.5 M12
110 2110 0 575 885 378 445 855 140 150
0.4 ------
0.75 ------
1.5 ------
2.2 ------
4.0 ------
Not available please use the IP20 type removing the upper and lower cover
5.5 ------
7.5 ------
11 ------
400 V Class (3-phase)
15 ------
18.5 ------
22 4022 0
275 450 258 220 435 100 21
30 4030 0
37 4037 0 7.5 2.3 M6
45 4045 0 325 550 283 260 535 105 36
55 4055 0
75 4075 0 88
450 725 348 325 700 12.5 3.2 M10 Fan
90 4090 0 1 89
130 Cooled
110 4110 0 15 102
500 850 358 370 820
132 4132 0 120
160 4160 0 575 916 378 445 855 45.8 140 160
4.5 M12
185 4185 0 260
710 1305 413 540 1270
220 4220 0 15 125.5 280
300 4300 0 916 1475 413 730 1440 405
Varispeed F7
257
Enclosed Type (IEC IP20)
H1
H0
H1
H0
H0
H1
H
H
H2
T1 T1
T1
4
H3
W1 D1 D1
H2
D1
4
H2
W
H3
H10
W 3 D (5) W (5) (5) D
3 D
177 59 4
5.5 25P5 1
7.5 27P5 1 300 0 6
200 197 186 300 285 8 65.5
11 2011 1 310 10 7
2
15 2015 1 350 0
240 207 216 350 335 78 2.3 M6 11
18.5 2018 1 380 30 Fan
7.5
22 2022 1 254 535 195 400 385 135 24 cooled
258
30 2030 1 279 615 220 450 435 165 100 27
37 2037 1 298 62
3 380 809 250 600 575 209
45 2045 1 328 68
12.5 3.2 M10
55 2055 1 130 94
453 1027 348 325 725 700 302
75 2075 1 95
0.4 40P4 1
Self
0.75 40P7 1 157 39 3
Cooled
1.5 41P5 1
2.2 42P2 1 1 140 280 126 280 266 7 --- 5 M5
3.7 43P7 1
177 59 4
4.0 44P0 1
5.5 45P5 1
400 V Class (3-phase)
7.5 47P5 1
200 300 197 186 300 285 8 65.5 6
11 4011 1
2 ---
15 4015 1
240 350 207 216 350 335 78 10
18.5 4018 1
22 4022 1 2.3 M6 Fan
275 535 258 220 450 435 100 24
30 4030 1 7.5 85 cooled
37 4037 1
45 4045 1 325 715 283 260 550 535 105 40
105
55 4055 1
3
75 4075 1 96
453 1027 348 325 725 700 12.5 302 3.2 M10
90 4090 1 97
130
110 4110 1 122
504 1243 358 370 850 820 15 393
132 4132 1 4.5 M12 130
160 4160 1 579 1324 378 445 918 855 45.8 408 140 170
Frequency Inverters
258
Installation
Standard Connections
Short-circuit bar
Main contactor
T 1 2 B1 B2
Fuses
L1 R/L1 U/T1
3-phase power
380 to 480 V L2 Line S/L2 V/T2 M
50/60 Hz L3 Filter T/L3 W/T3
PE Varispeed F7
CIMR-
F7Z47P5
Frequency Inverters
MA
Forward Run/Stop S1
MB Fault contact output
250 VAC, 1A max.
Reverse Run/Stop S2
MC 30 VDC, 1A max.
External fault S3
Fault reset S4 M1
Multi-function Contact output 1
Multi-step speed setting 1 S5 M2 [Default : Running]
digital inputs
[Factory setting]
Multi-step speed setting 2 S6 M3
Contact output 2 Multi-function digital
M4 [Default : Zero speed] output
Jog frequency selection S7
250 VAC, 1A max.
30 VDC, 1A max.
SN M5
Contact output 3
SC M6 [Default :
Frequency agree 1]
SP
24V
Terminating
resistance
R+
P R-
MEMOBUS
communication S+
RS-485/422
P S-
IG
Twisted-pair
Shielded wires P
Shielded wires
Varispeed F7
259
Main Circuit
Voltage 200 V 400 V
Model CIMR-F7Z 20P4 to 2018 2022, 2030 2037 to 2110 40P4 to 4018 4022 to 4055 4075 to 4300
Max. Applicable Motor Output 0.4 to 18.5 kW 22 to 30 kW 37 to 110 kW 0.4 to 18.5 kW 22 to 55 kW 75 to 300 kW
R/L1
Main circuit input Main circuit input
S/L2 Main circuit input Main circuit input
power supply power supply
T/L3 power supply power supply
R1/L11 R-R1, S-S1 and T-T1 have been wired be- R-R1, S-S1 and T-T1 have been wired be-
S1/L21 --- fore shipment (See P59). --- fore shipment
T1/L31
U/T1
V/T2 Inverter output Inverter output
W/T3
B1 Braking ------ Braking ------
B2 resistor unit resistor unit
•DC reactor •DC power supply •DC reactor •DC power supply
( 1- 2) ( 1- 2)1 ( 1- 2) ( 1- 2)1
1
•DC power supply1 •Braking unit •DC power supply1 •Braking unit
2 ( 1- ) ( 3- ) ( 1- ) ( 3- )
3 --- ---
/l2 ------ Cooling fan power ---
r/l1 supply2
Cooling fan power
200 / l2 200 ------ ---
supply3
400 / l2 400
Ground terminal (100 Ω or less) Ground terminal (10 Ω or less)
Frequency Inverters
260
Control Circuit
Type No. Signal Name Function Signal Level
S1 Forward run/stop command Forward run when ON; stopped when OFF. 24 VDC, 8 mA
S2 Reverse run/stop command Reverse run when ON; stopped when OFF. Photocoupler
S3 External fault input*1
Digital input signals
–V –15 V power output –15 V power supply for analog references –15 V
(Max. current: 20 mA)
A1 Frequency reference –10 to +10 V/100% –10 to +10 V(20 kΩ)
A2 Multi-function analog input 4 to 20 mA/100% Function is selected by 4 to 20 mA(250Ω)
Frequency Inverters
–10 V to +10 V/100% setting H3-09. –10 V to +10 V(20kΩ)
M4
M5 Speed agreement detection Within ±2 Hz of set frequency when
ON.
M6
MA Fault output signal Fault when CLOSED across MA and MC Relay contacts
MB Fault when OPEN across MB and MC Contact capacity:
1 A max. at 250 VAC
MC 1 A max. at 30 VDC*3
FM Multi-function analog output (frequency 0 to 10 V, 10V=100% output frequen- Multi-function analog out- –10 to +10 V max. ±5%
Analog output
R- Photocoupler isolation
S+ MEMOBUS communications Differential input,
S- output Photocoupler isolation
IG Signal common – –
* 1. The default settings are given for terminals S3 to S7. For a 3-wire sequence, the default settings are a 3-wire sequence for S5, multi-step speed setting
1 for S6 and multi-step speed setting 2 for S7.
* 2. Do not use this power supply for supplying any external equipment.
* 3. When driving a reactive load, such as a relay coil with DC power supply, always insert a flywheel diode
* 4. Pulse input specifications are given in the following table
Varispeed F7
261
Remove the upper and lower covers for When using open chassis type inverters of 200 V/400 V
the models of 15 kW or less in 200 V 22 kW or more, secure spaces for eyebolts and wiring
and 400 V classes. of the main circuit.
Open Chassis
Type Inverter
Lower Cover
Inverter Inlet
Temperature
–10 to 45 ˚C
45 ˚C 30 mm or more 30 mm 120 mm or more
50 mm or more or more Air
Peripheral
Temperature 40 ˚C Lower Cover Side Spaces Top and Bottom Spaces
Cover MTG Screw
Fin W 20 27 50 70 112 164 219 374 429 501 586 865 1015 1266 1588 2019 2437 2733
Inside Unit W 39 42 50 59 74 84 113 170 183 211 274 352 411 505 619 838 997 1242
Total Heat Loss W 59 69 100 129 186 248 332 544 612 712 860 1217 1426 1771 2207 2857 3434 3975
Fin Coding Self cooled Fan cooled
400 V Class
Model CIMR-F7Z 40P4 40P7 41P5 42P2 43P7 44P0 45P5 47P5 4011 4015 4018 4022 4030 4037 4045 4055 4075 4090 4110 4132 4160 4185 4220 4300
Inverter Capacity kVA 1.4 1.6 2.8 4.0 5.8 6.0 9.5 13 18 24 30 34 46 57 69 85 110 140 160 200 230 280 390 510
Rated Current A 1.8 2.1 3.7 5.3 7.6 8.0 12.5 17 24 31 39 45 60 75 91 112 150 180 216 260 304 370 506 675
Heat Loss W
Fin W 14 17 36 59 80 91 127 193 252 326 426 466 678 784 901 1203 1399 1614 2097 2388 2791 3237 3740 5838
Inside Unit W 39 41 48 56 68 70 82 114 158 172 208 259 317 360 415 495 575 671 853 1002 1147 1372 1537 2320
Total Heat Loss W 53 58 84 115 148 161 209 307 410 498 634 725 995 1144 1316 1698 1974 2285 2950 3390 3938 4609 5277 8158
Fin Coding Self cooled Fan cooled
Frequency Inverters
262
Attachments
Heatsink External Mounting Attachment
The Varispeed F7 inverters under the 200/400 V class 18.5 kW or less need this attachment for mounting the heatsink externally. This attachment
expands the outer dimensions of the width and height of the inverter. (Attachment is not required for inverters of 22 kW or more.)
2015
72616-EZZ08676C 250 392 216 372 133.6 76.4 85
2018
40P4
40P7 37.4 40
Frequency Inverters
41P5
42P2 72616-EZZ08676A 155 302 126 290 122.6
43P7
57.4 60
44P0
45P5
W1
47P5
W D1 D2 72616-EZZ08676B 210 330 180 316 136.1 63.4 70
4011
D3 or more
4015
72616-EZZ08676C 250 392 216 372 133.6 76.4 85
4018
(19)
20P7
21P5
155 302 126 6 8.5 290 9.5 6 138 271 M5
22P2
B
23P7
1
H1
H
25P5
27P5
210 330 180 6.5 316 9 7 197 298
H1
H
(W3) A (W3) 250 392 216 8.5 372 9.5 10 233 353 M6
2018
a b a 2022 250 400 195 385 244 369
24.5 3 8 7.5
(H3)
W1 2075
(H3)
40P7
41P5
42P2 155 302 126 6 8.5 290 9.5 6 138 271 M5
43P7
B
44P0 1
45P5
H1
H
47P5
(W3) A (W3) 210 330 180 6.5 316 9 7 197 298
4011
8.5
4015
250 392 216 8.5 372 9.5 10 233 353
4018
(W2) (W2) 4022 M6
275 450 220 3 435 269 419
(H2)
4030
4037 24.5 8 7.5
a a
4045 325 550 260 8 535 309 519
(H3)
W1
4055 2
W
4075
450 725 325 54.5 8 700 13.5 12.5 434 673 M10
Fig 2 4090
4110
500 850 370 57 8 820 19 15 484 782
4132 M12
4160 3 575 925 445 55 10 895 1 15 555 817
1.The sizes are different between the top and the bottom. Refer Fig 3
Varispeed F7
263
Ordering Information
System Configuration
Special Accessories CN1
Line filter
Braking Accessories
R
1
8
Varispeed CIMR-F7
Power Supply
Monitor Cards 3CN Encoder input Cards 4CN Communication Cards 2CN
JP3
T1
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R75
R114
C2
R52 R54
C24 U11
TR1
C17 R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
R5 + R78 R39 D6
3
C22 R25 C5
C39
4
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
2
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
R105
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4 U13
U17
CODE
No. SI-N
73600 C10
-C021
0
5 6
A Line Filters
200 V 400 V
Inverter Model Line Filters Inverter Model Line Filter
EN 55011 Current Weight Dimensions
EN55011 Current Weight Dimensions Varispeed F7 Model Class* (A) (kg) WxDxH
Varispeed F7 Type
Class (A) (kg) WxDxH
CIMR-F7Z40P4
CIMR-F7Z20P4 CIMR-F7Z40P7
B, 25 m B, 25 m
CIMR-F7Z20P7 3G3RV-PFI3010-SE 10 1.1 141x45x330 3G3RV-PFI3010-SE 10 1.1 141x46x330
A, 100 m CIMR-F7Z41P5 A, 100 m
CIMR-F7Z21P5 CIMR-F7Z42P2
B, 25 m CIMR-F7Z43P7
CIMR-F7Z22P2 3G3RV-PFI3018-SE 18 1.3 141x46x330
A, 100 m B, 25 m
CIMR-F7Z44P0 3G3RV-PFI3018-SE 18 1.3 141x46x330
CIMR-F7Z23P7 B, 25 m A, 100 m
3G3RV-PFI2035-SE 35 1.4 141x46x330 CIMR-F7Z45P5
CIMR-F7Z25P5 A, 100 m
CIMR-F7Z47P5 B, 25 m
CIMR-F7Z27P5 B, 25 m 3G3RV-PFI3035-SE 35 2.1 206x50x355
3G3RV-PFI2060-SE 60 3 206x60x355 CIMR-F7Z4011 A, 100 m
CIMR-F7Z2011 A, 100 m
CIMR-F7Z4015 B, 25 m
CIMR-F7Z2015 B, 25 m 3G3RV-PFI3060-SE 60 4.0 236x65x408
3G3RV-PFI2100-SE 100 4.9 236x80x408 CIMR-F7Z4018 A, 100 m
CIMR-F7Z2018 A, 100 m
CIMR-F7Z4022
CIMR-F7Z2022 3G3RV-PFI3070-SE A, 100 m 70 3.4 80x185x329
3G3RV-PFI2130-SE A, 100 m 130 4.3 90x180x366 CIMR-F7Z4030
CIMR-F7Z2030
CIMR-F7Z4037
CIMR-F7Z2037 3G3RV-PFI2160-SE A, 100 m 160 6.0 120x170x451
CIMR-F7Z4045 3G3RV-PFI3130-SE A, 100 m 130 4.7 90x180x366
CIMR-F7Z2045
3G3RV-PFI2200-SE A, 100 m 200 11.0 130x240x610 CIMR-F7Z4055
CIMR-F7Z2055
CIMR-F7Z4075 3G3RV-PFI3170-SE A, 100 m 170 6.0 120x170x451
CIMR-F7Z2075
3G3RV-PFI3400-SE A, 100 m 400 18.5 300x160x564 CIMR-F7Z4090
CIMR-F7Z2090 3G3RV-PFI3200-SE A, 100 m 250 11 130x240x610
CIMR-F7Z4110
CIMR-F7Z2110 3G3RV-PFI3600-SE A, 100 m 600 11.0 260x135x386
CIMR-F7Z4132
3G3RV-PFI3400-SE A, 100 m 400 18.5 300x160x610
CIMR-F7Z4160
CIMR-F7Z4185
3G3RV-PFI3600-SE A, 100 m 600 11,0 260x135x386
CIMR-F7Z4220
CIMR-F7Z4300 3G3RV-PFI3800-SE A, 100 m 800 31.0 300x160x716
Frequency Inverters
264
Ordering Information
Outputs analog signal for monitoring inverter output state (output freq., output current etc.)
• Output resolution: 11 bits (1/2048) + code
B • Output voltage: |10 to {10 V (non isolated) EOutput channel: 2 channels
Outputs isolated type digital signal for monitoring inverter run state (alarm signal, zero speed
detection etc.) .
Output channel: Photo coupler 6 channels (48 V, 50 mA or less)
DO-08 / 3G3IV-PDO08 Digital output card
Relay contact output 2 channels
(250 VAC, 1 A or less
30 VDC, 1 A or less)
Frequency Inverters
• Two multi-function contact outputs (2C-relay) can be used other than those of the inverter
DO-02C / 3G3IV-PDO02C 2C-relay output card
proper unit.
PG-A2 / 3G3FV-PPGA2 • Phase A pulse (single pulse) inputs (voltage, complementary, open collector input)
• PG frequency range: Approx. 30 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +12 V, max. cur-
rent 200 mA ]
Pulse monitor output: +12 V, 20 mA
PG-B2 / 3G3FV-PPGB2 • Phase A and B pulse inputs (exclusively for complementary input)
Feedback Speed Control Card
• PG frequency range: Approx. 30 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +12 V, Max. cur-
rent 200 mA]
• Pulse monitor output: Open collector, +24 V, Max. current 30 mA
PG Speed Controller Card
(Used for V/f control with PG or
C PG-D2 / 3G3FV-PPGD2 Flux Vector) • Phase A pulse (differential pulse) input for V/f control (RS-422 input)
• PG frequency range: Approx. 300 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +5 V or +12 V,
Max. current 200 mA]
• Pulse monitor output: RS-422
PG-X2 / 3G3FV-PPGX2 • Phase A, B and Z pulse (differential pulse) inputs (RS-422 input)
• PG frequency range: Approx. 300 kHz max. [ Power supply output for PG: +5 V or +12 V,
Max. current 200 mA]
• Pulse monitor output: RS-422
3G3RV-PDRT2 • Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
output frequency, output current, or similar items through DeviceNet communication with the
JP3
T1
C3
U6
JP1
C33
+
+ U9 C1
U10
host controller.
U7
R
C21
R5
R1
R2
R11
R3
R36
R35
C26
R6
U8
U10
R70
R113
R28
C28
R120 R8
11
R11
R110
R107
U1
+
TR2
Y1 R55
R52 R54
C24 U11 C17
TR1
R56
PE R7 R14 + R57 R6
R21 2 R40
+
Communication option card
R5 R78 R39 D6
C22 R25 C5
C39
R15 R20
C16 R15 R30 C35
U14 R15
R131
R99 U12
R95
U15
C11
5
R10
R10
R10
R94
R102 R97
C12 C13 C20
JP5
JP6 R96
R95
RT4
U13
U17
COD
E No. SI-N
736 C10
00-
C02
10
• Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
D SI-P1 Profibus-DP option card output frequency, output current, or similar items through Profibus-DP communication with
the host controller.
• Used for running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters, and monitoring
output frequency, output current, or similar items through CANopen communication with the
SI-S1 CANopen option card
host controller.
• Used for HVAC control, running or stopping the inverter, setting or referencing parameters,
SI-J LONWORKS option card and monitoring output current, watt-hours, or similar items through LONWORKS communi-
cations with peripheral devices.
• 2 channel high resolution analog input card
Reference option card
• Channel 1: 0 to 10 V (20KΩ)
AI-14U / 3G3IV-PAI14U
• Channel 2: 4 to 20 mA (250Ω)
• Resolution 14 bit
Analog input card
• 3 Channel high resolution analog input card
E • Signal level: -10 to +10V (20 KΩ)
AI-14B / 3G3IV-PAI14B
• 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω)
•Resolution: 13 bit + sign
DI-08 / 3G3IV-PDI08 • 8 bit digital speed reference input card
Digital reference card
DI-16H2 / 3G3IV-PDI16H2 • 16 bit digital speed reference input card
3G3RV-P10ST8-E • Full PLC featrues, wireless installation and seamless access to the inverter parameters and
PLC option analogue/digital inputs and outputs.
• Embedded Compubus/S fieldbus
PLC option
3G3RV-P10ST8-DRT-E
Varispeed F7
265
G Accessories
Name Description Installation
JVOP-160-OY
120
111
120
JVOP-161-OY
14.5 44
2.5
Through
20
Hole
70 70 15.8 6.4
7 segment LED digital operator
(60)
Frequency Inverters
266
H Braking Unit, Braking Resistor Unit
Braking Resistor Unit1
Braking unit Separately-installed Type (10 %ED, 10 sec. max.)3
Inverter-mounted Type (3 %ED, 10 sec
max)2
Inverter
Max. Model Model No. of Model Resis- No. of Braking Model Specifications No. of Braking Connectable
Voltage Applicable Mo- CIMR- CDBR_ used ERF-150WJ_ tance used torque % LKEB_ of Resistor used torque % Min Resis-
tor output kW F7Z_ tance Value Ω
0.4 20P4 201 200 Ω 1 220 20P7 70 W 200 Ω 1 220 48
0.75 20P7 201 200 Ω 1 125 20P7 70 W 200 Ω 1 125 48
1.5 21P5 101 100 Ω 1 125 21P5 260 W 100 Ω 1 125 48
2.2 22P2 700 70 Ω 1 120 22P2 260 W 70 Ω 1 120 16
3.7 23P7 620 62 Ω 1 100 23P7 390 W 40 Ω 1 125 16
Built-in
5.5 25P5 25P5 520 W 30 Ω 1 115 16
7.5 27P5 27P5 780 W 20 Ω 1 125 9.6
11 2011 2011 2400 W 13.6 Ω 1 125 9.6
Frequency Inverters
200 V 15 2015 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 1 125 9.6
Class 18.5 2018 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 1 125 9.6
22 2022 2022B 1 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 1 125 6.4
30 2030 2015B 2 --- --- 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 2 125 9.6
37 2037 2015B 2 2015 3000 W 10 Ω 2 100 9.6
45 2045 2022B 2 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 2 120 6.4
55 2055 2022B 2 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 2 100 6.4
75 2075 2110B 1 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 3 110 1.6
90 2090 2110B 1 2022 4800 W 6.8 Ω 4 120 1.6
110 2110 2110B 1 2018 4800 W 8Ω 5 100 1.6
0.4 40P4 751 750 Ω 1 230 40P7 70 W 750 Ω 1 230 96
0.75 40P7 751 750 Ω 1 130 40P7 70 W 750 Ω 1 130 96
1.5 41P5 401 400 Ω 1 125 41P5 260 W 400 Ω 1 125 64
2.2 42P2 301 300 Ω 1 115 42P2 260 W 250 Ω 1 135 64
3.7 43P7
201 200 Ω 1 110 43P7 390 W 150 Ω 1 135 32
4.0 44P0 Built in
5.5 45P5 45P5 520 W 100 Ω 1 135 32
7.5 47P5 47P5 780 W 75 Ω 1 130 32
11 4011 4011 1040 W 50 Ω 1 135 20
15 4015 4015 1560 W 40 Ω 1 125 20
18.5 4018 4018 4800 W 32 Ω 1 125 19.2
400 V 22 4022 4030B 1 4022 4800 W 27.2 Ω 1 125 19.2
Class 30 4030 4030B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 1 125 19.2
37 4037 4045B 1 4037 9600 W 16 Ω 1 125 12.8
45 4045 4045B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 1 125 12.8
--- ---
55 4055 4030B 2 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 2 135 19.2
75 4075 4045B 2 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 2 145 12.8
90 4090 4220B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 3 100 3.2
110 4110 4220B 1 4030 6000 W 20 Ω 3 100 3.2
132 4132 4220B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 4 140 3.2
160 4160 4220B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 4 140 3.2
185 4185 4220B 1 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 4 120 3.2
220 4220 4220B 1 4037 9600 W 16 Ω 5 110 3.2
300 4300 4220B 2 4045 9600 W 13.6 Ω 6 110 3.2
1. When connecting a mounting type resistor or braking resistor unit, set system constant L3-04 to 0 (stall prevention disabled during deceleration). If oper-
ating without changing the constant, motor does not stop at set deceleration time.
2. When connecting mounting type braking resistor, set system constant L8-01 to 1 (braking resistor protection enabled).
3. Load factor during deceleration to stop a load with constant torque. With constant output or continuous regenerative braking, the load factor is smaller
than the specified value.
4. Resistance value per one braking unit. Slect a resistance value that is larger than connectable minimum resistance value to obtain enough braking
torque.
5. For an application with large regenerative power such as hoisting, the braking torque or other items may exceed the capacity of a braking unit with a
braking resistor in a standard combination (an result in capacity overload). Contact your Omron representatives when the braking torque or any other
item exceeds the values in the table.
Varispeed F7
267
Connections for braking units Connections for braking resistors
Braking
Resistor Braking Resistor Overload Braking Resistor Overload
Relay Trip Contact Relay Trip Contact
(Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact)
MCCB
Braking Braking
3-phase
Power Motor Resistor Resistor
Supply Varispeed F7 Unit Unit *3
Uni
Level Detector
Varispeed F7
(mounting type braking
resistor protection
enabled). Braking Unit 2*2
· Set sequence to shutt off
the power side at inverter
fault contact output.
Braking Unit 1
Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact
(Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact)
Braking Unit
Model CDBR-2015 B, -2022 B, -4030B, -4045 B Model CDBR-2110 B
4-M6
MTG Holes
100 or more
36.5
100 or less
140
12
4-M4 MTG Holes 72 66.5
370
350 Main Circuit
317 Terminal
138
150
100
73
38 38 114.5
30 or 128
100 or more
100 or less
30 or 59 50 111
more 140 more 138.5 30 30
or 140 or
156
more 180 more 200
3-lead Wire Inlet
(20 Dia. Rubber Bush)
Model CDBR-4220 B
4-M6
MTG Holes
36.5
100 or more
210
9
Main Circuit
370
355
317
156.5
70
100 or more
118.5 50 111
30 30 156
or 210 or
more 250 more 200
Mass 12 Kg
Frequency Inverters
268
Braking Resistor Unit (Separately-installed Type)
200 or more
MTG Screw
150 or more
MTG Screw
D
B
150 or more
C
C
30 or more A 30 or more
150 50 or more A 50 or more
200 or more
260
Frequency Inverters
220 V 22P2 130 350 75 335 M5 x 4 4.5 Class 2018 446 543 426 340 M8 x 4 19
Class 23P7 130 350 75 335 M5 x 4 5.0 2022 446 543 426 340 M8 x 4 19
25P5 250 350 200 335 M6 x 4 7.5 4011 350 412 330 325 M6 x 4 16
25P5 250 350 200 335 M6 x 4 8.5 4015 350 412 330 325 M6 x 4 18
40P7 105 275 50 260 M5 x 3 3.0 4018 446 543 426 340 M8 x 4 19
400 V
41P5 130 350 75 335 M5 x 4 4.5 4022 446 543 426 340 M8 x 4 19
Class
400 V 42P2 130 350 75 335 M5 x 4 4.5 4030 356 956 336 740 M8 x 4 25
Class 43P7 130 350 75 335 M5 x 4 5.0 4037 446 956 426 740 M8 x 4 33
45P5 250 350 200 332 M6 x 4 7.5 4045 446 956 426 740 M8 x 4 33
47P5 250 350 200 332 M6 x 4 8.5
AC Reactor
AC Reactor
not required
Varispeed F7
269
DC Reactor
DC Reactor
MCCB
⊕ ⊕ Motor
With Reactor for
Varispeed F7 Power Supply
Power
Supply Coordination
Capacity
(kVA) Without Reactor
Take off the
common bar
between G1
and G2, and Inverter Capacity (kVA)
wire as shown
in the diagram.
Fuse installation
To protect the inverter, it is recommended to use semiconductor fuses like they are shown in the table below
FUSE FUSE
Inverter Type Inverter Type
Voltage (V) Current (A) I2t (A2s) Voltage (V) Current (A) I2t (A2s)
20P4 240 10 12~25 40P4 480 5 6~55
20P7 240 10 12~25 40P7 480 5 6~55
21P5 240 15 23~55 41P5 480 10 10~55
22P2 240 20 34~98 42P2 480 10 18~55
23P7 240 30 82~220 43P7 480 15 34~72
25P5 240 40 220~610 44P0 480 20 50~570
27P5 240 60 290~1300 45P5 480 25 100~570
2011 240 80 450~5000 47P5 480 30 100~640
2015 240 100 1200~7200 4011 480 50 150~1300
2018 240 130 1800~7200 4015 480 60 400~1800
2022 240 150 870~16200 4018 480 70 700~4100
2030 240 180 1500~23000 4022 480 80 240~5800
2037 240 240 2100~19000 4030 480 100 500~5800
2045 240 300 2700~55000 4037 480 125 750~5800
2055 240 350 4000~55000 4045 480 150 920~13000
2075 240 450 7100~64000 4055 480 150 1500~13000
2090 240 550 11000~64000 4075 480 250 3000~55000
2110 240 600 13000~83000 4090 480 300 3800~55000
4110 480 350 5400~23000
4132 480 400 7900~64000
4160 480 450 14000~250000
4185 480 600 20000~250000
4220 480 700 34000~400000
4300 480 900 52000~920000
Cat. No. I23E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Frequency Inverters
270
3G3MV-P10CDT@-E
Frequency Inverters
• Ideal for applications like: Door control, Pump
sequencing, Intelligent conveyor, Vertical axis con-
trol, Industrial washing machines and general posi-
tioning.
System Configuration
1. DIP switch
4. PC status indicators
2. Input indicators
3. Output indicators
HMI Interface
5. Communications port
6. Communications switch
RS422
3G3MV-P10CDT3-E
Inverter Series Options
Number of I/O's Output RTC RS422 Remarks
- NPN NO NO Standard
1 NPN NO YES
2 NPN YES NO
3 NPN YES YES Standard
5 PNP NO NO
6 PNP NO YES
7 PNP YES NO
8 PNP YES YES
Specifications
Specifications by product
Item 3G3MV-P10CDT-E 3G3MV-P10CDT3-E
PLC core CPM2C-S CPM2C-S
Inputs 6 24 VDC inputs 6 24 VDC inputs
Outputs 3 sinking/NPN transistor outputs 3 sinking/NPN transistor outputs
1 relay output 1 relay output
Peripheral port Yes Yes
RS-232C port Yes Yes
RS-422/485 port No Yes
Calendar/Clock No Yes
Memory backup Flash memory and capacitor Flash memory and battery
General specifications
Item Specifications
Rated power supply voltage 24 VDC +10%/-15% (External power supply for I/O)
Vibration resistance 0.15 mm (10-57 Hz)
9.8 m/s2 (57-150 Hz)
9.8 m/s2 (57-150 Hz)
In all directions (X, Y, Z)
Ambient operating temperature -10 to 45 °C
Ambient operating relative humidity 10% to 90% (no condensation)
Ambient storage temperature -20 to 70 °C
Atmosphere Must be free from corrosive gas
Power Consumption 2W (Supplied internally)
Control method Store program method
I/O control method Cyclic scan method
Programming language Ladder chart method
Instruction length 1 step/1 instruction; 1 to 5 words/1 instruction
Instruction types Basic 14 types (Same as for Programmable Slaves.)
Special 105 types, 185 instructions (Same as for Programmable Slaves.)
Processing speed Basic instructions 0.64 µs (LD)
Special instructions 7.8 µs (MOV)
Program capacity 4,096 words
Maximum number of I/O points 10
Input bits 00000 to 00015 (6 physical inputs)
Output bits 01000 to 01003 (4 physical outputs)
Area allocated to Inverter 320 bits: 20000 to 21915
Inverter interface Direct interface with 3G3MV Inverter through
• IR-memory
• DM-memory
• Transfer command
IR Area 880 bits: IR 00100 to IR 00915 (words IR 001 to IR 009),
IR 01100 to IR 02815 (words IR 011 to IR 028),
IR 03000 to IR 04915 (words IR 030 to IR 049),
IR 22000 to IR 22715 (words IR 220 to IR 227)
SR Area 448 bits: SR 22800 to SR 25507 (words SR 228 to SR 255)
TR Area 8 bits (TR 0 to TR 7)
HR Area 320 bits: HR 0000 to HR 1915 (words HR 00 to 19)
AR Area 384 bits: AR 0000 AR 2315 (words AR 00 to AR 23)
LR Area 256 bits: LR 0000 to LR 1515 (words LR 00 to LR 15)
Timer/Counter Area 256 bits: TC 000 to TC 255
DM Area Read/Write 2029 words (DM 0000 to DM 0999, DM 1019 to DM 2047) DM 2000 to DM 2021: Error Log Storage Area
Read only 456 words (DM6144 to 6599)
Allocated to Inverter 19 words (DM 2022 to DM 2040)
PLC Setup 56 words (DM 6599 to DM 6655)
Quick-response input 2 inputs (Minimum input signal width: 50 µs)
272 3G3MV-P10CDT@-E
Item Specifications
Interrupt processing External interrupts 2 bits (Used in common for input interrupt counter mode and high-speed inputs.)
Scheduled interrupts 1 bit (Scheduled interrupts or one-shot interrupts)
Interrupts Interrupt inputs
2 inputs
Response time: 50 µs
Interval timer interrupts Scheduled interrupts
1 input
Set value: 0.5 to 319,968 ms One-shot interrupt
Precision: 0.1 ms
High-speed counters High-speed counter No interrupt
1 input, see note 5 Count-check interrupt
• Differential phase mode (5 kHz) (An interrupt can be generated when the count equals
• Pulse plus direction input mode (20 kHz) the set value or the count lies within a preset range.)
• Up/down input mode (20 kHz)
• Increment mode (20 kHz)
Interrupt inputs (counter mode) No interrupt
2 inputs Count-up interrupt
• Incrementing counter (2 kHz)
• Decrementing counter (2 kHz)
Pulse outputs • 2 outputs:
Single-phase pulse output without acceleration/deceleration (See note 6.)
Frequency Inverters
10 Hz to 10 kHz
• 2 outputs:
Variable duty ratio pulse output (See note 6.)
0.1 to 999.9 Hz, duty ratio 0 to 100%
• 1 output:
Pulse output with trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration (See note 6.)
Pulse plus direction output, up/down pulse output, 10 Hz to 10 kHz
Synchronized pulse control 1 point, see notes 5 and 6
Input frequency range: 10 to 500 Hz, 20 Hz to 1 kHz, or 300 Hz to 20 kHz
Output frequency range: 10 Hz to 10 kHz
Analog volume None
Input time constant Determines the input time constant for all inputs. (Settings: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40, or 80 ms)
(ON response time = OFF response time)
Clock/Calendar function Yes. Shows the current year, month, day of the week, day of the month, hour, minute, and second.
Communication function Port 1 = Peripheral and RS-422
Host Link, Peripheral bus, No-protocol, Programming Console
Port 2 = RS-232C port:
Host Link, no-protocol, 1:1 PLC Link, 1:1 NT Link
Power-interruption hold function Holds the contents of HR, AR, CNT, and DM Areas.
Memory backup Non-volatile memory, User program, DM (Read only), PLC Setup
Fixed internal lithium battery (5 years, not replaceable by the user) or capacitor
DM (Read/Write), HR, SR and CNT Areas
Self-diagnostic function CPU errors, memory errors, communications errors, setting errors, battery errors
Program check No END instruction, program errors (regularly checked during operation)
Connected tools CX-Programmer After Version 2.1
Programming Console C200H-PRO27, CQM1-PRO01
SSS PC98 & PC/AT (SYSMAC Support Software, All version)
Sysdrive Configurator After version 2
Note: 1. The DM area, HR area, AR area, and counter values are 3. Changes made while in MONITOR mode using, for example,
backed up. If the backup battery or capacitor is discharged, online editing, are written to flash memory in real-time.
the contents of these areas will be lost and the data values will 4. The above figure for power consumption includes the power
revert to the defaults. consumption of the Programming Console.
2. The contents of the program area, read-only DM area 5. This input is shared by the high-speed counter and synchro-
(DM6144 to DM6599), and PLC Setup (DM 6600 to DM 6655) nized pulse control functions.
are stored in flash memory. The contents of these areas will
6. This output is shared by the pulse output and synchronized
be read from flash memory the next time the power is turned
pulse control functions
ON, even if the backup battery or capacitor is discharged.
When data has been changed in any of these areas, write the
new values to flash memory by switching the 3G3MV-
P10CDT to MONITOR or RUN mode, or by turning the power
OFF and then ON again.
I/O Specifications
Input Specifications
Item Inputs Specification
Input voltage All 24 VDC +10%/-15%
Input impedance IN00000 to IN00001 2.7 kΩ
IN00002 to IN00004 3.9 kΩ
IN00005 4.7 kΩ
Input current IN00000 to IN00001 8 mA typical
IN00002 to IN00004 6 mA typical
IN00005 5 mA typical
ON voltage/current IN00000 to IN00001 17 VDC min., 5 mA
IN00002 to IN00005 14.4 VDC min., 3.5 mA
OFF voltage/current All 5.0 VDC max., 1.1 mA
ON delay All 1 to 80 ms max. Default: 10 ms (See note.)
Internal circuits
µF
1 kW
COM
Input LED
IN00002 to IN00004
IN
3.9 kW
Internal circuits
820 W
COM
Input LED
IN00005
IN
4.7 kW
Internal circuits
750 W
COM
Input LED
Note: The input time constant can be set to 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40, or 80 ms in the PLC Setup.
High Speed Counter Inputs
The following Unit input bits can be used as high-speed counter inputs. The maximum count frequency is 5 kHz in differential phase mode and
20 kHz in the other modes.
Input Function
Differential phase mode Pulse plus direction input mode Up/down input mode Increment mode
IN00000 A-phase pulse input Pulse input Increment pulse input Increment pulse input
IN00001 B-phase pulse input Direction input Decrement pulse input Normal input
IN00002 Z-phase pulse input or hardware reset input
(IN00002 can be used as a normal input when it is not used as a high-speed counter input.)
The minimum pulse widths for inputs IN00000 (A-phase input) and IN00001 (B-phase input) are as follows:
Pulse plus direction input mode, Differential phase mode
Up/down inputmode, Increment mode
100 µs min.
50 µs min.
ON 90%
Phase A 50%
ON 90% OFF 10%
50%
OFF 10% ON 90%
Phase B 50%
12.5 µs 12.5 µs OFF 10%
min. min. T1 T2 T3 T4
The minimum pulse width for input IN00002 (Z-phase input) is as follows:
50 µs min.
ON 90%
Phase Z 50%
OFF 10%
500 µs min.
Interrupt Inputs
The 3G3MV-P10CDT is equipped with inputs that can be used as inter-
rupt inputs (interrupt input mode or counter mode) and quick-response
inputs. The minimum pulse width for these inputs is 50 µs.
Inputs IN00003 and IN00004 can be used as interrupt inputs.
274 3G3MV-P10CDT@-E
Output Specification
Relay Output
Item Specification
Maximum switching capacity 2 A, 250 VAC (cosϕ=1)
2A, 24VDC
Minimum switching load 10 mA, 5 VDC
Service life of relay Electrical: 150,000 operations (24 VDC resistive load)
100,000 operations (240 VAC inductive load cosϕ=0.4)
Mechanical: 20,000,000 operations
ON delay 15 ms max.
OFF delay 15 ms max.
Circuit configuration
Output LED OUT
Internal OUT
circuits
COM Maximum
Frequency Inverters
250 VAC: 2 A
24 VDC: 2 A
Note: The service life of relay output contacts shown in the table assumes the worst conditions. The following graph shows the results of Omron's
service life tests at a switching rate of 1,800 times/hour.
Life (x 104)
120 VAC, resistive load
300
24 VDC, τ = 7 ms
200
120 VAC, cosφ = 0.4
240 VAC, cosφ = 0.4
100
24 VDC/240 VAC, resistive load
50
30
20
10
5
Switching rate: 1,800 times/hour
3
2
Internal
circuits OUT 24 VDC
COM (-)
Note: The peripheral port and RS-422/485 port cannot be used simul-
ON
Note: 1. When interrupt inputs are used in interrupt input mode, the in- Connector: Phoenix MSTB 2.5/5-STF-5.08AU
dicator may not light even when the interrupt condition is met
if the input is not ON long enough. Note: The maximum line length is 500 m.
2. Input indicators will reflect the status of the corresponding in- Note: The peripheral port and RS-422/485 port cannot be used simul-
puts even when the PLC is stopped, but the corresponding in- taneously. When using the peripheral port disconnect any
put bits will not be refreshed. devices connected to the RS-422/485 port.
IN1 (B)
IN2 (Z)
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
COM
COM
COM
IN4
IN5
5. Communications port
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
Connects the PLC to a Programming Device (including Programming
Consoles), host computer, or standard external device. Use a proper
Connecting Cable (CPM2C-CN111, CS1W-CN114, CS1W-CN118, or Connector: WAGO 733-112 (wire cross section 0.08 to 0.50 mm2)
CS1W-CN226).
Note: 1. A CQM1H-PRO01-E Programming Console can be connect- 11. Relay connector
ed directly to the PLC. Connects the CPU Unit to an external output devices.
2. A C200H-PRO27-E Programming Console can be connected Connector: WAGO 734-102 (wire cross section 0.08 to 1.50 mm2)
directly to the PLC with a CS1W-CN224/CN624 Connecting
Cable. 12. FE-connection
3. Use a CPM2C-CN111 or CS1W-CN114 Connecting Cable to AMP tab to connect functional earth. Internally connected to pin 3 of the
connect to the communications port as a peripheral port. The RS-422/485 connector and to the shell of the peripheral connector.
communications port can be used simultaneously as both a
peripheral port and RS-232C port by using the CPM2C-
CN111 Connecting Cable.
276 3G3MV-P10CDT@-E
13. Low battery detection switch (3G3MV-P10CDT3-E only)
This switch enables or disables the detection of a low-battery error.
Position Low-battery detection
Enabled ON (up) (default) Error detection enabled
Dimensions
Frequency Inverters
128
68 55
Ordering information
Inverter PLC
Specifications Model
Inputs Ouptuts RS422 port RTC
6 4 No No 3G3MV-P10CDT-E
6 4 Yes Yes 3G3MV-P10CDT3-E
Cables
Specifications Model
Computer connecting cable CS1W-CN226
Programmable Console cable CS1W-CN224
Software
Specifications Model
PLC Programming Software-CX-Programmer WS02-CXPC1-EV4
Inverter Configurator Software-Sysdrive Configurator Sysdrive Configurator v2.1
Cat. No. I24E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
278 3G3MV-P10CDT@-E
3G3RV-P10ST@-E
Frequency Inverters
control up to 256I/O's.
• Easy to integrate in the Automation world:
DeviceNet type available.
• Standard Omron tools can be used for programming
and commissioning.
• Ideal for applications like:
• Pump Sequencing, Remote Control, Water treat-
ment,etc together with the HVAC Inverter:
E7&E7 IP54.
• Lift as control sequence inside, using the Lift
Inverter: L7.
• Cranes, Winding/Rewinding, Position control, oth-
ers combined with the Powerful Flux Vector Con-
trol Inverter: F7Z.
System Configuration
CX-Programmer
SysDrive Configurator
Programmer
HMI Interface
Specifications
Specifications by product
Item 3G3RV-P10ST8-E 3G3RV-P10ST8-DRT-E
PLC core CPM2C-S CPM2C-S
Inputs 6 24 VDC inputs 6 24 VDC inputs
Outputs 4 sourcing/PNP transistor outputs 4 sourcing/PNP transistor outputs
Peripheral port Yes Yes
RS-232C port Yes Yes
RS-422 port No Yes
Calendar/Clock Yes Yes
Memory backup Flash memory and battery Flash memory and battery
Compobus/S master interface Yes Yes
Encoder interface Yes Yes
DeviceNet Slave interface No Yes
General specifications
Item Specifications
3G3RV-P10ST8-E 3G3RV-P10ST8-DRT-E
Rated power supply voltage 24 VDC +10%/-15% (External power supply for I/O)
Communications power supply voltage --- 11 to 25 VDC (supplied by communications connector)
Power Consumption Internal power 2W (Supplied internally) (see note.) 3W (Supplied internally) (see note.)
supply Communications power supply --- 30 mA max.
Vibration resistance 10 to 20 Hz, 9.8 m/s2 max.
20 to 50 Hz, 2 m/s2 max
Ambient operating temperature -10 to 45 °C
Ambient operating relative humidity 10% to 90% (no condensation)
Ambient storage temperature -20 to 70 °C
Atmosphere Must be free from corrosive gas
Control method Store program method
I/O control method Cyclic scan method
Programming language Ladder chart method
Instruction length 1 step/1 instruction; 1 to 5 words/1 instruction
Instruction types Basic 14 types (Same as for Programmable Slaves.)
Special 105 types, 185 instructions (Same as for Programmable Slaves.)
Processing speed Basic instructions 0.64 µs (LD)
Special instructions 7.8 µs (MOV)
Program capacity 4,096 words
Maximum number of I/O points 10
Input bits 00000 to 00015 (6 physical inputs)
Output bits 01000 to 01003 (4 physical outputs)
CompoBus/S input bits 128 bits: IR 02000 to IR 02715 (Bits not used for CompoBus/S input bits can be used for work bits.)
CompoBus/S output bits 128 bits: IR 03000 to IR 03715 (Bits not used for CompoBus/S output bits can be used for work bits.)
Inverter interface Direct interface with 3G3RV Inverter through
• IR-memory
• DM-memory
• Transfer command
Inverter interface bits 176 bits: IR 20000 to IR 21015
Encoder interface bits 48 bits: IR 02900 to IR 02915 and IR 04800 to IR 04915
Work bits 448 bits: IR 02800 to IR 02815, IR 03800 to IR 04715, and IR 21100 to IR 22715
Special bits (SR area) 448 bits: SR 22800 to SR 25507 (words SR 228 to SR 255)
Temporary bits (TR area) 8 bits (TR 0 to TR 7)
Holding bits (HR area) 320 bits: HR 0000 to HR 1915 (words HR 00 to 19)
Auxiliary bits (AR area) 384 bits: AR 0000 AR 2315 (words AR 00 to AR 23)
280 3G3RV-P10ST@-E
Item Specifications
3G3RV-P10ST8-E 3G3RV-P10ST8-DRT-E
Link bits (LR area) 256 bits: LR 0000 to LR 1515 (words LR 00 to LR 15)
Timers/Counters 256 timers/counters (TIM/CNT 000 to TIM/CNT)
1-ms timers: TMHH(--)
10-ms timers: TIMH(15)
100-ms timers: TIM
1-s/10-s timers: TIML(--)
Decrementing counters: CNT
Reversible counters: CNTR(12)
CompoBus/S Master functions Remote I/O devices can be allocated up to 256 I/O points (128 inputs and 128 outputs) in input area IR 020 to
IR 027 and output area IR 030 to IR 037.
• The node numbers can be set to 0 to 7 (128-point mode) or 0 to 15 (256-point mode).
• The communications mode can be set to high-speed mode (max. length 100 m) or long-distance mode (max.
length 500 m).
DeviceNet Slave functions Up to 64 words (32 input words and 32 output words) can be allocated to the DeviceNet Master's I/O. The Mas-
ter's I/O can be allocated to the following data areas:
IR 000 to IR 049
IR 200 to IR 227
DM 0000 to DM 2047
LR 00 to LR 15
HR 00 to HR 19
AR 00 to AR 23 (3G3RV-P10ST ' Master; read-only)
Frequency Inverters
TC 000 to TC 255
• Explicit message communications are supported. Any 3G3RV-P10ST data area can be accessed from the
DeviceNet Master.
• The communications speed can be set to 500 kbps (total network length 100 m max.), 250 kbps (total network
length 250 m max.), or 125 kbps (total network length 500 m max.).
DM Area Read/Write 2,029 words (DM 0000 to DM 0999, DM 1019 to DM 2047)
DM 2000 to DM 2021: Error Log Storage Area
Read only 456 words (DM6144 to 6599)
Inverter interface 19 words (DM 2022 to DM 2040)
Encoder interface 14 words (DM 1986 to DM 1999)
PLC Setup 56 words (DM 6599 to DM 6655)
Interrupts Interrupt inputs
2 inputs
Response time: 50 µs
Interval timer interrupts Scheduled interrupts
1 input
Set value: 0.5 to 319,968 ms One-shot interrupt
Precision: 0.1 ms
High-speed counters High-speed counter 1 input, No interrupt
see note 5
Differential phase mode (5 kHz) Count-check interrupt
Pulse plus direction input mode (An interrupt can be generated when the count equals the set value or the count lies within a preset range.)
(20 kHz)
Up/down input mode (20 kHz)
Increment mode (20 kHz)
Interrupt inputs (counter mode) No interrupt
2 inputs Count-up interrupt
Incrementing counter (2 kHz)
Decrementing counter (2 kHz)
Encoder interface 3 input modes:
Differential-phase (up/down)
Pulse plus direction
Up/down pulse
Maximum input frequency 50 kHz
Maximum counter range 4,294,967,295 (232-1)
Two capture registers, 3 selectable registration inputs
One comparison value
Counter reset through software or Z-phase
Interrupt function
Pulse outputs • 2 outputs:
Single-phase pulse output without acceleration/deceleration (See note 6.)
10 Hz to 10 kHz
• 2 outputs:
Variable duty ratio pulse output (See note 6.)
0.1 to 999.9 Hz, duty ratio 0 to 100%
• 1 output:
Pulse output with trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration (See note 6.)
Pulse plus direction output, up/down pulse output, 10 Hz to 10 kHz
Synchronized pulse control 1 point, see notes 5and 6
Input frequency range: 10 to 500 Hz, 20 Hz to 1 kHz, or 300 Hz to 20 kHz
Output frequency range: 10 Hz to 10 kHz
Pulse catch inputs 2 bits
Minimum pulse input: 50 µs max.
Used in common by input interrupts and input interrupt counter mode.
Analog volume None
Input time constant Determines the input time constant for all inputs. (Settings: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40, or 80 ms)
(ON response time = OFF response time)
Clock/Calendar function Shows the current year, month, day of the week, day of the month, hour, minute, and second.
Communication function Port 1 = Peripheral and RS-422:
Host Link, Peripheral bus, No-protocol, Programming Console
Port 2 = RS-232C port:
Host Link, no-protocol, 1:1 PLC Link, 1:1 NT Link
Note: 1. The DM area, HR area, AR area, and counter values are 3. Changes made while in MONITOR mode using, for example,
backed up. If the backup battery or capacitor is discharged, online editing, are written to Flash memory in real-time.
the contents of these areas will be lost and the data values will 4. The above figure for power consumption includes the power
revert to the defaults. consumption of the Programming Console.
2. The contents of the program area, read-only DM area 5. This input is shared by the high-speed counter and synchro-
(DM6144 to DM6599), and PLC Setup (DM 6600 to DM 6655) nized pulse control functions.
are stored in Flash memory. The contents of these areas will 6. This output is shared by the pulse output and synchronized
be read from Flash memory the next time the power is turned pulse control functions.
ON, even if the backup battery or capacitor is discharged.
When data has been changed in any of these areas, write the
new values to Flash memory by switching the 3G3RV-P10ST
to MONITOR or RUN mode, or by turning the power OFF and
then ON again.
I/O Specifications
Input Specifications
Item Inputs Specification
Input voltage All 24 VDC +10%/-15%
Input impedance IN 00000 to IN 00001 2.7 kΩ
IN 00002 to IN 00004 3.9 kΩ
IN 00005 4.7 kΩ
Input current IN 00000 to IN 00001 8 mA typical
IN 00002 to IN 00004 6 mA typical
IN 00005 5 mA typical
ON voltage/current IN 00000 to IN 00001 17 VDC min., 5 mA
IN 00002 to IN 00005 14.4 VDC min., 3.5 mA
OFF voltage/current All 5.0 VDC max., 1.1 mA
ON delay All 1 to 80 ms max. Default: 10 ms (See note.)
OFF delay All 1 to 80 ms max. Default: 10 ms (See note.)
Circuit configuration IN 00000 to IN 00001
IN
2.7 kΩ
0.01
Internal circuits
µF
1kΩ
COM
Input LED
IN 00002 to IN 00004
IN
3.9 kΩ
Internal circuits
820 Ω
COM
Input LED
IN 00005
IN
4.7 kΩ
Internal circuits
750 Ω
COM
Input LED
Note: The input time constant can be set to 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40, or 80 ms in the PLC Setup.
282 3G3RV-P10ST@-E
High-speed Counter Inputs
The following Unit input bits can be used as high-speed counter inputs. The maximum count frequency is 5 kHz in differential phase mode and 20
kHz in the other modes.
Input Function
Differential phase mode Pulse plus direction input mode Up/down input mode Increment mode
IN 00000 A-phase pulse input Pulse input Increment pulse input Increment pulse input
IN 00001 B-phase pulse input Direction input Decrement pulse input Normal input
IN 00002 Z-phase pulse input or hardware reset input (IN00002 can be used as a normal input when it is not used as a high-speed counter input.)
The minimum pulse widths for inputs IN00000 (A-phase input) and IN00001 (B-phase input) are as follows:
Pulse plus direction input mode, Differential phase mode
Up/down inputmode, Increment mode
100 µs min.
50 µs min.
ON 90%
Phase A 50%
ON 90% OFF 10%
50%
OFF 10% ON 90%
Frequency Inverters
Phase B 50%
12.5 µs 12.5 µs OFF 10%
min. min. T1 T2 T3 T4
The minimum pulse width for input IN00002 (Z-phase input) is as follows:
50 µs min.
ON 90%
Phase Z 50%
OFF 10%
500 µs min.
Interrupt Inputs
3G3RV-P10ST is equipped with inputs that can be used as interrupt Inputs IN 00003 and IN 00004 can be used as interrupt inputs.
inputs (interrupt input mode or counter mode) and quick-response
inputs. The minimum pulse width for these inputs is 50 s.
Output Specifications
Transistor Outputs (Sourcing/PNP)
Item Specification
Maximum switching capacity 4.5 to 30VDC, 0.2 A/output
Minimum switching capacity 0.5 mA
Maximum inrush current 0.9 A for 10 ms
Leakage current 0.1 mA
Residual voltage 1.5 V max.
ON response time 20 µs max.
OFF response time 40 µs max. for 4.5 to 26.4 VDC, 10 to 100 mA
0.1 ms max for 4.5 to 30 VDC, 10 to 200 mA
Fuse One fuse per output (cannot be replaced by user)
Circuit configuration
Output LED
COM (+)
Internal
Circuits OUT 24 VDC
OUT
Note: When using OUT 01000 or OUT 01001 as a pulse output, con-
nect a dummy resistor as required to bring the load current
between 0.01 and 0.1 A. If the load current is below 0.1 A, the
ON-to-OFF response time will be longer and high-speed pulses
(source-type transistor outputs) will not be output. If the load cur-
rent is above 0.1 A, the transistor will generate more heat and
components may be damaged.
!Caution
Do not apply voltage in excess of the maximum switching capacity
to an output terminal. It may result in damage to the product or fire.
Intrnal circuits
410 Ω 220 pF
/A
/B
330 Ω
Z-phase
180 Ω
Intrnal circuits
560 Ω 680 pF
/Z
180 Ω
Operation
1. DIP switch 5. PLC status indicators
• RS-232C and Peripheral Port Settings The following indicators show the operating status of the PLC.
Pin 1 Effective Port Settings Indicator Status Meaning
OFF The ports operate according to the settings in the PWR PWR ON Power is being supplied to the unit
(default) PLC Setup. RUN (green) OFF Power isn't being supplied to the unit
ON RS-232C port settings: DM 6645 to DM 6649 ERR/ALM
RUN ON The PLC is operating in RUN or
Peripheral port settings: DM 6650 to DM 6654 COMM1
(green) MONITOR mode
ON The ports operate with the standard communications COMM2
OFF The PLC is in PROGRAM mode or a
1 2 3 4 settings. fatal error has occurred.
ERR/ALM ON A fatal error has occurred. (PLC op-
(red) eration stops.)
• Operating Mode at Startup Flashing A non-fatal error has occurred. (PLC
operation continues.)
Pin 2 determines the operating mode at startup only if there isn't a Pro-
OFF Indicates normal operation.
gramming Device connected to the peripheral port.
COMM1 Flashing Data is being transferred via the pe-
Programming Device Startup mode with Startup mode with (yellow) ripheral or RS-422/485 port.
connected pin 2 OFF (default) pin 2 ON OFF Data isn't being transferred via com-
None RUN mode PROGRAM mode munications port.
Programming Console Operating mode set on the Programming Console's COMM2 Flashing Data is being transferred via the RS-
mode switch (yellow) 232C port
Other device PROGRAM mode OFF Data isn't being transferred via com-
munications port.
284 3G3RV-P10ST@-E
7. Communications switch 12. Digital inputs and outputs and Encoder interface
Switch to select port 1 type of connected device Connects the CPU Unit to external input and output devices.
Position Communication port 1 Sourcing outputs
OFF (up) (default) Programming Console
ON (down) RS-422/485 communication Z- B- A- OUT3 OUT1 COM(+) IN5 IN3 IN1(B)
14. Battery
9. RS-422/485 port
Used to connect to host computers, or standard external devices. 15. Low battery detection switch
Terminal Arrangement This switch enables or disables the detection of a low-battery error.
Position Low-battery detection
Send Receive
data data OFF (right) Error detection enabled
(output) (input) (default)
ON
Frequency Inverters
1
ON (left) Error detection disabled
6 SDB+ RDB+
Terminal Arrangement
BDH 4 2
BDL 3 1
Use special flat cable or VCTF cable for the transmission lines that con-
nect the nodes in the CompoBus/S I/O Link. (Special flat cables and
VCTF cables cannot be combined in the same system.)
Name Model number Specifications
Flat cable XB1T-W10 4-core flat cable, 0.75 mm²
VCTF cable --- 2-core VCTF, 0.75 x 20
Ordering information
Inverter PLC
Specifications Model
Inputs Ouptuts RTC Compobus/S Master RS422 port DeviceNet Slave
6 4 Yes Yes Yes No 3G3RV-P10ST8-E
6 4 Yes Yes NO Yes 3G3RV-P10ST8-DRT-E
Cables
Specifications Model
Computer connecting cable CS1W-CN226
Programmable Console cable CS1W-CN224
Software
Specifications Model
PLC Programming Software-CX-Programmer WS02-CXPC1-EV4
Inverter Configurator Software-Sysdrive Configurator Sysdrive Configurator v2.1
Cat. No. I25E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
286 3G3RV-P10ST@-E
Software
CX-Position 289
CX-Motion 291
MCH-Tool 293
Motion Perfect 295
SigmaWin+ 297
XtraWare 299
SYSDRIVE Configurator 301
Software
287
288 Software
WS02-NCTC1-E
CX-Position
Set, transfer, store, and print position control unit data and monitor operation online
Increase productivity in all position control tasks, from design and startup to system
maintenance.
Key Features
The CX-Position software simplifies every aspect of position control, from creating/editing the data used in Position
Control Units (NC Units) to communicating online and monitoring operation. The software is equipped with
functions that can improve productivity, such as automatically generating project data and reusing existing data.
tree. This feature allows data to be edited and re-used in other PLCs or NC (CS1W-NC413/433) (CS1 Series)
Units.
Power Supply Unit
●The CX-Position can read information from NC Units connected online Peripheral bus/Host Link
Software
and automatically generate project data.
●Data created for a C200HW-NC@@@ using the SYSMAC-NCT can be
imported and used as data for the CS1W-NC@@@ or CJS1W-NC@@@.
Servomotor drivers
Stepping motor
NC Monitor
Stepping motor
drivers
drivers
or or
Display the NC units’ present positions, error codes, sequence
numbers, and I/O status.
The sequence numbers and present positions can be dis-played for up to 4 Stepping motors Servo motors Stepping motors Servo motors
Units. In addition, the contents of the operating memory area and operating
data area can be monitored and the error log can be displayed.
Specifications
Communications Compatible CS Series:CS1W-NC113/NC133/NC213/NC413/NC433
Position Control CJ Series: CJ1W-NC113/NC133/NC213/NC413/NC433
Units:
Communicate with NC units through the network.
It is possible to communicate with NC Units through the Fins-Gateway. Basic Functions Create, edit, and print the Position Control Unit’s parameter
data,sequence data, speed data, acceleration/deceleration
Depending on the FinsGateway driver version, HostLink or Ethernet. can data, dwell times, and zone data. Monitor the Position Control
be used to perform online operations (monitoring operation or Unit’s operating status.
transferring/verifying parameters,sequences, etc.) with the NC Unit.
Created files CX-Position project files (*.nci)
Contents: Parameter data, sequence data, speed data,
acceleration/deceleration data, dwell times, and zone data
Operating Environment
CPU: Pentium 100 MHz or faster CPU
Compatible PLCs:
CS Series and CJ Series
CX-Position 289
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I26E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
290 Software
WS02-MCTC1-EV
CX-Motion
Creates programs to control the motion controller and monitors controller status
Provides the ideal environment for motion control support, from motion controller
program development to full system operation.
Key Features
The CX-Motion software can be used to create, edit, and print the various parameters, position data, and motion
control programs (G code) required to operate Motion Controllers, transfer the data to the Motion Control Units, and
monitor operation of the Motion Control Units. Increase productivity in every step of the motion control process,
from development of the motion control program to system operation.
● When the Unit is connected online, data can be transferred,verified, and Set/transfer system parameters
Teaching Box Create/transfer position data
saved. Set/transfer G code program
MC Unit
● Data for different Units can be registered and managed as separate pro-
Software
CPU Unit Monitor status
File management
jects.
Peripheral port
connection
Computer
CX-Motion
RS-232C port CX-Programmer
connection
Creating/transfer-
ring ladder program
Monitoring
ABS data backup
battery (See note.) File management
Servo Driver
External I/O MPG
MPG 1 channel
The MC Unit Monitoring function can display vital information at the compu-
Note: A data backup battery is required when an ABS encoderis used.
ter, such as the present position, task being executed, I/O status, error dis-
plays, and servo system trace data.
● Up to 20 errors that have occurred in the Motion Control Unit can be sto-
red and displayed (CS1W-MC421/221 and CV500-MC421/221 Motion
Control Units only).
Operating Environment
Computer run- CPU: Pentium 100 MHz or faster CPU
ning CX-Motion Job No. X
Job No. 3
Job No. 2 OS: Windows 95, 98, NT4.0, W2000 or XP.
Job No. 1
<program>
Lot No. P000, P001......
<position data> Compatible PLCs:
POSIT......
CX-Motion 291
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I27E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
292 Software
Programming Software for Mechatrolink-II Motion Controllers
MCH-Tool
Programming tool for Programming the Motion
Cotrol Unit, and configuring all Drives connected to
the MECHATROLINK-II motion link
• Acccess to all system programming, configuration and
monitoring from one connecting point.
• Complete configuration of the MCH and the servo drives
• Programming in Basic type Motion
Control language
• On-line Monitoring
• Imports CAM tables
Software
Specifications
Functions
System setting Setting communication parameters
- Editing of system parameters
- Programming in BASIC type Motion Control language
Data input
- Load, save, delete parameter files, etc.
- Imports CAM tables
Test options/Online operation - Transfer Motion Controller unit data
- On-line monitor
- Transfer of Servo Drives parameter data
Operating Enviroment
Operating systems Windows 2000/NT
Processor Pentium class at 300 Mhz or higher
Hard disk 100 MB free memory space
Memory requirements
RAM 64 MB min.
Screen 800x600 resolution or higher
Peripheral connections CD-ROM drive, serial port
Compatible Units
Specification
Motion Controllers CS1W-MCH71
Ordering Information
Software
Description Model
MCH-MIel MOTION TOOLS CD
MCH-Tool 293
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I29E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Motion Perfect
Software Tool for Programming, Configuring and Comi-
sioning the Motion Controller units C200HW-MC402-E
and R88A-MCW151-E.
• Programming is done in BASIC which has been supple-
mented with a powerful set of commands especially
adapted for Motion Control requirements.
• A debugging function facilitates testing of created pro-
grams.
• The 4-channel software oscilloscope can be used to dis-
play signals such as rpm, position values, contour errors
etc. With an additional software module the user can load
traversing curves created with CAD programs in DXF for-
mat and convert them directly into a BASIC
program code.
• All program steps can also be entered in a
terminal window and tested online.
• Versatile test and monitor functions.
Software
Specifications
Functions
System setting Setting communication parameters
Data input - Editing of general parameters, position data, ramp up/ramp down, speeds etc.
- Programming of position algorithms in BASIC
- Load, save, delete parameter files, position data etc.
Test options/Online operation - Transfer and comparison of parameter data
- Monitor mode to display the actual position of status information (e.g. input/output signals, errors)
- Online recording of different axis parameters (e.g. speeds, ramps, positions etc.)
Tools - Windows for axis parameters
- Oscilloscope function
- Program debugger
- I/O status display
- Jog mode facility for every axis
Operating Enviroment
Operating systems WINDOWS 95/98/ME/2000/NT4.0 (Service Pack 5)
Processor Min. Pentium 150 MHz (200 MHz or higher recommended)
Memory requirements Hard disk 10 MB free memory space
RAM 16 MB min.
Screen SVGA graphic or higher
Peripheral connections CD-ROM drive, serial port
Compatible Units
Specification
Supported Motion Controllers C200HW-MC402 Unit, R88A-MCW151-E, R88A-MCW151-DRT-E
Cables
Description Model
Serial cable to the Motion Controller R88A-CCM002P4-E
Cat. No. I28E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
SigmaWin+
Programming tool for configuring and parame-
ter setting of the Sigma and SmartStep Servo
Systems
• The WINDOWS interface makes for simple handling
and convenient working.
• Description of all the parameters with setting ranges
and factory settings
• Fast Comisioning
• Parameters Setting
• Variables Monitoring
• Digital oscilcospe
Software
Specifications
Functions
System setting Setting communication parameters
- Editing of all parameters
Data input
- Load, save, delete parameter files, etc.
- Transfer and comparison of parameter data
Test options/Online operation - Variables Monitoring
- On-line recording for axis speed(torque)
Tools - Digital Osciloscope, jog mode monitor
Operating Enviroment
Operating systems Windows 95/98/NT/ME/2000
Processor Pentium class at 200 Mhz or higher
Hard disk 100 MB free memory space
Memory requirements
RAM 64 MB min.
Screen 800x600 resolution, 256 colors recomended
CD-ROM Drive
Peripheral connections
RS232 or RS-422 serial port
Compatible Units
Specification
Motion Controllers Sigma-II Series, SmartStep, Sigma-I Series, JUSP-NS600
Software
Software
Description Model
SigmaWin+ MOTION TOOLS CD
Cables
Description Model
R88A-CCW002P2
Computer Connecting cable
or JZSP-CMS02
SigmaWin+ 297
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I30E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
XtraWare
Advanced software tool for the setup, optimal
tuning and user programming of the Xtradrive
Servo Drive
• User-friendly software tool that allows complete control
of the system
• Setup Wizard for an easy Drive setup
• Immediate execution of control commands
• Servo AutoTuning
• Alarm Display
• Parameters Setting
• Program Editor and Debugger
• Variables Monitoring
• Chart utility (Digital scope)
• Mechanical Analysis (FFT)
Software
Specifications
Functions
System setting Setting communication parameters
- Editing of general parameters, position data, ramp up/ramp down, speeds etc.
Data input - Program Editor
- Load, save, delete parameter files, etc.
- Transfer and comparison of parameter data
- Variables Monitoring
Test options/Online operation
- Immediate execution of control commands
Servo AutoTuning
- Setup Wizard
- Chart utility (Digital scope)
Tools
- Program Editor and Debugger
Mechanical Analysis (FFT)
Operating Enviroment
Operating systems Windows 95/98/NT/ME/2000/XP
Processor Pentium class at 300 Mhz recommended
Hard disk 100 MB free memory space
Memory requirements
RAM 64 MB min.
Screen 800x600 resolution or higher, minimum 256 colors
CD-ROM Drive
Peripheral connections
RS232 or RS-422 serial port
Compatible Units
Specification
Motion Controllers All XtraDrive Servo Drives
Ordering Information
Software
Description Model
XtraWare MOTION TOOLS CD
Cables
Description Model
R88A-CCW002P2
Computer Connecting cable
or JZSP-CMS02
XtraWare 299
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. I32E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
SYSDRIVE Configurator
Programming tool for configuring and parameter
setting of the Varispeed Frequency Inverters
• The WINDOWS interface makes for simple handling and
convenient working.
• The individual parameters are displayed in a clear and
easy-to-read matrix structure. For each parameter the user
is given a detailed description .
• Parameters can be transferred to another inverter quickly
and easily.
• The integrated test function makes
motor commissioning easy.
• A comprehensive monitor window
shows information about the operating
status and the status of the digital
inputs and outputs.
Software
Specifications
Functions
System setting Setting communication parameters
- Transfer and comparison of parameter data
- Online Parameter Editing of all parameters:ramp, ramp/up, down,speeds,etc...
Data Input - Graphical parameter configuration: analog inputs, jump frequencies, etc...
- Load,save Parameter Files and Workspaces
- Export and Import parameter data from text files, excel, etc...
- Monitor mode for displaying actual frequency, output current, etc., status information and input/output signals
Monitor Mode
- Multiple parameters monitorization, cursors, trigger and monitor data logger
Diagrams - Graphical configuration and monitorization of diagrams (PID, ASR, Torque)
Status - Status window showing all inverter status data
DI/DO - Digital input/outputs monitorization and simulation
Test Run - Run motor wizard
Autotunnig - Inverter autotunne wizard
Database Upgrade - Database can be upgraded to support new inverter firmwares
- Straightforward printout of parameters settings
Documentation
- Extended parameter help
Operating Enviroment
Operating systems Windows 95/98/NT/ME/2000/XP
Processor Pentium class at 300 Mhz or higher
Hard disk 100 MB free memory space
Memory requirements
RAM 64 MB min.
Screen 800x600 resolution or higher
CD-ROM drive
COMx serial port
Peripheral connections
Mouse
Parallel printer port (any Windows supported port)
Compatible Inverters
Specification
Supported frequency inverters Varispeed J7,E7,F7,L7 and 3G3MV
Cables
Description Model
3G3IV-PCN329-E
Connecting cable and RS-232C adapter for Varispeed J7
3G3JV-PSI232 (SI-232J7)
Connecting cable for Varispeed E7, F7, L7 and 3G3MV 3G3IV-PCN329-E
Cat. No. I31E-EN-01 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Mechatronics formulae
Linear movement Rotary movement
ν = ∂s ∂φ-
----- ω = -----
∂t ∂t
a = ∂v ∂ω-
----- α = ------
∂t ∂t
Technical Information
Fa = m ⋅ a Tα = J ⋅ α
F µ = µ ⋅ m ⋅ g ⋅ cos β
F g = m ⋅ g ⋅ sin β
m
b
Force root means square (N) Torque root means square (Nm)
2 2
∑i t i ⋅ F i ∑i t i ⋅ T i
F rms = ---------------------- T rms = ----------------------
∑ ti i
∑ ti i
P = F⋅v P = T⋅ω
1 2 1 2
W = --- ⋅ m ⋅ v W = --- ⋅ J ⋅ ω
2 2
303
Example in case of trapezoidal profile (linear): Example in case of trapezoidal profile (rotary):
Speed AngularSpeed
vmax ωmax
Time Time
Force Torque
F1 T1
F2 T2
F3 Time T3 Time
F4 T4
t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 t2 t3 t4
v max ω max
a = ----------- α = ------------
t1 t1
1 1
s 1 = --- ⋅ v max ⋅ t 1 φ 1 = --- ⋅ ω max ⋅ t 1
2 2
Fa = m ⋅ a Tα = J ⋅ α
a = 0 α = 0
s 2 = v max ⋅ t 2 φ 2 = ω max ⋅ t 2
F 2_Total = F µ + F ext T 2_Total = T µ + T3 ext
3. Deceleration 3. Deceleration
v max ω max
d = ----------- γ = ------------
t3 t3
1 1
s 3 = --- ⋅ v max ⋅ t 3 φ 3 = --- ⋅ ω max ⋅ t 3
2 2
Fd = m ⋅ d Tγ = J ⋅ γ
4. Dwell 4. Dwell
s4 = 0 φ4 = 0
F 4_Total = F ext T 4_Total = T ext
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
t1 ⋅ F1 + t2 ⋅ F2 + t3 ⋅ F3 + t4 ⋅ F4 t 1 ⋅ T 1 + t 2 ⋅ T 2 + t 3 ⋅ T 3 + t 4 ⋅ FT 4
F rms = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- T rms = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
t1 + t2 + t3 + t4 t1 + t2 + t3 + t4
r ω motor = ω table ⋅ i
2 ⋅ J pulley + J load
J total = J motor + --------------------------------------
2
-
i
m 1 2 2
2 ⋅ --- ⋅ m pulley ⋅ r + m load ⋅ r
i 2
J total = J motor + --------------------------------------------------------------------
2
-
i
r
2π
α motor_side = a ⋅ ------ ⋅ i
r
2 ⋅ J reel + J load
J total = J motor + --------------------------------- -
Technical Information
2
i
i r 1--- 2 2
⋅ m reel ⋅ r + m load ⋅ r
2
mtr J total = J motor + --------------------------------------------------------
2
-
i
Motor with
transmission 2π
α motor_side = a ⋅ ------ ⋅ i
r
m
Note: The sign (±)
m⋅g⋅r depends on the direction
T motor_side = J total ⋅ α motor_side ± ------------------
i of the movement
Case of a ballscrew:
s -⎞ 2
⎛ ----- 1--- 2
⎝ 2π⎠ ⋅ m + 2 ⋅ m screw ⋅ r screw
m
J total = J motor + ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2
-
i i
2π
α motor_side = a ⋅ ------ ⋅ i
s
s
m ⋅ µ ⋅ g ⋅ ------
2π
s T motor_side = J total ⋅ α motor_side + -------------------------------
i
305
Motor selection
Linear motor Rotary motor
The selected linear motor must match the next conditions. The selected linear motor must match the next conditions:
Technical Documentation
Varispeed F7 Datasheet I23E-EN
Varispeed F7 User's Manual YEG-TOE-S616-55.1-OY
3G3MV Inverter PLC Datasheet I24E-EN
3G3MV Inverter PLC User's Manual I01E-EN
F7/L7/E7 Inverter PLC Datasheet I25E-EN
F7/L7/E7 Inverter PLC User's Manual I03E-EN
Software CX-Position Datasheet I26E-EN
CX-Position Operation manual W398-E1
CX-Motion Datasheet I27E-EN
Motion Perfect Datasheet I28E-EN
MCH Tool Datasheet I29E-EN
SigmaWin+ Datasheet I30E-EN
Sysdrive Configurator Datasheet I31E-EN
XtraWare Datasheet I32E-EN
XtraWare User's Manual 8U0109
307
308 Technical Documentation
08. March 2004
Contact Information
Europe Egon Böhler Industriebedarf Cardy n.v. Cebeo GENT
Kesselstraße 56, Postfach 56 Assesteenweg 99 New Orleansstraat 10
A-6961 Wolfurt B- 1740 TERNAT B- 9000 GENT
Austria phone.:+43 - 55 74 760 60 phone: +32 - 2 531 12 90 phone: +32 - 9 255 76 76
Sales office Vienna: fax:+43 - 55 74 711 21 fax: +32 - 2 531 12 80 fax: +32 - 9 255 76 26
e-mail:egon.boehler@egonboehler.at info.ternat@cl-group.be ovl@cebeo.be
OMRON ELECTRONICS GmbH
www.egonboehler.at www.cl-group.be www.cebeo.be
Brunner Strasse 81
1230 Vienna Cebeo BURCHT Cebeo LIEGE
phone: + 43 - 1 80 19 00 Belgium Oude Gentweg 100 Rue de Wallonie
fax: + 43 - 18 04 48 46 B- 2070 BURCHT B- 4460 GRACE-HOLLOGNE
Sales office Groot-Bijgaarden:
www.omron.at phone: +32 - 3 250 50 00 phone: +32 - 4 239 73 00
Omron Electronics s.a. fax: +32 - 3 252 95 25 fax: +32 - 4 239 73 03
Distributors in Austria:
Stationsstraat 24 antwerpen@cebeo.be liege@cebeo.be
WETEKO B- 1702 Groot-Bijgaarden www.cebeo.be www.cebeo.be
Lacknergasse 6/23 phone: +32 - 2 466 24 80
A-1170 Wien fax: +32 - 2 466 06 87 Cebeo BRUGGE Cebeo HASSELT
phone.:+43 - 1 495 16 83 info.be@eu.omron.com Lieven Bauwensstraat 10 Het Dorlik 3
fax:+43 - 1 495 16 84 www.omron.be B- 8200 BRUGGE B- 3500 HASSELT
e-mail:manfred.kuehtreiber@weteko.at phone: +32 - 50 45 78 78 phone: +32 - 11 26 04 00
www.weteko.at Distributors in Belgium and fax: +32 - 50 32 34 26 fax: +32 - 11 23 66 50
Luxemburg: nwvlaanderen@cebeo.be limburg@cebeo.be
Buxbaum Automation www.cebeo.be www.cebeo.be
Marktstraße 3 ATS DISTRIBUTION n.v.
A-7000 Eisenstadt Karel de Roosestraat 15A Cebeo JETTE Cebeo KUURNE
phone.:+43 - 26 82 704 56-0 B- 9820 MERELBEKE Avenue Carton de Wiart 74 Industrielaan 3
fax:+43 - 26 82 704 56-10 phone: +32 - 9 210 04 11 B- 1090 BRUXELLES B- 8520 KUURNE
e-mail:office@buxbaum.at fax: +32 - 9 231 48 67 phone: +32 - 2 421 39 00 phone: +32 - 56 36 48 00
http://myautomation.at info@atsgroep.be fax: +32 - 2 424 18 82 fax: +32 - 56 36 48 10
www.atsgroep.be brabant@cebeo.be zwvl@cebeo.be
TIBEG Franz Putz www.cebeo.be www.cebeo.be
Höck 29-35, Postfach 64 BREVA n.v.
A-4690 Schwanenstdt Noorderlaan 31 Cebeo HAREN Cebeo n.v.
phone.:+43 - 76 73 39 75 B- 2030 ANTWERPEN 3 5, Rue du Bassin Collecteur Noordlaan 15
fax:+43 - 76 73 39 75-11 phone: +32 - 3 540 02 90 B- 1130 BRUXELLES-HAREN B- 8520 KUURNE
e-mail:tibeg@utanet.at fax: +32 - 3 542 09 64 phone: +32 - 2 247 95 95 phone: +32 - 56 36 48 00
www.tibeg.at breva4@breva.be fax: +32 - 2 247 95 50 fax: +32 - 56 36 48 10
www.breva.be brabant@cebeo.be zwvl@cebeo.be
INDU - ELECTRIC www.cebeo.be www.cebeo.be
Inh. Paul Siess BREVA n.v.
Wiener Bundesstraße 21 Industrielaan 29 Cebeo DEINZE Cebeo LEUVEN
A-5300 Hallwang bei Salzburg B- 2250 OLEN Georges Martensstraat 6 Ambachtenlaan 56
phone.:+43 - 662 66 13 69 phone: +32 - 14 28 55 40 B- 9800 DEINZE B- 3001 LEUVEN
fax:+43 - 662 66 47 69 fax: +32 - 14 23 57 62 phone: +32 - 9 381 59 00 phone: +32 - 16 40 08 48
Mobil:+43 - 650 86 12 85 0 olen@breva.be fax: +32 - 9 381 59 01 fax: +32 - 16 40 00 56
e-mail:induelectric@aon.at www.breva.be ovl@cebeo.be brabant@cebeo.be
induelectric@telering.at BREVA n.v. www.cebeo.be www.cebeo.be
Peter Klymiuk Elektroanlagen Kouterstraat 4 Cebeo DEURNE Cebeo MECHELEN
Dandlerau 3 B- 8560 WEVELGEM Merksemsteenweg 87 Maanstraat 9 Unit 14
A-6391 Fieberbrunn phone: +32 - 56 43 94 10 B- 2100 DEURNE B- 2800 MECHELEN
phone.:+43 - 5354 / 57022 fax: +32 - 56 40 43 29 phone: +32 - 3 325 72 00 phone: +32 - 15 27 06 53
(ISDN) +43 - 5354 / 56921 wevelgem@breva.be fax: +32 - 3 326 11 24 fax: +32 - 15 21 74 11
fax:+43 - 5354 / 57022-20 www.breva.be antwerpen@cebeo.be antwerpen@cebeo.be
(ISDN) +43 - 5354 / 56921-20 BREVA n.v. www.cebeo.be www.cebeo.be
e-mail:nfo@klymiuk.at
Contact Information
SIME Spa FEP RIMONDI Spa * ELETTROSERVICE Srl ELETTROFORNITURE MARINI Spa
VIA TORRICELLI, 9 VIA BADINI 7/4 VIA J.F.KENNEDY 37 VIALE IPPOLITO NIEVO 29/33
37135 VERONA VR 40050 QUARTO INFERIORE BO 42100 REGGIO EMILIA RE 57100 LIVORNO LI
phone: + 39 - 458 27 08 27 phone: + 39 - 516 06 09 11 phone: + 39 - 522 30 43 47 phone: + 39 - 586 40 21 50
fax: + 39 - 458 27 08 70 fax:+ 516 06 09 99 fax: + 39 - 522 30 87 53 fax: + 39 - 586 40 20 68
claudia.maini@fepremondi.it IMEP Spa
V.I.M.E. Srl CA.M.EL. S.R.L. VIA DEL LAZZERETTO 53/55
VIA L. DA VINCI 13/A FINPOLO Spa* VIA S.ANNA 580/B 59100 PRATO PO
30036 S. MARIA DI SALA VE VIA G.BALLA 11 - 42040 CELLA RE 41100 MODENA phone: + 39 - 57 45 33 41
phone: + 39 - 41 48 69 22 phone: + 39 - 52 29 40 41 tel 059 - 311677 fax: + 39 - 574 59 68 24
fax: + 39 - 41 48 67 31 fax: + 39 - 522 94 41 00 fax 059 - 312858
commerciale@finpolo.it info@materialeelettricom.it L'ELETTRICA Srl
Friuli Venezia Giulia www.finpolo.it VIA CACIAGLI 1/3
ELETTROLUCE Sas G.F.Z. Srl 50053 EMPOLI FI
FRANCHINI LAMBERTO Spa* VIALE XXVIII SETTEMBRE 59
VIA STIRIA - PARTIGROSS phone: + 39 - 571 95 11
33100 UDINE UD VIA DEL COMMERCIO 72 41049 SASSUOLO MO fax: + 39 - 571 95 12 06
phone: + 39 - 432 52 22 22 41058 VIGNOLA MO phone: + 39 - 536 80 71 61
phone: + 39 -59 77 87 11 fax: + 39 - 536 80 26 38 PANDOLFI Spa
fax: + 39 - 432 52 18 82
fax: + 39 -59 76 26 69 VIA ARETINA 161
EMPORIO ELETTRICO TOFFOLI Srl franchini@franchini.it P.B.E. COMMERCIALE Srl 50136 FIRENZE FI
VIALE TRENTO 45 www.franchini.it VIA ALDO MORO 35 phone: + 39 - 55 66 09 34
33077 SACILE PN 41043 FORMIGINE MO fax: + 39 - 55 67 83 02
FUTURTEC Srl* phone: + 39 - 59 57 04 60
phone: + 39 - 43 47 25 74
VIA DEL COMMERCIO 35 fax: + 39 - 59 55 61 73 TOTI LUCIANO Srl
fax: + 39 - 434 78 04 33
41058 VIGNOLA MO VIA OBERDAN 13/47
PORDELETTRICA Spa phone: + 39 - 59 77 87 03 PAN ELETTRA Srl 59100 PRATO PO
VIA CHIAVORNICCO 86 ZONA IND. fax: + 39 - + 39 - 59 77 87 29 VIA V.CAGNI 10 phone: + 39 - 574 60 54 19
ART info@futurtec.it 41037 MIRANDOLA MO fax: + 39 - 574 60 54 14
33084 CORDENONS PN www.futurtec.it phone: + 39 - 5 352 63 60
phone: + 39 - 434 53 22 53 fax: + 39 - 53 52 45 08 Marche
INDUSTRIALE ELETTRICA Srl*
fax: + 39 - 43 44 41 48 REXEL ITALIA Spa ELETTROMATIC Srl*
VIA PIRANDELLO 2
VIGNUDA Spa VIA BUCCARI 4 VIA G.DIVITTORIO 28/A
43100 PARMA PR
48100 RAVENNA RA 60044 FABRIANO AN
VIA VENEZIA 2 phone: + 39 - 521 29 38 24
phone: + 39 - 544 45 10 81 phone: + 39 - 732 62 74 87
33038 S. DANIELE DEL FRIULI UD fax: + 39 - 521 29 16 55
fax: + 39 - 544 45 61 68 fax: + 39 - 732 62 67 27
phone: + 39 - 432 94 64 60 info@industrialelettrica.com
elettromatic@fastnet.it
fax: + 39 - 432 94 64 90 www.industrialelettrica.com REXEL ITALIA Spa
VIA B.FRANKLIN 31 S.E.I. Sas*
SELFOR Srl *
43100 PARMA PR VIA DIVISIONE ACQUI, 111
STRADA NUOVA NAVIGLIO 4/C
phone: + 39 -05 21 60 65 11 61100 PESARO PS
43100 PARMA PR
fax: + 39 - 05 21 60 65 15 phone: + 39 - 721 28 91 03
phone: + 39 - 5219 82 42
fax: + 39 - 721 28 99 37
fax:+ 39 - 521 79 82 27 S.A.I. ELECTRIC Srl seipesaro@inwind.it
info@elgros.net VIA DINO FERRARI 46
41053 MARANELLO MO
phone: + 39 - 536 94 14 15
fax: + 39 - 536 94 35 81
#
3G3MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
3G3MV-P10CDT@-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
3G3RV-P10ST@-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
C
C200HW-MC402-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
C200HW-NC@@@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CIMR-E7Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
CIMR-F7Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
CIMR-J7AZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
CIMR-L7Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
CJ1W-NC@@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CS1W-MC221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
CS1W-MC421 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
CS1W-MCH71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
CS1W-NC@@@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
J
JUSP-NS300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
JUSP-NS500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
JUSP-NS600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
M
MCH-Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Motion Perfect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
R
R7D-AP@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
R7M-A@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
R88A-MCW151-@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
S
SGDH-@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 129
SGLF@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
SGLG@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
SGLT@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
SGM@H-@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SGMBH-@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
SigmaWin+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
SYSDRIVE Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
W
WS02-MCTC1-EV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
WS02-NCTC1-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
X
XD-@ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
XtraWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Index
327
Note: Although we do strive for perfection, Omron Europe BV and/or its subsidiary and affiliated companies do not warrant or make any representations regarding
the correctness or completeness of information described in this catalogue. Product information in this catalogue is provided ‘as is’ without warranty of any
kind, either express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.
In a jurisdiction where the exclusion of implied warranties is not valid, the exclusion shall be deemed to be replaced by such valid exclusion, which most
closely matches the intent and purpose of the original exclusion. Omron Europe BV and/or its subsidiary and affiliated companies reserve the right to make
any changes to the products, their specifications, data at its sole discretion at any time without prior notice. The material contained in this catalogue may be
out of date and Omron Europe BV and/or its subsidiary and affiliated companies make no commitment to update such material.









